Quantcast
Channel: Search Results for “nursing assessment sheet”– Nurseslabs
Viewing all 44 articles
Browse latest View live

Medical-Surgical Nursing Exam 11: Musculoskeletal Care (60 Items)

$
0
0

Medical-Surgical Nursing Exam 11: Musculoskeletal Care (60 Items)  - Challenge your nursing knowledge with this Medical-Surgical Nursing Examination! This is a 50-item examination that can help you improve, review and challenge your knowledge about Medical-Surgical Nursing through these challenging questions. If you are taking the board examination or nurse board examination or even the NCLEX, then this practice exam is for you.

Medical-Surgical-Nursing-Exams

Guidelines:

  • Read each question carefully and choose the best answer.
  • You are given 1 minute and 20 seconds for each question.
  • Answers & Rationale are given below. Be sure to read them!
 MedSurg Exams: 
1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 56 | 7 | 8 | 9 | 10 | 11 | 1213 | 14 | 15 | 16 | 17 | 18 | 19 | 2021 | 22 | All 

1. A client is 1 day postoperative after a total hip replacement. The client should be placed in which of the following position?

a. Supine
b. Semi Fowler’s
c. Orthopneic
d. Trendelenburg

2. A client who has had a plaster of Paris cast applied to his forearm is receiving pain medication. To detect early manifestations of compartment syndrome, which of these assessments should the nurse make?

a. Observe the color of the fingers
b. Palpate the radial pulse under the cast
c. Check the cast for odor and drainage
d. Evaluate the response to analgesics

3. After a computer tomography scan with intravenous contrast medium, a client returns to the unit complaining of shortness of breath and itching. The nurse should be prepared to treat the client for:

a. An anaphylactic reaction to the dye
b. Inflammation from the extravasation of fluid during injection.
c. Fluid overload from the volume of the infusions
d. A normal reaction to the stress of the diagnostic procedure.

4. While caring for a client with a newly applied plaster of Paris cast, the nurse makes note of all the following conditions. Which assessment finding requires immedite notification of the physician?

a. Moderate pain, as reported by the client
b. Report, by client, the heat is being felt under the cast
c. Presence of slight edema of the toes of the casted foot
d. Onset of paralysis in the toes of the casted foot

5. Which of these nursing actions will best promote independence for the client in skeletal traction?

a. Instruct the client to call for an analgesic before pain becomes severe.
b. Provide an overhead trapeze for client use
c. Encourage leg exercise within the limits of traction
d. Provide skin care to prevent skin breakdown.

6. A client presents in the emergency department after falling from a roof. A fracture of the femoral neck is suspected. Which of these assessments best support this diagnosis.

a. The client reports pain in the affected leg
b. A large hematoma is visible in the affected extremity
c. The affected extremity is shortenend, adducted, and extremely rotated
d. The affected extremity is edematous.

7. The nurse is caring for a client with compound fracture of the tibia and fibula. Skeletal traction is applied. Which of these priorities should the nurse include in the care plan?

a. Order a trapeze to increase the client’s ambulation
b. Maintain the client in a flat, supine position at all times.
c. Provide pin care at least every hour
d. Remove traction weights for 20 minutes every two hours.

8. To prevent foot drop in a client with Buck’s traction, the nurse should:

a. Place pillows under the client’s heels.
b. Tuck the sheets into the foot of the bed
c. Teach the client isometric exercises
d. Ensure proper body positioning.

9. Which nursing intervention is appropriate for a client with skeletal traction?

a. Pin care
b. Prone positioning
c. Intermittent weights
d. 5lb weight limit

10. In order for Buck’s traction applied to the right leg to be effective, the client should be placed in which position?

a. Supine
b. Prone
c. Sim’s
d. Lithotomy

11. An elderly client has sustained intertrochanteric fracture of the hip and has just returned from surgery where a nail plate was inserted for internal fixation. The client has been instructed that she should not flex her hip. The best explanation of why this movement would be harmful is:

a. It will be very painful for the client
b. The soft tissue around the site will be damaged
c. Displacement can occur with flexion
d. It will pull the hip out of alignment

12. When the client is lying supine, the nurse will prevent external rotation of the lower extremity by using a:

a. Trochanter roll by the knee
b. Sandbag to the lateral calf
c. Trochanter roll to the thigh
d. Footboard

13. A client has just returned from surgery after having his left leg amputated below the knee. Physician’s orders include elevation of the foot of the bed for 24 hours. The nurse observes that the nursing assistant has placed a pillow under the client’s amputated limb. The nursing action is to:

a. Leave the pillow as his stump is elevated
b. Remove the pillow and elevate the foot of the bed
c. Leave the pillow and elevate the foot of the bed
d. Check with the physician and clarify the orders

14. A client has sustained a fracture of the femur and balanced skeletal traction with a Thomas splint has been applied. To prevent pressure points from occurring around the top of the splint, the most important intervention is to:

a. Protect the skin with lotion
b. Keep the client pulled up in bed
c. Pad the top of the splint with washcloths
d. Provide a footplate in the bed

15. The major rationale for the use of acetylsalicylic acid (aspirin) in the treatment of rheumatoid arthritis is to:

a. Reduce fever
b. Reduce the inflammation of the joints
c. Assist the client’s range of motion activities without pain
d. Prevent extension of the disease process

16. Following an amputation, the advantage to the client for an immediate prosthesis fitting is:

a. Ability to ambulate sooner
b. Less change of phantom limb sensation
c. Dressing changes are not necessary
d. Better fit of the prosthesis

17. One method of assessing for sign of circulatory impairment in a client with a fractured femur is to ask the client to:

a. Cough and deep breathe
b. Turn himself in bed
c. Perform biceps exercise
d. Wiggle his toes

18. The morning of the second postoperative day following hip surgery for a fractured right hip, the nurse will ambulate the client. The first intervention is to:

a. Get the client up in a chair after dangling at the bedside.
b. Use a walker for balance when getting the client out of bed
c. Have the client put minimal weight on the affected side when getting up
d. Practice getting the client out of bed by having her slightly flex her hips

19. A young client is in the hospital with his left leg in Buck’s traction. The team leader asks the nurse to place a footplate on the affected side at the bottom of the bed. The purpose of this action is to:

a. Anchor the traction
b. Prevent footdrop
c. Keep the client from sliding down in bed
d. Prevent pressure areas on the foot

20. When evaluating all forms of traction, the nurse knows the direction of pull is controlled by the:

a. Client’s position
b. Rope/pulley system
c. Amount of weight
d. Point of friction

21. When a client has cervical halter traction to immobilize the cervical spine counteraction is provided by:

a. Elevating the foot of the bed
b. Elevating the head of the bed
c. Application of the pelvic girdle
d. Lowering the head of the bed

22. After falling down the basement steps in his house, a client is brought to the emergency room. His physician confirms that his leg is fractured. Following application of a leg cast, the nurse will first check the client’s toes for:

a. Increase in the temperature
b. Change in color
c. Edema
d. Movement

23. A 23 year old female client was in an automobile accident and is now a paraplegic. She is on an intermittent urinary catheterization program and diet as tolerated. The nurse’s priority assessment should be to observe for:

a. Urinary retention
b. Bladder distention
c. Weight gain
d. Bower evacuation

24. A female client with rheumatoid arthritis has been on aspirin grain TID and prednisone 10mg BID for the last two years. The most important assessment question for the nurse to ask related to the client’s drug therapy is whether she has

a. Headaches
b. Tarry stools
c. Blurred vision
d. Decreased appetite

25. A 7 year old boy with a fractured leg tells the nurse that he is bored. An appropriate intervention would be to

a. Read a story and act out the part
b. Watch a puppet show
c. Watch television
d. Listen to the radio

26. On a visit to the clinic, a client reports the onset of early symptoms of rheumatoid arthritis. Which of the following would be the nurse most likely to asses:

a. Limited motion of joints
b. Deformed joints of the hands
c. Early morning stiffness
d. Rheumatoid nodules

27. After teaching the client about risk factors for rheumatoid arthritis, which of the following, if stated by the client as a risk factor, would indicate to the nurse that the client needs additional teaching?

a. History of Epstein-Barr virus infection
b. Female gender
c. Adults between the ages 60 to 75 years
d. Positive testing for human leukocyte antigen (HLA) DR4 allele

28. When developing the teaching plan for the client with rheumatoid arthritis to promote rest, which of the following would the nurse expect to instruct the client to avoid during the rest periods?

a. Proper body alignment
b. Elevating the part
c. Prone lying positions
d. Positions of flexion

29. After teaching the client with severe rheumatoid arthritis about the newly prescribed medication methothrexate (Rheumatrex 0), which of the following statements indicates the need for further teaching?

a. “I will take my vitamins while I am on this drug”
b. “I must not drink any alcohol while I’m taking this drug”
c. I should brush my teeth after every meal”
d. “I will continue taking my birth control pills”

30. When completing the history and physical examination of a client diagnosed with osteoarthritis, which of the following would the nurse assess?

a. Anemia
b. Osteoporosis
c. Weight loss
d. Local joint pain

31. At which of the following times would the nurse instruct the client to take ibuprofen (Motrin), prescribed for left hip pain secondary to osteoarthritis, to minimize gastric mucosal irritation?

a. At bedtime
b. On arising
c. Immediately after meal
d. On an empty stomach

32. When preparing a teaching plan for the client with osteoarthritis who is taking celecoxib (Celebrex), the nurse expects to explain that the major advantage of celecoxib over diclofenac (Voltaren), is that the celecoxib is likely to produce which of the following?

a. Hepatotoxicity
b. Renal toxicity
c. Gastrointestinal bleeding
d. Nausea and vomiting

33. After surgery and insertion of a total joint prosthesis, a client develops severe sudden pain and an inability to move the extremity. The nurse interprets these findings as indicating which of the following?

a. A developing infection
b. Bleeding in the operative site
c. Joint dislocation
d. Glue seepage into soft tissue

34. Which of the following would the nurse assess in a client with an intracapsular hip fracture?

a. Internal rotation
b. Muscle flaccidity
c. Shortening of the affected leg
d. Absence of pain the fracture area

35. Which of the following would be inappropriate to include when preparing a client for magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) to evaluate a rupture disc?

a. Informing the client that the procedure is painless
b. Taking a thorough history of past surgeries
c. Checking for previous complaints of claustrophobia
d. Starting an intravenous line at keep-open rate

36. Which of the following actions would be a priority for a client who has been in the postanesthesia care unit (PACU) for 45 minutes after an above the knee amputation and develops a dime size bright red spot on the ace bondage above the amputation site?

a. Elevate the stump
b. Reinforcing the dressing
c. Calling the surgeon
d. Drawing a mark around the site

37. A client in the PACU with a left below the knee amputation complains of pain in her left big toe. Which of the following would the nurse do first?

a. Tell the client it is impossible to feel the pain
b. Show the client that the toes are not there
c. Explain to the client that the pain is real
d. Give the client the prescribed narcotic analgesic

38. The client with an above the knee amputation is to use crutches until the prosthesis is being adjusted. In which of the following exercises would the nurse instruct the client to best prepare him for using crutches?

a. Abdominal exercises
b. Isometric shoulder exercises
c. Quadriceps setting exercises
d. Triceps stretching exercises

39. The client with an above the knee amputation is to use crutches until the prosthesis is properly lifted. When teaching the client about using the crutches, the nurse instructs the client to support her weight primarily on which of the following body areas?

a. Axillae
b. Elbows
c. Upper arms
d. Hands

40. Three hours ago a client was thrown from a car into a ditch, and he is now admitted to the ED in a stable condition with vital signs within normal limits, alert and oriented with good coloring and an open fracture of the right tibia. When assessing the client, the nurse would be especially alert for signs and symptoms of which of the following?

a. Hemorrhage
b. Infection
c. Deformity
d. Shock

41. The client with a fractured tibia has been taking methocarbamol (Robaxin), when teaching the client about this drug, which of the following would the nurse include as the drug’s primary effect?

a. Killing of microorganisms
b. Reduction in itching
c. Relief of muscle spasms
d. Decrease in nervousness

42. A client who has been taking carisoprodol (Soma) at home for a fractured arm is admitted with a blood pressure of 80/50 mmHg, a pulse rate of 115bpm, and respirations of 8 breaths/minute and shallow, the nurse interprets these finding as indicating which of the following?

a. Expected common side effects
b. Hypersensitivity reactions
c. Possible habituating effects
d. Hemorrhage from GI irritation

43. When admitting a client with a fractured extremity, the nurse would focus the assessment on which of the following first?

a. The area proximal to the fracture
b. The actual fracture site
c. The area distal to the fracture
d. The opposite extremity for baseline comparison

44. A client with fracture develops compartment syndrome. When caring for the client, the nurse would be alert for which of the following signs of possible organ failure?

a. Rales
b. Jaundice
c. Generalized edema
d. Dark, scanty urine

45. Which of the following would lead the nurse to suspect that a client with a fracture of the right femur may be developing a fat embolus?

a. Acute respiratory distress syndrome
b. Migraine like headaches
c. Numbness in the right leg
d. Muscle spasms in the right thigh

46. The client who had an open femoral fracture was discharged to her home, where she developed, fever, night sweats, chills, restlessness and restrictive movement of the fractured leg. The nurse interprets these finding as indicating which of the following?

a. Pulmonary emboli
b. Osteomyelitis
c. Fat emboli
d. Urinary tract infection

47. When antibiotics are not producing the desired outcome for a client with osteomyelitis, the nurse interprets this as suggesting the occurrence of which of the following as most likely?

a. Formation of scar tissue interfering with absorption
b. Development of pus leading to ischemia
c. Production of bacterial growth by avascular tissue
d. Antibiotics not being instilled directly into the bone

48. Which of the following would the nurse use as the best method to assess for the development of deep vein thrombosis in a client with a spinal cord injury?

a. Homan’s sign
b. Pain
c. Tenderness
d. Leg girth

49. The nurse is caring for the client who is going to have an arthogram using a contrast medium. Which of the following assessments by the nurse are of highest priority?

a. Allergy to iodine or shellfish
b. Ability of the client to remain still during the procedure
c. Whether the client has any remaining questions about the procedure
d. Whether the client wishes to void before the procedure

50. The client immobilized skeletal leg traction complains of being bored and restless. Based on these complaints, the nurse formulates which of the following nursing diagnoses for this client?

a. Divertional activity deficit
b. Powerlessness
c. Self care deficit
d. Impaired physical mobility

51. The nurse is teaching the client who is to have a gallium scan about the procedure. The nurse includes which of the following items as part of the instructions?

a. The gallium will be injected intravenously 2 to 3 hours before the procedure
b. The procedure takes about 15 minutes to perform
c. The client must stand erect during the filming
d. The client should remain on bed rest for the remainder of the day after the scan

52. The nurse is assessing the casted extremity of a client. The nurse assesses for which of the following signs and symptoms indicative of infection?

a. Coolness and pallor of the extremity
b. Presence of a “hot spot” on the cast
c. Diminished distal pulse
d. Dependent edema

53. The client has Buck’s extension applied to the right leg. The nurse plans which of the following interventions to prevent complications of the device?

a. Massage the skin of the right leg with lotion every 8 hours
b. Give pin care once a shift
c. Inspect the skin on the right leg at least once every 8 hours
d. Release the weights on the right leg for range of motion exercises daily

54. The nurse is giving the client with a left cast crutch walking instructions using the three point gait. The client is allowed touchdown of the affected leg. The nurse tells the client to advance the:

a. Left leg and right crutch then right leg and left crutch
b. Crutches and then both legs simultaneously
c. Crutches and the right leg then advance the left leg
d. Crutches and the left leg then advance the right leg

55. The client with right sided weakness needs to learn how to use a cane. The nurse plans to teach the client to position the cane by holding it with the:

a. Left hand and placing the cane in front of the left foot
b. Right hand and placing the cane in front of the right foot
c. Left hand and 6 inches lateral to the left foot
d. Right hand and 6 inches lateral to the left foot

56. The nurse is repositioning the client who has returned to the nursing unit following internal fixation of a fractured right hip. The nurse uses a:

a. Pillow to keep the right leg abducted during turning
b. Pillow to keep the right leg adducted during turning
c. Trochanter roll to prevent external rotation while turning
d. Trochanter roll to prevent abduction while turning

57. The nurse has an order to get the client out of bed to a chair on the first postoperative day after a total knee replacement. The nurse plans to do which of the following to protect the knee joint:

a. Apply a knee immobilizer before getting the client up and elevate the client’s surgical leg while sitting
b. Apply an Ace wrap around the dressing and put ice on the knee while sitting
c. Lift the client to the bedside change leaving the CPM machine in place
d. Obtain a walker to minimize weight bearing by the client on the affected leg

58. The nurse is caring for the client who had an above the knee amputation 2days ago. The residual limb was wrapped with an elastic compression bandage which has come off. The nurse immediately:

a. Calls the physician
b. Rewrap the stump with an elastic compression bandage
c. Applies ice to the site
d. Applies a dry sterile dressing and elevates it on a pillow

59. The nurse has taught the client with a below the knee amputation about prosthesis and stump care. The nurse evaluates that the client states to:

a. Wear a clean nylon stump sock daily
b. Toughen the skin of the stump by rubbing it with alcohol
c. Prevent cracking of the skin of the stump by applying lotion daily
d. Using a mirror to inspect all areas of the stump each day

60. The nurse is caring for a client with a gout. Which of the following laboratory values does the nurse expect to note in the client?

a. Uric acid level of 8 mg/dl
b. Calcium level of 9 mg/dl
c. Phosphorus level of 3 mg/dl
d. Uric acid level of 5 mg/dl

Answers

Answers

1. b. Semi Fowler’s

2. d. Evaluate the response to analgesics

3. a. An anaphylactic reaction to the dye

4. d. Onset of paralysis in the toes of the casted foot

5. b. Provide an overhead trapeze for client use

6. c. The affected extremity is shortenend, adducted, and extremely rotated

7. c. Provide pin care at least every hour

8. d. Ensure proper body positioning.

9. a. Pin care

10. a. Supine

11. c. Displacement can occur with flexion

12. c. Trochanter roll to the thigh

13. b. Remove the pillow and elevate the foot of the bed

14. c. Pad the top of the splint with washcloths

15. b. Reduce the inflammation of the joints

16. a. Ability to ambulate sooner

17. d. Wiggle his toes

18. d. Practice getting the client out of bed by having her slightly flex her hips

19. b. Prevent footdrop

20. b. Rope/pulley system

21. b. Elevating the head of the bed

22. b. Change in color

23. b. Bladder distention

24. b. Tarry stools

25. c. Watch television

26. c. Early morning stiffness

27. c. Adults between the ages 60 to 75 years

28. d. Positions of flexion

29. d. “I will continue taking my birth control pills”

30. d. Local joint pain

31. c. Immediately after meal

32. c. Gastrointestinal bleeding

33. c. Joint dislocation

34. c. Shortening of the affected leg

35. d. Starting an intravenous line at keep-open rate

36. d. Drawing a mark around the site

37. d. Give the client the prescribed narcotic analgesic

38. d. Triceps stretching exercises

39. d. Hands

40. a. Hemorrhage

41. c. Relief of muscle spasms

42. a. Expected common side effects

43. c. The area distal to the fracture

44. d. Dark, scanty urine

45. a. Acute respiratory distress syndrome

46. b. Osteomyelitis

47. c. Production of bacterial growth by avascular tissue

48. a. Homan’s sign

49. a. Allergy to iodine or shellfish

50. a. Divertional activity deficit

51. a. The gallium will be injected intravenously 2 to 3 hours before the procedure

52. b. Presence of a “hot spot” on the cast

53. c. Inspect the skin on the right leg at least once every 8 hours

54. d. Crutches and the left leg then advance the right leg

55. c. Left hand and 6 inches lateral to the left foot

56. a. Pillow to keep the right leg abducted during turning

57. a. Apply a knee immobilizer before getting the client up and elevate the client’s surgical leg while sitting

58. b. Rewrap the stump with an elastic compression bandage

59. d. Using a mirror to inspect all areas of the stump each day

60. a. Uric acid level of 8 mg/dl

The post Medical-Surgical Nursing Exam 11: Musculoskeletal Care (60 Items) appeared first on Nurseslabs.


Medical-Surgical Nursing Exam 13: Burns (40 Items)

$
0
0

Medical-Surgical Nursing Exam 13: Burns (40 Items) -Challenge your nursing knowledge with this Medical-Surgical Nursing Examination! This is a 50-item examination that can help you improve, review and challenge your knowledge about Medical-Surgical Nursing through these challenging questions. If you are taking the board examination or nurse board examination or even the NCLEX, then this practice exam is for you.

Medical-Surgical-Nursing-Exams

Guidelines:

  • Read each question carefully and choose the best answer.
  • You are given 1 minute and 20 seconds for each question.
  • Answers & Rationale are given below. Be sure to read them!
 MedSurg Exams: 
1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 56 | 7 | 8 | 9 | 10 | 11 | 1213 | 14 | 15 | 16 | 17 | 18 | 19 | 2021 | 22 | All 

1. The newly admitted client has burns on both legs. The burned areas appear white and leather-like. No blisters or bleeding are present, and the client states that he or she has little pain. How should this injury be categorized?

A. Superficial
B. Partial-thickness superficial
C. Partial-thickness deep
D. Full thickness

2. The newly admitted client has a large burned area on the right arm. The burned area appears red, has blisters, and is very painful. How should this injury be categorized?

A. Superficial
B. Partial-thickness superficial
C. Partial-thickness deep
D. Full thickness

3. The burned client newly arrived from an accident scene is prescribed to receive 4 mg of morphine sulfate by IV push. What is the most important reason to administer the opioid analgesic to this client by the intravenous route?

A. The medication will be effective more quickly than if given intramuscularly.
B. It is less likely to interfere with the client’s breathing and oxygenation.
C. The danger of an overdose during fluid remobilization is reduced.
D. The client delayed gastric emptying.

4. Which vitamin deficiency is most likely to be a long-term consequence of a full-thickness burn injury?

A. Vitamin A
B. Vitamin B
C. Vitamin C
D. Vitamin D

5. Which client factors should alert the nurse to potential increased complications with a burn injury?

A. The client is a 26-year-old male.
B. The client has had a burn injury in the past.
C. The burned areas include the hands and perineum.
D. The burn took place in an open field and ignited the client’s clothing.

6. The burned client is ordered to receive intravenous cimetidine, an H2 histamine blocking agent, during the emergent phase. When the client’s family asks why this drug is being given, what is the nurse’s best response?

A. “To increase the urine output and prevent kidney damage.”
B. “To stimulate intestinal movement and prevent abdominal bloating.”
C. “To decrease hydrochloric acid production in the stomach and prevent ulcers.”
D. “To inhibit loss of fluid from the circulatory system and prevent hypovolemic shock.”

7. At what point after a burn injury should the nurse be most alert for the complication of hypokalemia?

A. Immediately following the injury
B. During the fluid shift
C. During fluid remobilization
D. During the late acute phase

8. What clinical manifestation should alert the nurse to possible carbon monoxide poisoning in a client who experienced a burn injury during a house fire?

A. Pulse oximetry reading of 80%
B. Expiratory stridor and nasal flaring
C. Cherry red color to the mucous membranes
D. Presence of carbonaceous particles in the sputum

9. What clinical manifestation indicates that an escharotomy is needed on a circumferential extremity burn?

A. The burn is full thickness rather than partial thickness.
B. The client is unable to fully pronate and supinate the extremity.
C. Capillary refill is slow in the digits and the distal pulse is absent.
D. The client cannot distinguish the sensation of sharp versus dull in the extremity.

10. What additional laboratory test should be performed on any African American client who sustains a serious burn injury?

A. Total protein
B. Tissue type antigens
C. Prostate specific antigen
D. Hemoglobin S electrophoresis

11. Which type of fluid should the nurse expect to prepare and administer as fluid resuscitation during the emergent phase of burn recovery?

A. Colloids
B. Crystalloids
C. Fresh-frozen plasma
D. Packed red blood cells

12. The client with a dressing covering the neck is experiencing some respiratory difficulty. What is the nurse’s best first action?

A. Administer oxygen.
B. Loosen the dressing.
C. Notify the emergency team.
D. Document the observation as the only action.

13. The client who experienced an inhalation injury 6 hours ago has been wheezing. When the client is assessed, wheezes are no longer heard. What is the nurse’s best action?

A. Raise the head of the bed.
B. Notify the emergency team.
C. Loosen the dressings on the chest.
D. Document the findings as the only action.

14. Ten hours after the client with 50% burns is admitted, her blood glucose level is 90 mg/dL. What is the nurse’s best action?

A. Notify the emergency team.
B. Document the finding as the only action.
C. Ask the client if anyone in her family has diabetes mellitus.
D. Slow the intravenous infusion of dextrose 5% in Ringer’s lactate.

15. On admission to the emergency department the burned client’s blood pressure is 90/60, with an apical pulse rate of 122. These findings are an expected result of what thermal injury–related response?

A. Fluid shift
B. Intense pain
C. Hemorrhage
D. Carbon monoxide poisoning

16. Twelve hours after the client was initially burned, bowel sounds are absent in all four abdominal quadrants. What is the nurse’s best action?

A. Reposition the client onto the right side.
B. Document the finding as the only action.
C. Notify the emergency team.
D. Increase the IV flow rate.

17. Which clinical manifestation indicates that the burned client is moving into the fluid remobilization phase of recovery?

A. Increased urine output, decreased urine specific gravity
B. Increased peripheral edema, decreased blood pressure
C. Decreased peripheral pulses, slow capillary refill
D. Decreased serum sodium level, increased hematocrit

18. What is the priority nursing diagnosis during the first 24 hours for a client with full-thickness chemical burns on the anterior neck, chest, and all surfaces of the left arm?

A. Risk for Ineffective Breathing Pattern
B. Decreased Tissue Perfusion
C. Risk for Disuse Syndrome
D. Disturbed Body Image

19. All of the following laboratory test results on a burned client’s blood are present during the emergent phase. Which result should the nurse report to the physician immediately?

A. Serum sodium elevated to 131 mmol/L (mEq/L)
B. Serum potassium 7.5 mmol/L (mEq/L)
C. Arterial pH is 7.32
D. Hematocrit is 52%

20. The client has experienced an electrical injury, with the entrance site on the left hand and the exit site on the left foot. What are the priority assessment data to obtain from this client on admission?

A. Airway patency
B. Heart rate and rhythm
C. Orientation to time, place, and person
D. Current range of motion in all extremities

Medical-Surgical Nursing Exams: 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 56 | 7 | 8 | 9 | 10 | 11 | 1213 | 14 | 15 | 16 | 17 | 18 | 19 | 2021 | 22 | All

21. In assessing the client’s potential for an inhalation injury as a result of a flame burn, what is the most important question to ask the client on admission?

A. “Are you a smoker?”
B. “When was your last chest x-ray?”
C. “Have you ever had asthma or any other lung problem?”
D. “In what exact place or space were you when you were burned?”

22. Which information obtained by assessment ensures that the client’s respiratory efforts are currently adequate?

A. The client is able to talk.
B. The client is alert and oriented.
C. The client’s oxygen saturation is 97%.
D. The client’s chest movements are uninhibited

23. Which information obtained by assessment ensures that the client’s respiratory efforts are currently adequate?

A. The client is able to talk.
B. The client is alert and oriented.
C. The client’s oxygen saturation is 97%.
D. The client’s chest movements are uninhibited

24. The burned client’s family ask at what point the client will no longer be at increased risk for infection. What is the nurse’s best response?

A. “When fluid remobilization has started.”
B. “When the burn wounds are closed.”
C. “When IV fluids are discontinued.”
D. “When body weight is normal.”

25. The burned client relates the following history of previous health problems. Which one should alert the nurse to the need for alteration of the fluid resuscitation plan?

A. Seasonal asthma
B. Hepatitis B 10 years ago
C. Myocardial infarction 1 year ago
D. Kidney stones within the last 6 month

26. The burned client on admission is drooling and having difficulty swallowing. What is the nurse’s best first action?

A. Assess level of consciousness and pupillary reactions.
B. Ask the client at what time food or liquid was last consumed.
C. Auscultate breath sounds over the trachea and mainstem bronchi.
D. Measure abdominal girth and auscultate bowel sounds in all four quadrants.

27. Which intervention is most important for the nurse to use to prevent infection by cross-contamination in the client who has open burn wounds?

A. Handwashing on entering the client’s room
B. Encouraging the client to cough and deep breathe
C. Administering the prescribed tetanus toxoid vaccine
D. Changing gloves between cleansing different burn areas

28. In reviewing the burned client’s laboratory report of white blood cell count with differential, all the following results are listed. Which laboratory finding indicates the possibility of sepsis?

A. The total white blood cell count is 9000/mm3.
B. The lymphocytes outnumber the basophils.
C. The “bands” outnumber the “segs.”
D. The monocyte count is 1,800/mm3.

29. The client has a deep partial-thickness injury to the posterior neck. Which intervention is most important to use during the acute phase to prevent contractures associated with this injury?

A. Place a towel roll under the client’s neck or shoulder.
B. Keep the client in a supine position without the use of pillows.
C. Have the client turn the head from side to side 90 degrees every hour while awake.
D. Keep the client in a semi-Fowler’s position and actively raise the arms above the head every hour while awake.

30. The client has severe burns around the right hip. Which position is most important to be emphasized by the nurse that the client maintain to retain maximum function of this joint?

A. Hip maintained in 30-degree flexion, no knee flexion
B. Hip flexed 90 degrees and knee flexed 90 degrees
C. Hip, knee, and ankle all at maximum flexion
D. Hip at zero flexion with leg flat

31. During the acute phase, the nurse applied gentamicin sulfate (topical antibiotic) to the burn before dressing the wound. The client has all the following manifestations. Which manifestation indicates that the client is having an adverse reaction to this topical agent?

A. Increased wound pain 30 to 40 minutes after drug application
B. Presence of small, pale pink bumps in the wound beds
C. Decreased white blood cell count
D. Increased serum creatinine level

32. The client, who is 2 weeks postburn with a 40% deep partial-thickness injury, still has open wounds. On taking the morning vital signs, the client is found to have a below-normal temperature, is hypotensive, and has diarrhea. What is the nurse’s best action?

A. Nothing, because the findings are normal for clients during the acute phase of recovery.
B. Increase the temperature in the room and increase the IV infusion rate.
C. Assess the client’s airway and oxygen saturation.
D. Notify the burn emergency team.

33. Which intervention is most important to use to prevent infection by autocontamination in the burned client during the acute phase of recovery?

A. Changing gloves between wound care on different parts of the client’s body.
B. Avoiding sharing equipment such as blood pressure cuffs between clients.
C. Using the closed method of burn wound management.
D. Using proper and consistent handwashing.

34. When should ambulation be initiated in the client who has sustained a major burn?

A. When all full-thickness areas have been closed with skin grafts
B. When the client’s temperature has remained normal for 24 hours
C. As soon as possible after wound debridement is complete
D. As soon as possible after resolution of the fluid shift

35. What statement by the client indicates the need for further discussion regarding the outcome of skin grafting (allografting) procedures?

A. “For the first few days after surgery, the donor sites will be painful.”
B. “Because the graft is my own skin, there is no chance it won’t ‘take’.”
C. “I will have some scarring in the area when the skin is removed for grafting.”
D. “Once all grafting is completed, my risk for infection is the same as it was before I was burned.”

36. Which statement by the client indicates correct understanding of rehabilitation after burn injury?

A. “I will never be fully recovered from the burn.”
B. “I am considered fully recovered when all the wounds are closed.”
C. “I will be fully recovered when I am able to perform all the activities I did before my injury.”
D. “I will be fully recovered when I achieve the highest possible level of functioning that I can.”

37. Which statement made by the client with facial burns who has been prescribed to wear a facial mask pressure garment indicates correct understanding of the purpose of this treatment?

A. “After this treatment, my ears will not stick out.”
B. “The mask will help protect my skin from sun damage.”
C. “Using this mask will prevent scars from being permanent.”
D. “My facial scars should be less severe with the use of this mask.”

38. What is the priority nursing diagnosis for a client in the rehabilitative phase of recovery from a burn injury?

A. Acute Pain
B. Impaired Adjustment
C. Deficient Diversional Activity
D. Imbalanced Nutrition: Less than Body Requirements

39. Nurse Faith should recognize that fluid shift in an client with burn injury results from increase in the:

a. Total volume of circulating whole blood
b. Total volume of intravascular plasma
c. Permeability of capillary walls
d. Permeability of kidney tubules

40. Louie, with burns over 35% of the body, complains of chilling. In promoting the client’s comfort, the nurse should:

a. Maintain room humidity below 40%
b. Place top sheet on the client
c. Limit the occurrence of drafts
d. Keep room temperature at 80 degrees

Answers & Rationale

Answers & Rationale

1. Answer: D

The characteristics of the wound meet the criteria for a full-thickness injury (color that is black, brown, yellow, white or red; no blisters; pain minimal; outer layer firm and inelastic).

2. Answer: B

The characteristics of the wound meet the criteria for a superficial partialthickness injury (color that is pink or red; blisters; pain present and high).

3. Answer: C

Although providing some pain relief has a high priority, and giving the drug by the IV route instead of IM, SC, or orally does increase the rate of effect, the most important reason is to prevent an overdose from accumulation of drug in the interstitial space during the fluid shift of the emergent phase. When edema is present, cumulative doses are rapidly absorbed when the fluid shift is resolving. This delayed absorption can result in lethal blood levels of analgesics.

4. Answer: D

Skin exposed to sunlight activates vitamin D. Partial-thickness burns reduce the activation of vitamin D. Activation of vitamin D is lost completely in fullthickness burns.

5. Answer: C

Burns of the perineum increase the risk for sepsis. Burns of the hands require special attention to ensure the best functional outcome.

6. Answer: C

Ulcerative gastrointestinal disease may develop within 24 hours after a severe burn as a result of increased hydrochloric acid production and decreased mucosal barrier. Cimetidine inhibits the production and release of hydrochloric acid.

7. Answer: C

Hypokalemia is most likely to occur during the fluid remobilization period as a result of dilution, potassium movement back into the cells, and increased potassium excreted into the urine with the greatly increased urine output.

8. Answer: C

The saturation of hemoglobin molecules with carbon monoxide and the subsequent vasodilation induces a “cherry red” color of the mucous membranes in these clients. The other manifestations are associated with inhalation injury, but not specifically carbon monoxide poisoning.

9. Answer: C

Circumferential eschar can act as a tourniquet when edema forms from the fluid shift, increasing tissue pressure and preventing blood flow to the distal extremities and increasing the risk for tissue necrosis. This problem is an emergency and, without intervention, can lead to loss of the distal limb. This problem can be reduced or corrected with an escharotomy.

10. Answer: D

Sickle cell disease and sickle cell trait are more common among African Americans. Although clients with sickle cell disease usually know their status, the client with sickle cell trait may not. The fluid, circulatory, and respiratory alterations that occur in the emergent phase of a burn injury could result in decreased tissue perfusion that is sufficient to cause sickling of cells, even in a person who only has the trait. Determining the client’s sickle cell status by checking the percentage of hemoglobin S is essential for any African American client who has a burn injury.

11. Answer: B

Although not universally true, most fluid resuscitation for burn injuries starts with crystalloid solutions, such as normal saline and Ringer’s lactate. The burn client rarely requires blood during the emergent phase unless the burn is complicated by another injury that involved hemorrhage. Colloids and plasma are not generally used during the fluid shift phase because these large particles pass through the leaky capillaries into the interstitial fluid, where they increase the osmotic pressure. Increased osmotic pressure in the interstitial fluid can worsen the capillary leak syndrome and make maintaining the circulating fluid volume even more difficult.

12. Answer: B

Respiratory difficulty can arise from external pressure. The first action in this situation would be to loosen the dressing and then reassess the client’s respiratory status.

13. Answer: B

Clients with severe inhalation injuries may sustain such progressive obstruction that they may lose effective movement of air. When this occurs, wheezing is no longer heard and neither are breath sounds. The client requires the establishment of an emergency airway and the swelling usually precludes intubation.

14. Answer: B

Neural and hormonal compensation to the stress of the burn injury in the emergent phase increases liver glucose production and release. An acute rise in the blood glucose level is an expected client response and is helpful in the generation of energy needed for the increased metabolism that accompanies this trauma.

15. Answer: A

Intense pain and carbon monoxide poisoning increase blood pressure. Hemorrhage is unusual in a burn injury. The physiologic effect of histamine release in injured tissues is a loss of vascular volume to the interstitial space, with a resulting decrease in blood pressure.

16. Answer: B Decreased or absent peristalsis is an expected response during the emergent phase of burn injury as a result of neural and hormonal compensation to the stress of injury. No currently accepted intervention changes this response, and it is not the highest priority of care at this time.

17. Answer: A

The “fluid remobilization” phase improves renal blood flow, increasing diuresis and restoring fluid and electrolyte levels. The increased water content of the urine reduces its specific gravity.

18. Answer: C

During the emergent phase, fluid shifts into interstitial tissue in burned areas. When the burn is circumferential on an extremity, the swelling can compress blood vessels to such an extent that circulation is impaired distal to the injury, necessitating the intervention of an escharotomy. Chemical burns do not cause inhalation injury.

19. Answer: B

All these findings are abnormal; however, only the serum potassium level is changed to the degree that serious, life-threatening responses could result. With such a rapid rise in the potassium level, the client is at high risk for experiencing severe cardiac dysrhythmias and death.

20. Answer: B

The airway is not at any particular risk with this injury. Electric current travels through the body from the entrance site to the exit site and can seriously damage all tissues between the two sites. Early cardiac damage from electrical injury includes irregular heart rate, rhythm, and ECG changes.

21. Answer: D

The risk for inhalation injury is greatest when flame burns occur indoors in small, poorly ventilated rooms. although smoking increases the risk for some problems, it does not predispose the client for an inhalation injury.

22. Answer: C

Clients may have ineffective respiratory efforts and gas exchange even though they are able to talk, have good respiratory movement, and are alert. The best indicator for respiratory effectiveness is the maintenance of oxygen saturation within the normal range.

23. Answer: C

Clients may have ineffective respiratory efforts and gas exchange even though they are able to talk, have good respiratory movement, and are alert. The best indicator for respiratory effectiveness is the maintenance of oxygen saturation within the normal range.

24. Answer: B

Intact skin is a major barrier to infection and other disruptions in homeostasis. No matter how much time has passed since the burn injury, the client remains at great risk for infection as long as any area of skin is open.

25. Answer: C

It is likely the client has a diminished cardiac output as a result of the old MI and would be at greater risk for the development of congestive heart failure and
pulmonary edema during fluid resuscitation.

26. Answer: C

Difficulty swallowing and drooling are indications of oropharyngeal edema and can precede pulmonary failure. The client’s airway is in severe jeopardy and intubation is highly likely to be needed shortly.

27. Answer: A

Cross-contamination occurs when microorganisms from another person or the environment are transferred to the client. Although all the interventions listed above can help reduce the risk for infection, only handwashing can prevent crosscontamination.

28. Answer: C

Normally, the mature segmented neutrophils (“segs”) are the major population of circulating leukocytes, constituting 55% to 70% of the total white blood count. Fewer than 3% to 5% of the circulating white blood cells should be the less mature “band” neutrophils. A left shift occurs when the bone marrow releases more immature neutrophils than mature neutrophils. Such a shift indicates severe infection or sepsis, in which the client’s immune system cannot keep pace with the infectious process.

29. Answer: C

The function that would be disrupted by a contracture to the posterior neck is flexion. Moving the head from side to side prevents such a loss of flexion.

30. Answer: D

Maximum function for ambulation occurs when the hip and leg are maintained at full extension with neutral rotation. Although the client does not have to spend 24
hours at a time in this position, he or she should be in this position (in bed or standing) more of the time than with the hip in any degree of flexion.

31. Answer: D

Gentamicin does not stimulate pain in the wound. The small, pale pink bumps in the wound bed are areas of re-epithelialization and not an adverse reaction. Gentamicin is nephrotoxic and sufficient amounts can be absorbed through burn wounds to affect kidney function. Any client receiving gentamicin by any route should have kidney function monitored.

32. Answer: D

These findings are associated with systemic gram-negative infection and sepsis. This is a medical emergency and requires prompt attention.

33. Answer: A

Autocontamination is the transfer of microorganisms from one area to another area of the same client’s body, causing infection of a previously uninfected area. Although all techniques listed can help reduce the risk for infection, only changing gloves between carrying out wound care on difference parts of the client’s body can prevent autocontamination.

34. Answer: D

Regular, progressive ambulation is initiated for all burn clients who do not have contraindicating concomitant injuries as soon as the fluid shift resolves. Clients can be ambulated with extensive dressings, open wounds, and nearly any type of attached lines, tubing, and other equipment.

35. Answer: B

Factors other than tissue type, such as circulation and infection, influence whether and how well a graft “takes.” The client should be prepared for the possibility that not all grafting procedures will be successful.

36. Answer: D

Although a return to preburn functional levels is rarely possible, burned clients are considered fully recovered or rehabilitated when they have achieved their highest possible level of physical, social, and emotional functioning.

37. Answer: D

The purpose of wearing the pressure garment over burn injuries for up to 1 year is to prevent hypertrophic scarring and contractures from forming. Scars will still be present. Although the mask does provide protection of sensitive newly healed skin and grafts from sun exposure, this is not the purpose of wearing the mask. The pressure garment will not change the angle of ear attachment to the head.

38. Answer: B

Recovery from a burn injury requires a lot of work on the part of the client and significant others. Seldom is the client restored to the preburn level of functioning. Adjustments to changes in appearance, family structure, employment opportunities, role, and functional limitations are only a few of the numerous life-changing alterations that must be made or overcome by the client. By the rehabilitation phase, acute pain from the injury or its treatment is no longer a problem.

39. Answer: C

In burn, the capillaries and small vessels dilate, and cell damage cause the release of a histamine-like substance. The substance causes the capillary walls to become more permeable and significant quantities of fluid are lost.

40. Answer: C

A Client with burns is very sensitive to temperature changes because heat is loss in the burn areas.

The post Medical-Surgical Nursing Exam 13: Burns (40 Items) appeared first on Nurseslabs.

Preboard Exam C — Test 5: Psychiatric Nursing

$
0
0

Preboard Exam C — Test 5: Psychiatric Nursing. This is a preboard examination which can help you sharpen your nursing knowledge for the coming board examinations. This is a 100-item examination about Mental Health Nursing & Psychiatric Nursing.  This examination is good for 2 hours, that’s 1 minute and 20 seconds per question. Situational questions are also included.

Preboard-Examinations

Guidelines

  • Read the situations and each questions and choices carefully!
  • Choose the best answer.
  • You are given 2 hours for this 100 item test. That’s 1 minute and 20 seconds for each question.
  • Answers will be given below. Check your performance
 Preboard Exam C: Test 1 — Test 2 — Test 3 — Test 4 — Test 5 - All Exams 
1. Mr. Marquez reports of losing his job, not being able to sleep at night, and feeling upset with his wife. Nurse John responds to the client, “You may want to talk about your employment situation in group today.” The Nurse is using which therapeutic technique?

a. Observations
b. Restating
c. Exploring
d. Focusing

2. Tony refuses his evening dose of Haloperidol (Haldol), then becomes extremely agitated in the dayroom while other clients are watching television. He begins cursing and throwing furniture. Nurse Oliver first action is to:

a. Check the client’s medical record for an order for an as-needed I.M. dose of medication for agitation.
b. Place the client in full leather restraints.
c. Call the attending physician and report the behavior.
d. Remove all other clients from the dayroom.

3. Tina who is manic, but not yet on medication, comes to the drug treatment center. The nurse would not let this client join the group session because:

a. The client is disruptive.
b. The client is harmful to self.
c. The client is harmful to others.
d. The client needs to be on medication first.

4. Dervid, an adolescent boy was admitted for substance abuse and hallucinations. The client’s mother asks Nurse Armando to talk with his husband when he arrives at the hospital. The mother says that she is afraid of what the father might say to the boy. The most appropriate nursing intervention would be to:

a. Inform the mother that she and the father can work through this problem themselves.
b. Refer the mother to the hospital social worker.
c. Agree to talk with the mother and the father together.
d. Suggest that the father and son work things out.

5. What is Nurse John likely to note in a male client being admitted for alcohol withdrawal?

a. Perceptual disorders.
b. Impending coma.
c. Recent alcohol intake.
d. Depression with mutism.

6. Aira has taken amitriptyline HCL (Elavil) for 3 days, but now complains that it “doesn’t help” and refuses to take it. What should the nurse say or do?

a. Withhold the drug.
b. Record the client’s response.
c. Encourage the client to tell the doctor.
d. Suggest that it takes awhile before seeing the results.

7. Dervid, an adolescent has a history of truancy from school, running away from home and “barrowing” other people’s things without their permission. The adolescent denies stealing, rationalizing instead that as long as no one was using the items, it was all right to borrow them. It is important for the nurse to understand the psychodynamically, this behavior may be largely attributed to a developmental defect related to the:

a. Id
b. Ego
c. Superego
d. Oedipal complex

8. In preparing a female client for electroconvulsive therapy (ECT), Nurse Michelle knows that succinylcoline (Anectine) will be administered for which therapeutic effect?

a. Short-acting anesthesia
b. Decreased oral and respiratory secretions.
c. Skeletal muscle paralysis.
d. Analgesia.

9. Nurse Gina is aware that the dietary implications for a client in manic phase of bipolar disorder is:

a. Serve the client a bowl of soup, buttered French bread, and apple slices.
b. Increase calories, decrease fat, and decrease protein.
c. Give the client pieces of cut-up steak, carrots, and an apple.
d. Increase calories, carbohydrates, and protein.

10.What parental behavior toward a child during an admission procedure should cause Nurse Ron to suspect child abuse?

a. Flat affect
b. Expressing guilt
c. Acting overly solicitous toward the child.
d. Ignoring the child.

11.Nurse Lynnette notices that a female client with obsessive-compulsive disorder washes her hands for long periods each day. How should the nurse respond to this compulsive behavior?

a. By designating times during which the client can focus on the behavior.
b. By urging the client to reduce the frequency of the behavior as rapidly as possible.
c. By calling attention to or attempting to prevent the behavior.
d. By discouraging the client from verbalizing anxieties.

12.After seeking help at an outpatient mental health clinic, Ruby who was raped while walking her dog is diagnosed with posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD). Three months later, Ruby returns to the clinic, complaining of fear, loss of control, and helpless feelings. Which nursing intervention is most appropriate for Ruby?

a. Recommending a high-protein, low-fat diet.
b. Giving sleep medication, as prescribed, to restore a normal sleepwake cycle.
c. Allowing the client time to heal.
d. Exploring the meaning of the traumatic event with the client.

13.Meryl, age 19, is highly dependent on her parents and fears leaving home to go away to college. Shortly before the semester starts, she complains that her legs are paralyzed and is rushed to the emergency department. When physical examination rules out a physical cause for her paralysis, the physician admits her to the psychiatric unit where she is diagnosed with conversion disorder. Meryl asks the nurse, “Why has this happened to me?” What is the nurse’s best response?

a. “You’ve developed this paralysis so you can stay with your parents. You must deal with this conflict if you want to walk again.”
b. “It must be awful not to be able to move your legs. You may feel better if you realize the problem is psychological, not physical.”
c. “Your problem is real but there is no physical basis for it. We’ll work on what is going on in your life to find out why it’s happened.”
d. “It isn’t uncommon for someone with your personality to develop a conversion disorder during times of stress.”

14.Nurse Krina knows that the following drugs have been known to be effective in treating obsessive-compulsive disorder (OCD):

a. benztropine (Cogentin) and diphenhydramine (Benadryl).
b. chlordiazepoxide (Librium) and diazepam (Valium)
c. fluvoxamine (Luvox) and clomipramine (Anafranil)
d. divalproex (Depakote) and lithium (Lithobid)

15.Alfred was newly diagnosed with anxiety disorder. The physician prescribed buspirone (BuSpar). The nurse is aware that the teaching instructions for newly prescribed buspirone should include which of the following?

a. A warning about the drugs delayed therapeutic effect, which is from 14 to 30 days.
b. A warning about the incidence of neuroleptic malignant syndrome (NMS).
c. A reminder of the need to schedule blood work in 1 week to check blood levels of the drug.
d. A warning that immediate sedation can occur with a resultant drop in pulse.

16.Richard with agoraphobia has been symptom-free for 4 months. Classic signs and symptoms of phobias include:

a. Insomnia and an inability to concentrate.
b. Severe anxiety and fear.
c. Depression and weight loss.
d. Withdrawal and failure to distinguish reality from fantasy.

17.Which medications have been found to help reduce or eliminate panic attacks?

a. Antidepressants
b. Anticholinergics
c. Antipsychotics
d. Mood stabilizers

18.A client seeks care because she feels depressed and has gained weight. To treat her atypical depression, the physician prescribes tranylcypromine sulfate (Parnate), 10 mg by mouth twice per day. When this drug is used to treat atypical depression, what is its onset of action?

a. 1 to 2 days
b. 3 to 5 days
c. 6 to 8 days
d. 10 to 14 days

19. A 65 years old client is in the first stage of Alzheimer’s disease. Nurse Patricia should plan to focus this client’s care on:

a. Offering nourishing finger foods to help maintain the client’s nutritional status.
b. Providing emotional support and individual counseling.
c. Monitoring the client to prevent minor illnesses from turning into major problems.
d. Suggesting new activities for the client and family to do together.

20.The nurse is assessing a client who has just been admitted to the emergency department. Which signs would suggest an overdose of an antianxiety agent?

a. Combativeness, sweating, and confusion
b. Agitation, hyperactivity, and grandiose ideation
c. Emotional lability, euphoria, and impaired memory
d. Suspiciousness, dilated pupils, and increased blood pressure

21.The nurse is caring for a client diagnosed with antisocial personality disorder. The client has a history of fighting, cruelty to animals, and stealing. Which of the following traits would the nurse be most likely to uncover during assessment?

a. History of gainful employment
b. Frequent expression of guilt regarding antisocial behavior
c. Demonstrated ability to maintain close, stable relationships
d. A low tolerance for frustration

22.Nurse Amy is providing care for a male client undergoing opiate withdrawal. Opiate withdrawal causes severe physical discomfort and can be life-threatening. To minimize these effects, opiate users are commonly detoxified with:

a. Barbiturates
b. Amphetamines
c. Methadone
d. Benzodiazepines

23.Nurse Cristina is caring for a client who experiences false sensory perceptions with no basis in reality. These perceptions are known as:

a. Delusions
b. Hallucinations
c. Loose associations
d. Neologisms

24. Nurse Marco is developing a plan of care for a client with anorexia nervosa. Which action should the nurse include in the plan?

a. Restricts visits with the family and friends until the client begins to eat.
b. Provide privacy during meals.
c. Set up a strict eating plan for the client.
d. Encourage the client to exercise, which will reduce her anxiety.

25.Tim is admitted with a diagnosis of delusions of grandeur. The nurse is aware that this diagnosis reflects a belief that one is:

a. Highly important or famous.
b. Being persecuted
c. Connected to events unrelated to oneself
d. Responsible for the evil in the world.

26.Nurse Jen is caring for a male client with manic depression. The plan of care for a client in a manic state would include:

a. Offering a high-calorie meals and strongly encouraging the client to finish all food.
b. Insisting that the client remain active through the day so that he’ll sleep at night.
c. Allowing the client to exhibit hyperactive, demanding, manipulative behavior without setting limits.
d. Listening attentively with a neutral attitude and avoiding power struggles.

27.Ramon is admitted for detoxification after a cocaine overdose. The client tells the nurse that he frequently uses cocaine but that he can control his use if he chooses. Which coping mechanism is he using?

a. Withdrawal
b. Logical thinking
c. Repression
d. Denial

28.Richard is admitted with a diagnosis of schizotypal personality disorder. Which signs would this client exhibit during social situations?

a. Aggressive behavior
b. Paranoid thoughts
c. Emotional affect
d. Independence needs

29. Nurse Mickey is caring for a client diagnosed with bulimia. The most appropriate initial goal for a client diagnosed with bulimia is to:

a. Avoid shopping for large amounts of food.
b. Control eating impulses.
c. Identify anxiety-causing situations
d. Eat only three meals per day.

30.Rudolf is admitted for an overdose of amphetamines. When assessing the client, the nurse should expect to see:

a. Tension and irritability
b. Slow pulse
c. Hypotension
d. Constipation

31.Nicolas is experiencing hallucinations tells the nurse, “The voices are telling me I’m no good.” The client asks if the nurse hears the voices. The most appropriate response by the nurse would be:

a. “It is the voice of your conscience, which only you can control.”
b. “No, I do not hear your voices, but I believe you can hear them”.
c. “The voices are coming from within you and only you can hear them.”
d. “Oh, the voices are a symptom of your illness; don’t pay any attention to them.”

32.The nurse is aware that the side effect of electroconvulsive therapy that a client may experience:

a. Loss of appetite
b. Postural hypotension
c. Confusion for a time after treatment
d. Complete loss of memory for a time

33.A dying male client gradually moves toward resolution of feelings regarding impending death. Basing care on the theory of Kubler-Ross, Nurse Trish plans to use nonverbal interventions when assessment reveals that the client is in the:

a. Anger stage
b. Denial stage
c. Bargaining stage
d. Acceptance stage

34.The outcome that is unrelated to a crisis state is:

a. Learning more constructive coping skills
b. Decompensation to a lower level of functioning.
c. Adaptation and a return to a prior level of functioning.
d. A higher level of anxiety continuing for more than 3 months.

35.Miranda a psychiatric client is to be discharged with orders for haloperidol (haldol) therapy. When developing a teaching plan for discharge, the nurse should include cautioning the client against:

a. Driving at night
b. Staying in the sun
c. Ingesting wines and cheeses
d. Taking medications containing aspirin

36.Jen a nursing student is anxious about the upcoming board examination but is able to study intently and does not become distracted by a roommate’s talking and loud music. The student’s ability to ignore distractions and to focus on studying demonstrates:

a. Mild-level anxiety
b. Panic-level anxiety
c. Severe-level anxiety
d. Moderate-level anxiety

37.When assessing a premorbid personality characteristics of a client with a major depression, it would be unusual for the nurse to find that this client demonstrated:

a. Rigidity
b. Stubbornness
c. Diverse interest
d. Over meticulousness

38.Nurse Krina recognizes that the suicidal risk for depressed client is greatest:

a. As their depression begins to improve
b. When their depression is most severe
c. Before nay type of treatment is started
d. As they lose interest in the environment

39.Nurse Kate would expect that a client with vascular dementis would experience:

a. Loss of remote memory related to anoxia
b. Loss of abstract thinking related to emotional state
c. Inability to concentrate related to decreased stimuli
d. Disturbance in recalling recent events related to cerebral hypoxia.

40.Josefina is to be discharged on a regimen of lithium carbonate. In the teaching plan for discharge the nurse should include:

a. Advising the client to watch the diet carefully
b. Suggesting that the client take the pills with milk
c. Reminding the client that a CBC must be done once a month.
d. Encouraging the client to have blood levels checked as ordered.

41.The psychiatrist orders lithium carbonate 600 mg p.o t.i.d for a female client. Nurse Katrina would be aware that the teaching about the side effects of this drug were understood when the client state, “I will call my doctor immediately if I notice any:

a. Sensitivity to bright light or sun
b. Fine hand tremors or slurred speech
c. Sexual dysfunction or breast enlargement
d. Inability to urinate or difficulty when urinating

42.Nurse Mylene recognizes that the most important factor necessary for the establishment of trust in a critical care area is:

a. Privacy
b. Respect
c. Empathy
d. Presence

43.When establishing an initial nurse-client relationship, Nurse Hazel should explore with the client the:

a. Client’s perception of the presenting problem.
b. Occurrence of fantasies the client may experience.
c. Details of any ritualistic acts carried out by the client
d. Client’s feelings when external; controls are instituted.

44.Tranylcypromine sulfate (Parnate) is prescribed for a depressed client who has not responded to the tricyclic antidepressants. After teaching the client about the medication, Nurse Marian evaluates that learning has occurred when the client states, “I will avoid:

a. Citrus fruit, tuna, and yellow vegetables.”
b. Chocolate milk, aged cheese, and yogurt’”
c. Green leafy vegetables, chicken, and milk.”
d. Whole grains, red meats, and carbonated soda.”

45.Nurse John is a aware that most crisis situations should resolve in about:

a. 1 to 2 weeks
b. 4 to 6 weeks
c. 4 to 6 months
d. 6 to 12 months

46. Nurse Judy knows that statistics show that in adolescent suicide behavior:

a. Females use more dramatic methods than males
b. Males account for more attempts than do females
c. Females talk more about suicide before attempting it
d. Males are more likely to use lethal methods than are females

47. Dervid with paranoid schizophrenia repeatedly uses profanity during an activity therapy session. Which response by the nurse would be most appropriate?

a. “Your behavior won’t be tolerated. Go to your room immediately.”
b. “You’re just doing this to get back at me for making you come to therapy.”
c. “Your cursing is interrupting the activity. Take time out in your room for 10 minutes.”
d. “I’m disappointed in you. You can’t control yourself even for a few minutes.”

48.Nurse Maureen knows that the nonantipsychotic medication used to treat some clients with schizoaffective disorder is:

a. phenelzine (Nardil)
b. chlordiazepoxide (Librium)
c. lithium carbonate (Lithane)
d. imipramine (Tofranil)

49.Which information is most important for the nurse Trinity to include in a teaching plan for a male schizophrenic client taking clozapine (Clozaril)?

a. Monthly blood tests will be necessary.
b. Report a sore throat or fever to the physician immediately.
c. Blood pressure must be monitored for hypertension.
d. Stop the medication when symptoms subside.

50.Ricky with chronic schizophrenia takes neuroleptic medication is admitted to the psychiatric unit. Nursing assessment reveals rigidity, fever, hypertension, and diaphoresis. These findings suggest which lifethreatening reaction:

a. Tardive dyskinesia.
b. Dystonia.
c. Neuroleptic malignant syndrome.
d. Akathisia.

51.Which nursing intervention would be most appropriate if a male client develop orthostatic hypotension while taking amitriptyline (Elavil)?

a. Consulting with the physician about substituting a different type of antidepressant.
b. Advising the client to sit up for 1 minute before getting out of bed.
c. Instructing the client to double the dosage until the problem resolves.
d. Informing the client that this adverse reaction should disappear within 1 week.

52.Mr. Cruz visits the physician’s office to seek treatment for depression, feelings of hopelessness, poor appetite, insomnia, fatigue, low selfesteem, poor concentration, and difficulty making decisions. The client states that these symptoms began at least 2 years ago. Based on this report, the nurse Tyfany suspects:

a. Cyclothymic disorder.
b. Atypical affective disorder.
c. Major depression.
d. Dysthymic disorder.

53. After taking an overdose of phenobarbital (Barbita), Mario is admitted to the emergency department. Dr. Trinidad prescribes activated charcoal (Charcocaps) to be administered by mouth immediately. Before administering the dose, the nurse verifies the dosage ordered. What is the usual minimum dose of activated charcoal?

a. 5 g mixed in 250 ml of water
b. 15 g mixed in 500 ml of water
c. 30 g mixed in 250 ml of water
d. 60 g mixed in 500 ml of water

54.What herbal medication for depression, widely used in Europe, is now being prescribed in the United States?

a. Ginkgo biloba
b. Echinacea
c. St. John’s wort
d. Ephedra

55.Cely with manic episodes is taking lithium. Which electrolyte level should the nurse check before administering this medication?

a. Calcium
b. Sodium
c. Chloride
d. Potassium

56.Nurse Josefina is caring for a client who has been diagnosed with delirium. Which statement about delirium is true?

a. It’s characterized by an acute onset and lasts about 1 month.
b. It’s characterized by a slowly evolving onset and lasts about 1 week.
c. It’s characterized by a slowly evolving onset and lasts about 1 month.
d. It’s characterized by an acute onset and lasts hours to a number of days.

57.Edward, a 66 year old client with slight memory impairment and poor concentration is diagnosed with primary degenerative dementia of the Alzheimer’s type. Early signs of this dementia include subtle personality changes and withdrawal from social interactions. To assess for progression to the middle stage of Alzheimer’s disease, the nurse should observe the client for:

a. Occasional irritable outbursts.
b. Impaired communication.
c. Lack of spontaneity.
d. Inability to perform self-care activities.

58.Isabel with a diagnosis of depression is started on imipramine (Tofranil), 75 mg by mouth at bedtime. The nurse should tell the client that:

a. This medication may be habit forming and will be discontinued as soon as the client feels better.
b. This medication has no serious adverse effects.
c. The client should avoid eating such foods as aged cheeses, yogurt, and chicken livers while taking the medication.
d. This medication may initially cause tiredness, which should become less bothersome over time.

59.Kathleen is admitted to the psychiatric clinic for treatment of anorexia nervosa. To promote the client’s physical health, the nurse should plan to:

a. Severely restrict the client’s physical activities.
b. Weigh the client daily, after the evening meal.
c. Monitor vital signs, serum electrolyte levels, and acid-base balance.
d. Instruct the client to keep an accurate record of food and fluid intake.

60.Celia with a history of polysubstance abuse is admitted to the facility. She complains of nausea and vomiting 24 hours after admission. The nurse assesses the client and notes piloerection, pupillary dilation, and lacrimation. The nurse suspects that the client is going through which of the following withdrawals?

a. Alcohol withdrawal
b. Cannibis withdrawal
c. Cocaine withdrawal
d. Opioid withdrawal

61.Mr. Garcia, an attorney who throws books and furniture around the office after losing a case is referred to the psychiatric nurse in the law firm’s employee assistance program. Nurse Beatriz knows that the client’s behavior most likely represents the use of which defense mechanism?

a. Regression
b. Projection
c. Reaction-formation
d. Intellectualization

62.Nurse Anne is caring for a client who has been treated long term with antipsychotic medication. During the assessment, Nurse Anne checks the client for tardive dyskinesia. If tardive dyskinesia is present, Nurse Anne would most likely observe:

a. Abnormal movements and involuntary movements of the mouth, tongue, and face.
b. Abnormal breathing through the nostrils accompanied by a “thrill.”
c. Severe headache, flushing, tremors, and ataxia.
d. Severe hypertension, migraine headache,

63.Dennis has a lithium level of 2.4 mEq/L. The nurse immediately would assess the client for which of the following signs or symptoms?

a. Weakness
b. Diarrhea
c. Blurred vision
d. Fecal incontinence

64.Nurse Jannah is monitoring a male client who has been placed inrestraints because of violent behavior. Nurse determines that it will be safe to remove the restraints when:

a. The client verbalizes the reasons for the violent behavior.
b. The client apologizes and tells the nurse that it will never happen again.
c. No acts of aggression have been observed within 1 hour after the release of two of the extremity restraints.
d. The administered medication has taken effect.

65.Nurse Irish is aware that Ritalin is the drug of choice for a child with ADHD. The side effects of the following may be noted by the nurse:

a. Increased attention span and concentration
b. Increase in appetite
c. Sleepiness and lethargy
d. Bradycardia and diarrhea

66.Kitty, a 9 year old child has very limited vocabulary and interaction skills. She has an I.Q. of 45. She is diagnosed to have Mental retardation of this classification:

a. Profound
b. Mild
c. Moderate
d. Severe

67.The therapeutic approach in the care of Armand an autistic child include the following EXCEPT:

a. Engage in diversionary activities when acting -out
b. Provide an atmosphere of acceptance
c. Provide safety measures
d. Rearrange the environment to activate the child

68.Jeremy is brought to the emergency room by friends who state that he took something an hour ago. He is actively hallucinating, agitated, with irritated nasal septum.

a. Heroin
b. Cocaine
c. LSD
d. Marijuana

69.Nurse Pauline is aware that Dementia unlike delirium is characterized by:

a. Slurred speech
b. Insidious onset
c. Clouding of consciousness
d. Sensory perceptual change

70.A 35 year old female has intense fear of riding an elevator. She claims “ As if I will die inside.” The client is suffering from:

a. Agoraphobia
b. Social phobia
c. Claustrophobia
d. Xenophobia

71.Nurse Myrna develops a counter-transference reaction. This is evidenced by:

a. Revealing personal information to the client
b. Focusing on the feelings of the client.
c. Confronting the client about discrepancies in verbal or non-verbal behavior
d. The client feels angry towards the nurse who resembles his mother.

72.Tristan is on Lithium has suffered from diarrhea and vomiting. What should the nurse in-charge do first:

a. Recognize this as a drug interaction
b. Give the client Cogentin
c. Reassure the client that these are common side effects of lithium therapy
d. Hold the next dose and obtain an order for a stat serum lithium level

73.Nurse Sarah ensures a therapeutic environment for all the client. Which of the following best describes a therapeutic milieu?

a. A therapy that rewards adaptive behavior
b. A cognitive approach to change behavior
c. A living, learning or working environment.
d. A permissive and congenial environment

74.Anthony is very hostile toward one of the staff for no apparent reason. He is manifesting:

a. Splitting
b. Transference
c. Countertransference
d. Resistance

75.Marielle, 17 years old was sexually attacked while on her way home from school. She is brought to the hospital by her mother. Rape is an example of which type of crisis:
a. Situational
b. Adventitious
c. Developmental
d. Internal

76. Nurse Greta is aware that the following is classified as an Axis I disorder by the Diagnosis and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, Text Revision (DSM-IV-TR) is:

a. Obesity
b. Borderline personality disorder
c. Major depression
d. Hypertension

77.Katrina, a newly admitted is extremely hostile toward a staff member she has just met, without apparent reason. According to Freudian theory, the nurse should suspect that the client is experiencing which of the following phenomena?

a. Intellectualization
b. Transference
c. Triangulation
d. Splitting

78.An 83year-old male client is in extended care facility is anxious most of the time and frequently complains of a number of vague symptoms that interfere with his ability to eat. These symptoms indicate which of the following disorders?

a. Conversion disorder
b. Hypochondriasis
c. Severe anxiety
d. Sublimation

79. Charina, a college student who frequently visited the health center during the past year with multiple vague complaints of GI symptoms before course examinations. Although physical causes have been eliminated, the student continues to express her belief that she has a serious illness. These symptoms are typically of which of the following disorders?

a. Conversion disorder
b. Depersonalization
c. Hypochondriasis
d. Somatization disorder

80. Nurse Daisy is aware that the following pharmacologic agents are sedativehypnotic medication is used to induce sleep for a client experiencing a sleep disorder is:

a. Triazolam (Halcion)
b. Paroxetine (Paxil)\
c. Fluoxetine (Prozac)
d. Risperidone (Risperdal)

81. Aldo, with a somatoform pain disorder may obtain secondary gain. Which of the following statement refers to a secondary gain?

a. It brings some stability to the family
b. It decreases the preoccupation with the physical illness
c. It enables the client to avoid some unpleasant activity
d. It promotes emotional support or attention for the client

82. Dervid is diagnosed with panic disorder with agoraphobia is talking with the nurse in-charge about the progress made in treatment. Which of the following statements indicates a positive client response?

a. “I went to the mall with my friends last Saturday”
b. “I’m hyperventilating only when I have a panic attack”
c. “Today I decided that I can stop taking my medication”
d. “Last night I decided to eat more than a bowl of cereal”

83. The effectiveness of monoamine oxidase (MAO) inhibitor drug therapy in client with posttraumatic stress disorder can be demonstrated by which of the following client self –reports?

a. “I’m sleeping better and don’t have nightmares”
b. “I’m not losing my temper as much”
c. “I’ve lost my craving for alcohol”
d. I’ve lost my phobia for water”

84. Mark, with a diagnosis of generalized anxiety disorder wants to stop taking his lorazepam (Ativan). Which of the following important facts should nurse Betty discuss with the client about discontinuing the medication?

a. Stopping the drug may cause depression
b. Stopping the drug increases cognitive abilities
c. Stopping the drug decreases sleeping difficulties
d. Stopping the drug can cause withdrawal symptoms

85. Jennifer, an adolescent who is depressed and reported by his parents as having difficulty in school is brought to the community mental health center to be evaluated. Which of the following other health problems would the nurse suspect?

a. Anxiety disorder
b. Behavioral difficulties
c. Cognitive impairment
d. Labile moods

86. Ricardo, an outpatient in psychiatric facility is diagnosed with dysthymic disorder. Which of the following statement about dysthymic disorder is true?

a. It involves a mood range from moderate depression to hypomania
b. It involves a single manic depression
c. It’s a form of depression that occurs in the fall and winter
d. It’s a mood disorder similar to major depression but of mild to moderate severity

87. The nurse is aware that the following ways in vascular dementia different from Alzheimer’s disease is:

a. Vascular dementia has more abrupt onset
b. The duration of vascular dementia is usually brief
c. Personality change is common in vascular dementia
d. The inability to perform motor activities occurs in vascular dementia

88. Loretta, a newly admitted client was diagnosed with delirium and has history of hypertension and anxiety. She had been taking digoxin, furosemide (Lasix), and diazepam (Valium) for anxiety. This client’s impairment may be related to which of the following conditions?

a. Infection
b. Metabolic acidosis
c. Drug intoxication
d. Hepatic encephalopathy

89. Nurse Ron enters a client’s room, the client says, “They’re crawling on my sheets! Get them off my bed!” Which of the following assessment is the most accurate?

a. The client is experiencing aphasia
b. The client is experiencing dysarthria
c. The client is experiencing a flight of ideas
d. The client is experiencing visual hallucination

90. Which of the following descriptions of a client’s experience and behavior can be assessed as an illusion?

a. The client tries to hit the nurse when vital signs must be taken
b. The client says, “I keep hearing a voice telling me to run away”
c. The client becomes anxious whenever the nurse leaves the bedside
d. The client looks at the shadow on a wall and tells the nurse she sees frightening faces on the wall.

91. During conversation of Nurse John with a client, he observes that the client shift from one topic to the next on a regular basis. Which of the following terms describes this disorder?

a. Flight of ideas
b. Concrete thinking
c. Ideas of reference
d. Loose association

92. Francis tells the nurse that her coworkers are sabotaging the computer. When the nurse asks questions, the client becomes argumentative. This behavior shows personality traits associated with which of the following personality disorder?

a. Antisocial
b. Histrionic
c. Paranoid
d. Schizotypal

93. Which of the following interventions is important for a Cely experiencing with paranoid personality disorder taking olanzapine (Zyprexa)?

a. Explain effects of serotonin syndrome
b. Teach the client to watch for extrapyramidal adverse reaction
c. Explain that the drug is less affective if the client smokes
d. Discuss the need to report paradoxical effects such as euphoria

94. Nurse Alexandra notices other clients on the unit avoiding a client diagnosed with antisocial personality disorder. When discussing appropriate behavior in group therapy, which of the following comments is expected about this client by his peers?

a. Lack of honesty
b. Belief in superstition
c. Show of temper tantrums
d. Constant need for attention

95. Tommy, with dependent personality disorder is working to increase his selfesteem. Which of the following statements by the Tommy shows teaching was successful?

a. “I’m not going to look just at the negative things about myself”
b. “I’m most concerned about my level of competence and progress”
c. “I’m not as envious of the things other people have as I used to be”
d. “I find I can’t stop myself from taking over things other should be doing”

96. Norma, a 42-year-old client with a diagnosis of chronic undifferentiated schizophrenia lives in a rooming house that has a weekly nursing clinic. She scratches while she tells the nurse she feels creatures eating away at her skin. Which of the following interventions should be done first?

a. Talk about his hallucinations and fears
b. Refer him for anticholinergic adverse reactions
c. Assess for possible physical problems such as rash
d. Call his physician to get his medication increased to control his psychosis

97. Ivy, who is on the psychiatric unit is copying and imitating the movements of her primary nurse. During recovery, she says, “I thought the nurse was my mirror. I felt connected only when I saw my nurse.” This behavior is known by which of the following terms?

a. Modeling
b. Echopraxia
c. Ego-syntonicity
d. Ritualism

98. Jun approaches the nurse and tells that he hears a voice telling him that he’s evil and deserves to die. Which of the following terms describes the client’s perception?

a. Delusion
b. Disorganized speech
c. Hallucination
d. Idea of reference

99. Mike is admitted to a psychiatric unit with a diagnosis of undifferentiated schizophrenia. Which of the following defense mechanisms is probably used by mike?

a. Projection
b. Rationalization
c. Regression
d. Repression

100. Rocky has started taking haloperidol (Haldol). Which of the following instructions is most appropriate for Ricky before taking haloperidol?

a. Should report feelings of restlessness or agitation at once
b. Use a sunscreen outdoors on a year-round basis
c. Be aware you’ll feel increased energy taking this drug
d. This drug will indirectly control essential hypertension

Answers & Rationale

Answers & Rationale

View answers & rationale for: Preboard Exam C — Test 4: Psychiatric Nursing

1. Answer: (D) Focusing
Rationale: The nurse is using focusing by suggesting that the client discuss a specific issue. The nurse didn’t restate the question, make observation, or ask further question (exploring).

2. Answer: (D) Remove all other clients from the dayroom.
Rationale: The nurse’s first priority is to consider the safety of the clients in the therapeutic setting. The other actions are appropriate responses after ensuring the safety of other clients.

3. Answer: (A) The client is disruptive.
Rationale: Group activity provides too much stimulation, which the client will not be able to handle (harmful to self) and as a result will be disruptive to others.

4. Answer: (C) Agree to talk with the mother and the father together.
Rationale: By agreeing to talk with both parents, the nurse can provide emotional support and further assess and validate the family’s needs.

5. Answer: (A) Perceptual disorders.
Rationale: Frightening visual hallucinations are especially common in clients experiencing alcohol withdrawal.

6. Answer: (D) Suggest that it takes awhile before seeing the results.
Rationale: The client needs a specific response; that it takes 2 to 3 weeks (a delayed effect) until the therapeutic blood level is reached.

7. Answer: (C) Superego
Rationale: This behavior shows a weak sense of moral consciousness. According to Freudian theory, personality disorders stem from a weak superego.

8. Answer: (C) Skeletal muscle paralysis.
Rationale: Anectine is a depolarizing muscle relaxant causing paralysis. It is used to reduce the intensity of muscle contractions during the convulsive stage, thereby reducing the risk of bone fractures or dislocation.

9. Answer: (D) Increase calories, carbohydrates, and protein.
Rationale: This client increased protein for tissue building and increased calories to replace what is burned up (usually via carbohydrates).

10. Answer: (C) Acting overly solicitous toward the child.
Rationale: This behavior is an example of reaction formation, a coping mechanism.

11. Answer: (A) By designating times during which the client can focus on the behavior.
Rationale: The nurse should designate times during which the client can focus on the compulsive behavior or obsessive thoughts. The nurse should urge the client to reduce the frequency of the compulsive behavior gradually, not rapidly. She shouldn’t call attention to or try to prevent the behavior. Trying to prevent the behavior may cause pain and terror in the client. The nurse should encourage the client to verbalize anxieties to help distract attention from the compulsive behavior.

12. Answer: (D) Exploring the meaning of the traumatic event with the client.
Rationale: The client with PTSD needs encouragement to examine and understand the meaning of the traumatic event and consequent losses. Otherwise, symptoms may worsen and the client may become depressed or engage in self-destructive behavior such as substance abuse. The client must explore the meaning of the event and won’t heal without this, no matter how much time passes. Behavioral techniques, such as relaxation therapy, may help decrease the client’s anxiety and induce sleep. The physician may prescribe antianxiety agents or antidepressants cautiously to avoid dependence; sleep medication is rarely appropriate. A special diet isn’t indicated unless the client also has an eating disorder or a nutritional problem.

13. Answer: (C) “Your problem is real but there is no physical basis for it. We’ll work on what is going on in your life to find out why it’s happened.”
Rationale: The nurse must be honest with the client by telling her that the paralysis has no physiologic cause while also conveying empathy and acknowledging that her symptoms are real. The client will benefit from psychiatric treatment, which will help her understand the underlying cause of her symptoms. After the psychological conflict is resolved, her
symptoms will disappear. Saying that it must be awful not to be able to move her legs wouldn’t answer the client’s question; knowing that the cause is psychological wouldn’t necessarily make her feel better. Telling her that she has developed paralysis to avoid leaving her parents or that her personality caused her disorder wouldn’t help her understand and resolve the underlying conflict.

14. Answer: (C) fluvoxamine (Luvox) and clomipramine (Anafranil)
Rationale: The antidepressants fluvoxamine and clomipramine have been effective in the treatment of OCD. Librium and Valium may be helpful in treating anxiety related to OCD but aren’t drugs of choice to treat the illness. The other medications mentioned aren’t effective in the treatment of OCD.

15. Answer: (A) A warning about the drugs delayed therapeutic effect, which is from 14 to 30 days.
Rationale: The client should be informed that the drug’s therapeutic effect might not be reached for 14 to 30 days. The client must be instructed to continue taking the drug as directed. Blood level checks aren’t necessary. NMS hasn’t been reported with this drug, but tachycardia is frequently reported.

16. Answer: (B) Severe anxiety and fear.
Rationale: Phobias cause severe anxiety (such as a panic attack) that is out of proportion to the threat of the feared object or situation. Physical signs and symptoms of phobias include profuse sweating, poor motor control, tachycardia, and elevated blood pressure. Insomnia, an inability to concentrate, and weight loss are common in depression. Withdrawal and failure to distinguish reality from fantasy occur in schizophrenia.

17. Answer: (A) Antidepressants
Rationale: Tricyclic and monoamine oxidase (MAO) inhibitor antidepressants have been found to be effective in treating clients with panic attacks. Why these drugs help control panic attacks isn’t clearly understood. Anticholinergic agents, which are smooth-muscle relaxants, relieve physical symptoms of anxiety but don’t relieve the anxiety itself. Antipsychotic drugs are inappropriate because clients who experience panic attacks aren’t psychotic. Mood stabilizers aren’t indicated because panic attacks are rarely associated with mood changes.

18. Answer: (B) 3 to 5 days
Rationale: Monoamine oxidase inhibitors, such as tranylcypromine, have an onset of action of approximately 3 to 5 days. A full clinical response may be delayed for 3 to 4 weeks. The therapeutic effects may continue for 1 to 2 weeks after discontinuation.

19. Answer: (B) Providing emotional support and individual counseling.
Rationale: Clients in the first stage of Alzheimer’s disease are aware that something is happening to them and may become overwhelmed and frightened. Therefore, nursing care typically focuses on providing emotional support and individual counseling. The other options are appropriate during the second stage of Alzheimer’s disease, when the
client needs continuous monitoring to prevent minor illnesses from progressing into major problems and when maintaining adequate nutrition may become a challenge. During this stage, offering nourishing finger foods helps clients to feed themselves and maintain adequate nutrition.

20. Answer: (C) Emotional lability, euphoria, and impaired memory
Rationale: Signs of antianxiety agent overdose include emotional lability, euphoria, and impaired memory. Phencyclidine overdose can cause combativeness, sweating, and confusion. Amphetamine overdose can result in agitation, hyperactivity, and grandiose ideation. Hallucinogen overdose can produce suspiciousness, dilated pupils, and increased blood pressure.

21. Answer: (D) A low tolerance for frustration
Rationale: Clients with an antisocial personality disorder exhibit a low tolerance for frustration, emotional immaturity, and a lack of impulse control. They commonly have a history of unemployment, miss work repeatedly, and quit work without other plans for employment. They don’t feel guilt about their behavior and commonly perceive themselves as victims. They also display a lack of responsibility for the outcome of their actions. Because of a lack of trust in others, clients with antisocial personality disorder commonly have difficulty developing stable, close relationships.

22. Answer: (C) Methadone
Rationale: Methadone is used to detoxify opiate users because it binds with opioid receptors at many sites in the central nervous system but doesn’t have the same deterious effects as other opiates, such as cocaine, heroin, and morphine. Barbiturates, amphetamines, and benzodiazepines are highly addictive and would require detoxification treatment.

23. Answer: (B) Hallucinations
Rationale: Hallucinations are visual, auditory, gustatory, tactile, or olfactory perceptions that have no basis in reality. Delusions are false beliefs, rather than perceptions, that the client accepts as real. Loose associations are rapid shifts among unrelated ideas. Neologisms are bizarre words that have meaning only to the client.

24. Answer: (C) Set up a strict eating plan for the client.
Rationale: Establishing a consistent eating plan and monitoring the client’s weight are very important in this disorder. The family and friends should be included in the client’s care. The client should be monitored during meals-not given privacy. Exercise must be limited and supervised.

25. Answer: (A) Highly important or famous.
Rationale: A delusion of grandeur is a false belief that one is highly important or famous. A delusion of persecution is a false belief that one is being persecuted. A delusion of reference is a false belief that one is connected to events unrelated to oneself or a belief that one is responsible for the evil in the world.

26. Answer: (D) Listening attentively with a neutral attitude and avoiding power struggles.
Rationale: The nurse should listen to the client’s requests, express willingness to seriously consider the request, and respond later. The nurse should encourage the client to take short daytime naps because he expends so much energy. The nurse shouldn’t try to restrain the client when he feels the need to move around as long as his activity isn’t harmful. High calorie finger foods should be offered to supplement the client’s diet, if he can’t remain seated long enough to eat a complete meal. The nurse shouldn’t be forced to stay seated at the table to finish a meal. The nurse should set limits in a calm, clear, and self-confident tone of voice.

27. Answer: (D) Denial
Rationale: Denial is unconscious defense mechanism in which emotional conflict and anxiety is avoided by refusing to acknowledge feelings, desires, impulses, or external facts that are consciously intolerable. Withdrawal is a common response to stress, characterized by apathy. Logical thinking is the ability to think rationally and make responsible decisions, which would lead the client admitting the problem and seeking help. Repression is suppressing past events from the consciousness because of guilty association.

28. Answer: (B) Paranoid thoughts
Rationale: Clients with schizotypal personality disorder experience excessive social anxiety that can lead to paranoid thoughts. Aggressive behavior is uncommon, although these clients may experience agitation with anxiety. Their behavior is emotionally cold with a flattened affect, regardless of the situation. These clients demonstrate a reduced capacity for close or dependent relationships.

29. Answer: (C) Identify anxiety-causing situations
Rationale: Bulimic behavior is generally a maladaptive coping response to stress and underlying issues. The client must identify anxiety-causing situations that stimulate the bulimic behavior and then learn new ways of
coping with the anxiety.

30. Answer: (A) Tension and irritability
Rationale: An amphetamine is a nervous system stimulant that is subject to abuse because of its ability to produce wakefulness and euphoria. An overdose increases tension and irritability. Options B and C are incorrect because amphetamines stimulate norepinephrine, which increase the heart rate and blood flow. Diarrhea is a common adverse effect so option D in is incorrect.

31. Answer: (B) “No, I do not hear your voices, but I believe you can hear them”.
Rationale: The nurse, demonstrating knowledge and understanding, accepts the client’s perceptions even though they are hallucinatory.

32. Answer: (C) Confusion for a time after treatment
Rationale: The electrical energy passing through the cerebral cortex during ECT results in a temporary state of confusion after treatment.

33. Answer: (D) Acceptance stage
Rationale: Communication and intervention during this stage are mainly nonverbal, as when the client gestures to hold the nurse’s hand.

34. Answer: (D) A higher level of anxiety continuing for more than 3 months.
Rationale: This is not an expected outcome of a crisis because by definition a crisis would be resolved in 6 weeks.

35. Answer: (B) Staying in the sun
Rationale: Haldol causes photosensitivity. Severe sunburn can occur on exposure to the sun.

36. Answer: (D) Moderate-level anxiety
Rationale: A moderately anxious person can ignore peripheral events and focuses on central concerns.

37. Answer: (C) Diverse interest
Rationale: Before onset of depression, these clients usually have very narrow, limited interest.

38. Answer: (A) As their depression begins to improve
Rationale: At this point the client may have enough energy to plan and execute an attempt.

39. Answer: (D) Disturbance in recalling recent events related to cerebral hypoxia.
Rationale: Cell damage seems to interfere with registering input stimuli, which affects the ability to register and recall recent events; vascular dementia is related to multiple vascular lesions of the cerebral cortex and subcortical structure.

40. Answer: (D) Encouraging the client to have blood levels checked as ordered.
Rationale: Blood levels must be checked monthly or bimonthly when the client is on maintenance therapy because there is only a small range between therapeutic and toxic levels.

41. Answer: (B) Fine hand tremors or slurred speech
Rationale: These are common side effects of lithium carbonate.

42. Answer: (D) Presence
Rationale: The constant presence of a nurse provides emotional support because the client knows that someone is attentive and available in case of an emergency.

43. Answer: (A) Client’s perception of the presenting problem.
Rationale: The nurse can be most therapeutic by starting where the client is, because it is the client’s concept of the problem that serves as the starting point of the relationship.

44. Answer: (B) Chocolate milk, aged cheese, and yogurt’”
Rationale: These high-tyramine foods, when ingested in the presence of an MAO inhibitor, cause a severe hypertensive response.

45. Answer: (B) 4 to 6 weeks
Rationale: Crisis is self-limiting and lasts from 4 to 6 weeks.

46. Answer: (D) Males are more likely to use lethal methods than are females
Rationale: This finding is supported by research; females account for 90% of suicide attempts but males are three times more successful because of methods used.

47. Answer: (C) “Your cursing is interrupting the activity. Take time out in your room for 10 minutes.”
Rationale: The nurse should set limits on client behavior to ensure a comfortable environment for all clients. The nurse should accept hostile or quarrelsome client outbursts within limits without becoming personally offended, as in option A. Option B is incorrect because it implies that the client’s actions reflect feelings toward the staff instead of the client’s own misery. Judgmental remarks, such as option D, may decrease the client’s self-esteem.

48. Answer: (C) lithium carbonate (Lithane)
Rationale: Lithium carbonate, an antimania drug, is used to treat clients with cyclical schizoaffective disorder, a psychotic disorder once classified under schizophrenia that causes affective symptoms, including maniclike activity. Lithium helps control the affective component of this disorder. Phenelzine is a monoamine oxidase inhibitor prescribed for clients who don’t respond to other antidepressant drugs such as imipramine. Chlordiazepoxide, an antianxiety agent, generally is contraindicated in psychotic clients. Imipramine, primarily considered an antidepressant agent, is also used to treat clients with agoraphobia and that undergoing cocaine detoxification.

49. Answer: (B) Report a sore throat or fever to the physician immediately.
Rationale: A sore throat and fever are indications of an infection caused by agranulocytosis, a potentially life-threatening complication of clozapine. Because of the risk of agranulocytosis, white blood cell (WBC) counts are
necessary weekly, not monthly. If the WBC count drops below 3,000/μl, the medication must be stopped. Hypotension may occur in clients taking this medication. Warn the client to stand up slowly to avoid dizziness from orthostatic hypotension. The medication should be continued, even when symptoms have been controlled. If the medication must be stopped, it should be slowly tapered over 1 to 2 weeks and only under the supervision of a physician.

50. Answer: (C) Neuroleptic malignant syndrome.
Rationale: The client’s signs and symptoms suggest neuroleptic malignant syndrome, a life-threatening reaction to neuroleptic medication that requires immediate treatment. Tardive dyskinesia causes involuntary movements of the tongue, mouth, facial muscles, and arm and leg muscles. Dystonia is characterized by cramps and rigidity of the tongue,
face, neck, and back muscles. Akathisia causes restlessness, anxiety, and jitteriness.

51. Answer: (B) Advising the client to sit up for 1 minute before getting out of bed.
Rationale: To minimize the effects of amitriptyline-induced orthostatic hypotension, the nurse should advise the client to sit up for 1 minute before getting out of bed. Orthostatic hypotension commonly occurs with tricyclic antidepressant therapy. In these cases, the dosage may be reduced or the physician may prescribe nortriptyline, another tricyclic
antidepressant. Orthostatic hypotension disappears only when the drug is discontinued.

52. Answer: (D) Dysthymic disorder.
Rationale: Dysthymic disorder is marked by feelings of depression lasting at least 2 years, accompanied by at least two of the following symptoms: sleep disturbance, appetite disturbance, low energy or fatigue, low selfesteem, poor concentration, difficulty making decisions, and hopelessness. These symptoms may be relatively continuous or
separated by intervening periods of normal mood that last a few days to a few weeks. Cyclothymic disorder is a chronic mood disturbance of at least 2 years’ duration marked by numerous periods of depression and hypomania. Atypical affective disorder is characterized by manic signs and symptoms. Major depression is a recurring, persistent sadness or loss of interest or pleasure in almost all activities, with signs and symptoms recurring for at least 2 weeks.

53. Answer: (C) 30 g mixed in 250 ml of water
Rationale: The usual adult dosage of activated charcoal is 5 to 10 times the estimated weight of the drug or chemical ingested, or a minimum dose of 30 g, mixed in 250 ml of water. Doses less than this will be ineffective; doses greater than this can increase the risk of adverse reactions, although toxicity doesn’t occur with activated charcoal, even at the maximum dose.

54. Answer: (C) St. John’s wort
Rationale: St. John’s wort has been found to have serotonin-elevating properties, similar to prescription antidepressants. Ginkgo biloba is prescribed to enhance mental acuity. Echinacea has immune-stimulating properties. Ephedra is a naturally occurring stimulant that is similar to ephedrine.

55. Answer: (B) Sodium
Rationale: Lithium is chemically similar to sodium. If sodium levels are reduced, such as from sweating or diuresis, lithium will be reabsorbed by the kidneys, increasing the risk of toxicity. Clients taking lithium shouldn’t restrict their intake of sodium and should drink adequate amounts of fluid each day. The other electrolytes are important for normal body functions but sodium is most important to the absorption of lithium.

56. Answer: (D) It’s characterized by an acute onset and lasts hours to a number of days
Rationale: Delirium has an acute onset and typically can last from several hours to several days.

57. Answer: (B) Impaired communication.
Rationale: Initially, memory impairment may be the only cognitive deficit in a client with Alzheimer’s disease. During the early stage of this disease, subtle personality changes may also be present. However, other than occasional irritable outbursts and lack of spontaneity, the client is usually cooperative and exhibits socially appropriate behavior. Signs of
advancement to the middle stage of Alzheimer’s disease include exacerbated cognitive impairment with obvious personality changes and impaired communication, such as inappropriate conversation, actions, and responses. During the late stage, the client can’t perform self-care activities and may become mute.

58. Answer: (D) This medication may initially cause tiredness, which should become less bothersome over time.
Rationale: Sedation is a common early adverse effect of imipramine, a tricyclic antidepressant, and usually decreases as tolerance develops. Antidepressants aren’t habit forming and don’t cause physical or psychological dependence. However, after a long course of high-dose therapy, the dosage should be decreased gradually to avoid mild withdrawal symptoms. Serious adverse effects, although rare, include myocardial infarction, heart failure, and tachycardia. Dietary restrictions, such as avoiding aged cheeses, yogurt, and chicken livers, are necessary for a client taking a monoamine oxidase inhibitor, not a tricyclic antidepressant.

59. Answer: (C) Monitor vital signs, serum electrolyte levels, and acid-base balance.
Rationale: An anorexic client who requires hospitalization is in poor physical condition from starvation and may die as a result of arrhythmias, hypothermia, malnutrition, infection, or cardiac abnormalities secondary to electrolyte imbalances. Therefore, monitoring the client’s vital signs, serum electrolyte level, and acid base balance is crucial. Option A may worsen anxiety. Option B is incorrect because a weight obtained after breakfast is more accurate than one obtained after the evening meal. Option D would reward the client with attention for not eating and reinforce the control issues that are central to the underlying psychological problem; also, the client may record food and fluid intake inaccurately.

60. Answer: (D) Opioid withdrawal
Rationale: The symptoms listed are specific to opioid withdrawal. Alcohol withdrawal would show elevated vital signs. There is no real withdrawal from cannibis. Symptoms of cocaine withdrawal include depression, anxiety, and agitation.

61. Answer: (A) Regression
Rationale: An adult who throws temper tantrums, such as this one, is displaying regressive behavior, or behavior that is appropriate at a younger age. In projection, the client blames someone or something other than the source. In reaction formation, the client acts in opposition to his feelings. In intellectualization, the client overuses rational explanations or
abstract thinking to decrease the significance of a feeling or event.

62. Answer: (A) Abnormal movements and involuntary movements of the mouth, tongue, and face.
Rationale: Tardive dyskinesia is a severe reaction associated with long term use of antipsychotic medication. The clinical manifestations include abnormal movements (dyskinesia) and involuntary movements of the mouth, tongue (fly catcher tongue), and face.

63. Answer: (C) Blurred vision
Rationale: At lithium levels of 2 to 2.5 mEq/L the client will experienced blurred vision, muscle twitching, severe hypotension, and persistent nausea and vomiting. With levels between 1.5 and 2 mEq/L the client experiencing vomiting, diarrhea, muscle weakness, ataxia, dizziness, slurred speech, and confusion. At lithium levels of 2.5 to 3 mEq/L or higher, urinary and fecal incontinence occurs, as well as seizures, cardiac dysrythmias, peripheral vascular collapse, and death.

64. Answer: (C) No acts of aggression have been observed within 1 hour after the release of two of the extremity restraints.
Rationale: The best indicator that the behavior is controlled, if the client exhibits no signs of aggression after partial release of restraints. Options A, B, and D do not ensure that the client has controlled the behavior.

65. Answer: (A) increased attention span and concentration
Rationale: The medication has a paradoxic effect that decrease hyperactivity and impulsivity among children with ADHD. B, C, D. Side effects of Ritalin include anorexia, insomnia, diarrhea and irritability.

66. Answer: (C) Moderate
Rationale: The child with moderate mental retardation has an I.Q. of 35- 50 Profound Mental retardation has an I.Q. of below 20; Mild mental retardation 50-70 and Severe mental retardation has an I.Q. of 20-35.

67. Answer: (D) Rearrange the environment to activate the child
Rationale: The child with autistic disorder does not want change. Maintaining a consistent environment is therapeutic. A. Angry outburst can be re-channeling through safe activities. B. Acceptance enhances a trusting relationship. C. Ensure safety from self-destructive behaviors like head banging and hair pulling.

68. Answer: (B) cocaine
Rationale: The manifestations indicate intoxication with cocaine, a CNS stimulant. A. Intoxication with heroine is manifested by euphoria then impairment in judgment, attention and the presence of papillary constriction. C. Intoxication with hallucinogen like LSD is manifested by grandiosity, hallucinations, synesthesia and increase in vital signs D. Intoxication with Marijuana, a cannabinoid is manifested by sensation of slowed time, conjunctival redness, social withdrawal, impaired judgment and hallucinations.

69. Answer: (B) insidious onset
Rationale: Dementia has a gradual onset and progressive deterioration. It causes pronounced memory and cognitive disturbances. A,C and D are all characteristics of delirium.

70. Answer: (C) Claustrophobia
Rationale: Claustrophobia is fear of closed space. A. Agoraphobia is fear of open space or being a situation where escape is difficult. B. Social phobia is fear of performing in the presence of others in a way that will be humiliating or embarrassing. D. Xenophobia is fear of strangers.

71. Answer: (A) Revealing personal information to the client
Rationale: Counter-transference is an emotional reaction of the nurse on the client based on her unconscious needs and conflicts. B and C. These are therapeutic approaches. D. This is transference reaction where a client has an emotional reaction towards the nurse based on her past.

72. Answer: (D) Hold the next dose and obtain an order for a stat serum lithium level
Rationale: Diarrhea and vomiting are manifestations of Lithium toxicity. The next dose of lithium should be withheld and test is done to validate the observation. A. The manifestations are not due to drug interaction. B. Cogentin is used to manage the extra pyramidal symptom side effects of antipsychotics. C. The common side effects of Lithium are fine hand tremors, nausea, polyuria and polydipsia.

73. Answer: (C) A living, learning or working environment.
Rationale: A therapeutic milieu refers to a broad conceptual approach in which all aspects of the environment are channeled to provide a therapeutic environment for the client. The six environmental elements include structure, safety, norms; limit setting, balance and unit modification. A. Behavioral approach in psychiatric care is based on the premise that behavior can be learned or unlearned through the use of reward and punishment. B. Cognitive approach to change behavior is done by correcting distorted perceptions and irrational beliefs to correct maladaptive behaviors. D. This is not congruent with therapeutic milieu.

74. Answer: (B) Transference
Rationale: Transference is a positive or negative feeling associated with a significant person in the client’s past that are unconsciously assigned to another A. Splitting is a defense mechanism commonly seen in a client with personality disorder in which the world is perceived as all good or all bad C. Countert-transference is a phenomenon where the nurse shifts feelings assigned to someone in her past to the patient D. Resistance is the client’s refusal to submit himself to the care of the nurse

75. Answer: (B) Adventitious
Rationale: Adventitious crisis is a crisis involving a traumatic event. It is not part of everyday life. A. Situational crisis is from an external source that upset ones psychological equilibrium C and D. Are the same. They are transitional or developmental periods in life

76. Answer: (C) Major depression
Rationale: The DSM-IV-TR classifies major depression as an Axis I disorder. Borderline personality disorder as an Axis II; obesity and hypertension, Axis III.

77. Answer: (B) Transference
Rationale: Transference is the unconscious assignment of negative or positive feelings evoked by a significant person in the client’s past to another person. Intellectualization is a defense mechanism in which the client avoids dealing with emotions by focusing on facts. Triangulation refers to conflicts involving three family members. Splitting is a defense
mechanism commonly seen in clients with personality disorder in which the world is perceived as all good or all bad.

78. Answer: (B) Hypochondriasis
Rationale: Complains of vague physical symptoms that have no apparent medical causes are characteristic of clients with hypochondriasis. In many cases, the GI system is affected. Conversion disorders are characterized by one or more neurologic symptoms. The client’s symptoms don’t suggest severe anxiety. A client experiencing sublimation channels
maladaptive feelings or impulses into socially acceptable behavior

79. Answer: (C) Hypochondriasis
Rationale: Hypochodriasis in this case is shown by the client’s belief that she has a serious illness, although pathologic causes have been eliminated. The disturbance usually lasts at lease 6 with identifiable life stressor such as, in this case, course examinations. Conversion disorders are characterized by one or more neurologic symptoms. Depersonalization refers to persistent recurrent episodes of feeling detached from one’s self or body. Somatoform disorders generally have a chronic course with few remissions.

80. Answer: (A) Triazolam (Halcion)
Rationale: Triazolam is one of a group of sedative hypnotic medication that can be used for a limited time because of the risk of dependence. Paroxetine is a scrotonin-specific reutake inhibitor used for treatment of depression panic disorder, and obsessive-compulsive disorder. Fluoxetine is a scrotonin-specific reuptake inhibitor used for depressive disorders and obsessive-compulsive disorders. Risperidome is indicated for psychotic disorders.

81. Answer: (D) It promotes emotional support or attention for the client
Rationale: Secondary gain refers to the benefits of the illness that allow the client to receive emotional support or attention. Primary gain enables the client to avoid some unpleasant activity. A dysfunctional family may disregard the real issue, although some conflict is relieved. Somatoform pain disorder is a preoccupation with pain in the absence of physical disease.

82. Answer: (A) “I went to the mall with my friends last Saturday”
Rationale: Clients with panic disorder tent to be socially withdrawn. Going to the mall is a sign of working on avoidance behaviors. Hyperventilating is a key symptom of panic disorder. Teaching breathing control is a major intervention for clients with panic disorder. The client taking medications for panic disorder; such as tricylic antidepressants and benzodiazepines, must be weaned off these drugs. Most clients with panic disorder with agoraphobia don’t have nutritional problems.

83. Answer: (A) “I’m sleeping better and don’t have nightmares”
Rationale:MAO inhibitors are used to treat sleep problems, nightmares, and intrusive daytime thoughts in individual with posttraumatic stress disorder. MAO inhibitors aren’t used to help control flashbacks or phobias or to decrease the craving for alcohol.

84. Answer: (D) Stopping the drug can cause withdrawal symptoms
Rationale: Stopping antianxiety drugs such as benzodiazepines can cause the client to have withdrawal symptoms. Stopping a benzodiazepine doesn’t tend to cause depression, increase cognitive abilities, or decrease sleeping difficulties.

85. Answer: (B) Behavioral difficulties
Rationale: Adolescents tend to demonstrate severe irritability and behavioral problems rather than simply a depressed mood. Anxiety disorder is more commonly associated with small children rather than with adolescents. Cognitive impairment is typically associated with delirium or dementia. Labile mood is more characteristic of a client with cognitive impairment or bipolar disorder.

86. Answer: (D) It’s a mood disorder similar to major depression but of mild to moderate severity
Rationale: Dysthymic disorder is a mood disorder similar to major depression but it remains mild to moderate in severity. Cyclothymic disorder is a mood disorder characterized by a mood range from moderate depression to hypomania. Bipolar I disorder is characterized by a single manic episode with no past major depressive episodes. Seasonalaffective disorder is a form of depression occurring in the fall and winter.

87. Answer: (A) Vascular dementia has more abrupt onset
Rationale: Vascular dementia differs from Alzheimer’s disease in that it has a more abrupt onset and runs a highly variable course. Personally change is common in Alzheimer’s disease. The duration of delirium is usually brief. The inability to carry out motor activities is common in Alzheimer’s disease.

88. Answer: (C) Drug intoxication
Rationale: This client was taking several medications that have a propensity for producing delirium; digoxin (a digitalis glycoxide), furosemide (a thiazide diuretic), and diazepam (a benzodiazepine). Sufficient supporting data don’t exist to suspect the other options as causes.

89. Answer: (D) The client is experiencing visual hallucination
Rationale: The presence of a sensory stimulus correlates with the definition of a hallucination, which is a false sensory perception. Aphasia refers to a communication problem. Dysarthria is difficulty in speech production. Flight of ideas is rapid shifting from one topic to another.

90. Answer: (D) The client looks at the shadow on a wall and tells the nurse she sees frightening faces on the wall.
Rationale: Minor memory problems are distinguished from dementia by their minor severity and their lack of significant interference with the client’s social or occupational lifestyle. Other options would be included in the history data but don’t directly correlate with the client’s lifestyle.

91. Answer: (D) Loose association
Rationale: Loose associations are conversations that constantly shift in topic. Concrete thinking implies highly definitive thought processes. Flight of ideas is characterized by conversation that’s disorganized from the onset. Loose associations don’t necessarily start in a cogently, then becomes loose.

92. Answer: (C) Paranoid
Rationale: Because of their suspiciousness, paranoid personalities ascribe malevolent activities to others and tent to be defensive, becoming quarrelsome and argumentative. Clients with antisocial personality disorder can also be antagonistic and argumentative but are less suspicious than paranoid personalities. Clients with histrionic personality disorder are dramatic, not suspicious and argumentative. Clients with schizoid personality disorder are usually detached from other and tend to have eccentric behavior.

93. Answer: (C) Explain that the drug is less affective if the client smokes
Rationale: Olanzapine (Zyprexa) is less effective for clients who smoke cigarettes. Serotonin syndrome occurs with clients who take a combination of antidepressant medications. Olanzapine doesn’t cause euphoria, and extrapyramidal adverse reactions aren’t a problem. However, the client should be aware of adverse effects such as tardive dyskinesia.

94. Answer: (A) Lack of honesty
Rationale: Clients with antisocial personality disorder tent to engage in acts of dishonesty, shown by lying. Clients with schizotypal personality disorder tend to be superstitious. Clients with histrionic personality disorders tend to overreact to frustrations and disappointments, have temper tantrums, and seek attention.

95. Answer: (A) “I’m not going to look just at the negative things about myself”
Rationale: As the clients makes progress on improving self-esteem, selfblame and negative self evaluation will decrease. Clients with dependent personality disorder tend to feel fragile and inadequate and would be extremely unlikely to discuss their level of competence and progress. These clients focus on self and aren’t envious or jealous. Individuals with dependent personality disorders don’t take over situations because they see themselves as inept and inadequate.

96. Answer: (C) Assess for possible physical problems such as rash
Rationale: Clients with schizophrenia generally have poor visceral recognition because they live so fully in their fantasy world. They need to have as in-depth assessment of physical complaints that may spill over into their delusional symptoms. Talking with the client won’t provide as assessment of his itching, and itching isn’t as adverse reaction of antipsychotic drugs, calling the physician to get the client’s medication increased doesn’t address his physical complaints.

97. Answer: (B) Echopraxia
Rationale: Echopraxia is the copying of another’s behaviors and is the result of the loss of ego boundaries. Modeling is the conscious copying of someone’s behaviors. Ego-syntonicity refers to behaviors that correspond with the individual’s sense of self. Ritualism behaviors are repetitive and compulsive.

98. Answer: (C) Hallucination
Rationale: Hallucinations are sensory experiences that are misrepresentations of reality or have no basis in reality. Delusions are beliefs not based in reality. Disorganized speech is characterized by jumping from one topic to the next or using unrelated words. An idea of reference is a belief that an unrelated situation holds special meaning for the client.

99. Answer: (C) Regression
Rationale: Regression, a return to earlier behavior to reduce anxiety, is the basic defense mechanism in schizophrenia. Projection is a defense mechanism in which one blames others and attempts to justify actions; it’s used primarily by people with paranoid schizophrenia and delusional disorder. Rationalization is a defense mechanism used to justify one’s
action. Repression is the basic defense mechanism in the neuroses; it’s an involuntary exclusion of painful thoughts, feelings, or experiences from awareness.

100.Answer: (A) Should report feelings of restlessness or agitation at once
Rationale: Agitation and restlessness are adverse effect of haloperidol and can be treated with antocholinergic drugs. Haloperidol isn’t likely to cause photosensitivity or control essential hypertension. Although the client may experience increased concentration and activity, these effects are due to a decreased in symptoms, not the drug itself.

The post Preboard Exam C — Test 5: Psychiatric Nursing appeared first on Nurseslabs.

Preboard Exam C — Test 2: Community, Maternal & Child Health Nursing

$
0
0

Preboard Exam C — Test 2: Community, Maternal & Child Health Nursing. This is a preboard examination which can help you sharpen your nursing knowledge for the coming board examinations. This is a 100-item examination about Maternal & Child Health Nursing & Community Health Nursing.  This examination is good for 2 hours, that’s 1 minute and 20 seconds per question. Situational questions are also included.

Preboard-Examinations

Guidelines

  • Read the situations and each questions and choices carefully!
  • Choose the best answer.
  • You are given 2 hours for this 100 item test. That’s 1 minute and 20 seconds for each question.
  • Answers will be given below. Check your performance
 Preboard Exam C: Test 1 — Test 2 — Test 3 — Test 4 — Test 5 - All Exams 

1. May arrives at the health care clinic and tells the nurse that her last menstrual period was 9 weeks ago. She also tells the nurse that a home pregnancy test was positive but she began to have mild cramps and is now having moderate vaginal bleeding. During the physical examination of the client, the nurse notes that May has a dilated cervix. The nurse determines that May is experiencing which type of abortion?

a. Inevitable
b. Incomplete
c. Threatened
d. Septic

2. Nurse Reese is reviewing the record of a pregnant client for her first prenatal visit. Which of the following data, if noted on the client’s record, would alert the nurse that the client is at risk for a spontaneous abortion?

a. Age 36 years
b. History of syphilis
c. History of genital herpes
d. History of diabetes mellitus

3. Nurse Hazel is preparing to care for a client who is newly admitted to the hospital with a possible diagnosis of ectopic pregnancy. Nurse Hazel develops a plan of care for the client and determines that which of the following nursing actions is the priority?

a. Monitoring weight
b. Assessing for edema
c. Monitoring apical pulse
d. Monitoring temperature

4. Nurse Oliver is teaching a diabetic pregnant client about nutrition and insulin needs during pregnancy. The nurse determines that the client understands dietary and insulin needs if the client states that the second half of pregnancy require:

a. Decreased caloric intake
b. Increased caloric intake
c. Decreased Insulin
d. Increase Insulin

5. Nurse Michelle is assessing a 24 year old client with a diagnosis of hydatidiform mole. She is aware that one of the following is unassociated with this condition?

a. Excessive fetal activity.
b. Larger than normal uterus for gestational age.
c. Vaginal bleeding
d. Elevated levels of human chorionic gonadotropin.

6. A pregnant client is receiving magnesium sulfate for severe pregnancy induced hypertension (PIH). The clinical findings that would warrant use of the antidote , calcium gluconate is:

a. Urinary output 90 cc in 2 hours.
b. Absent patellar reflexes.
c. Rapid respiratory rate above 40/min.
d. Rapid rise in blood pressure.

7. During vaginal examination of Janah who is in labor, the presenting part is at station plus two. Nurse, correctly interprets it as:

a. Presenting part is 2 cm above the plane of the ischial spines.
b. Biparietal diameter is at the level of the ischial spines.
c. Presenting part in 2 cm below the plane of the ischial spines.
d. Biparietal diameter is 2 cm above the ischial spines.

8. A pregnant client is receiving oxytocin (Pitocin) for induction of labor. A condition that warrant the nurse in-charge to discontinue I.V. infusion of Pitocin is:

a. Contractions every 1 ½ minutes lasting 70-80 seconds.
b. Maternal temperature 101.2
c. Early decelerations in the fetal heart rate.
d. Fetal heart rate baseline 140-160 bpm.

9. Calcium gluconate is being administered to a client with pregnancy induced hypertension (PIH). A nursing action that must be initiated as the plan of care throughout injection of the drug is:

a. Ventilator assistance
b. CVP readings
c. EKG tracings
d. Continuous CPR

10. A trial for vaginal delivery after an earlier caesareans, would likely to be given to a gravida, who had:

a. First low transverse cesarean was for active herpes type 2 infections; vaginal culture at 39 weeks pregnancy was positive.
b. First and second caesareans were for cephalopelvic disproportion.
c. First caesarean through a classic incision as a result of severe fetal distress.
d. First low transverse caesarean was for breech position. Fetus in this pregnancy is in a vertex presentation.

11.Nurse Ryan is aware that the best initial approach when trying to take a crying toddler’s temperature is:

a. Talk to the mother first and then to the toddler.
b. Bring extra help so it can be done quickly.
c. Encourage the mother to hold the child.
d. Ignore the crying and screaming.

12.Baby Tina a 3 month old infant just had a cleft lip and palate repair. What should the nurse do to prevent trauma to operative site?

a. Avoid touching the suture line, even when cleaning.
b. Place the baby in prone position.
c. Give the baby a pacifier.
d. Place the infant’s arms in soft elbow restraints.

13. Which action should nurse Marian include in the care plan for a 2 month old with heart failure?

a. Feed the infant when he cries.
b. Allow the infant to rest before feeding.
c. Bathe the infant and administer medications before feeding.
d. Weigh and bathe the infant before feeding.

14.Nurse Hazel is teaching a mother who plans to discontinue breast feeding after 5 months. The nurse should advise her to include which foods in her infant’s diet?

a. Skim milk and baby food.
b. Whole milk and baby food.
c. Iron-rich formula only.
d. Iron-rich formula and baby food.

15.Mommy Linda is playing with her infant, who is sitting securely alone on the floor of the clinic. The mother hides a toy behind her back and the infant looks for it. The nurse is aware that estimated age of the infant
would be:

a. 6 months
b. 4 months
c. 8 months
d. 10 months

16.Which of the following is the most prominent feature of public health nursing?

a. It involves providing home care to sick people who are not confined in the hospital.
b. Services are provided free of charge to people within the catchments area.
c. The public health nurse functions as part of a team providing a public health nursing services.
d. Public health nursing focuses on preventive, not curative, services.

17.When the nurse determines whether resources were maximized in implementing Ligtas Tigdas, she is evaluating

a. Effectiveness
b. Efficiency
c. Adequacy
d. Appropriateness

18.Vangie is a new B.S.N. graduate. She wants to become a Public Health Nurse. Where should she apply?

a. Department of Health
b. Provincial Health Office
c. Regional Health Office
d. Rural Health Unit

19.Tony is aware the Chairman of the Municipal Health Board is:

a. Mayor
b. Municipal Health Officer
c. Public Health Nurse
d. Any qualified physician

20.Myra is the public health nurse in a municipality with a total population of about 20,000. There are 3 rural health midwives among the RHU personnel. How many more midwife items will the RHU need?

a. 1
b. 2
c. 3
d. The RHU does not need any more midwife item.

21.According to Freeman and Heinrich, community health nursing is a developmental service. Which of the following best illustrates this statement?

a. The community health nurse continuously develops himself personally and professionally.
b. Health education and community organizing are necessary in providing community health services.
c. Community health nursing is intended primarily for health promotion and prevention and treatment of disease.
d. The goal of community health nursing is to provide nursing services to people in their own places of residence.

22.Nurse Tina is aware that the disease declared through Presidential Proclamation No. 4 as a target for eradication in the Philippines is?

a. Poliomyelitis
b. Measles
c. Rabies
d. Neonatal tetanus

23.May knows that the step in community organizing that involves training of potential leaders in the community is:

a. Integration
b. Community organization
c. Community study
d. Core group formation

24.Beth a public health nurse takes an active role in community participation. What is the primary goal of community organizing?

a. To educate the people regarding community health problems
b. To mobilize the people to resolve community health problems
c. To maximize the community’s resources in dealing with health problems.
d. To maximize the community’s resources in dealing with health problems.

25.Tertiary prevention is needed in which stage of the natural history of disease?

a. Pre-pathogenesis
b. Pathogenesis
c. Prodromal
d. Terminal

26.The nurse is caring for a primigravid client in the labor and delivery area. Which condition would place the client at risk for disseminated
intravascular coagulation (DIC)?

a. Intrauterine fetal death.
b. Placenta accreta.
c. Dysfunctional labor.
d. Premature rupture of the membranes.

27.A fullterm client is in labor. Nurse Betty is aware that the fetal heart rate would be:

a. 80 to 100 beats/minute
b. 100 to 120 beats/minute
c. 120 to 160 beats/minute
d. 160 to 180 beats/minute

28.The skin in the diaper area of a 7 month old infant is excoriated and red. Nurse Hazel should instruct the mother to:

a. Change the diaper more often.
b. Apply talc powder with diaper changes.
c. Wash the area vigorously with each diaper change.
d. Decrease the infant’s fluid intake to decrease saturating diapers.

29.Nurse Carla knows that the common cardiac anomalies in children with Down Syndrome (tri-somy 21) is:

a. Atrial septal defect
b. Pulmonic stenosis
c. Ventricular septal defect
d. Endocardial cushion defect

30.Malou was diagnosed with severe preeclampsia is now receiving I.V. magnesium sulfate. The adverse effects associated with magnesium sulfate is:

a. Anemia
b. Decreased urine output
c. Hyperreflexia
d. Increased respiratory rate

31.A 23 year old client is having her menstrual period every 2 weeks that last for 1 week. This type of menstrual pattern is bets defined by:

a. Menorrhagia
b. Metrorrhagia
c. Dyspareunia
d. Amenorrhea

32.Jannah is admitted to the labor and delivery unit. The critical laboratory result for this client would be:

a. Oxygen saturation
b. Iron binding capacity
c. Blood typing
d. Serum Calcium

33.Nurse Gina is aware that the most common condition found during the second-trimester of pregnancy is:

a. Metabolic alkalosis
b. Respiratory acidosis
c. Mastitis
d. Physiologic anemia

34.Nurse Lynette is working in the triage area of an emergency department. She sees that several pediatric clients arrive simultaneously. The client who needs to be treated first is:

a. A crying 5 year old child with a laceration on his scalp.
b. A 4 year old child with a barking coughs and flushed appearance.
c. A 3 year old child with Down syndrome who is pale and asleep in
his mother’s arms.
d. A 2 year old infant with stridorous breath sounds, sitting up in his
mother’s arms and drooling.

35.Maureen in her third trimester arrives at the emergency room with painless vaginal bleeding. Which of the following conditions is suspected?

a. Placenta previa
b. Abruptio placentae
c. Premature labor
d. Sexually transmitted disease

36.A young child named Richard is suspected of having pinworms. The community nurse collects a stool specimen to confirm the diagnosis. The nurse should schedule the collection of this specimen for:

a. Just before bedtime
b. After the child has been bathe
c. Any time during the day
d. Early in the morning

37.In doing a child’s admission assessment, Nurse Betty should be alert to note which signs or symptoms of chronic lead poisoning?

a. Irritability and seizures
b. Dehydration and diarrhea
c. Bradycardia and hypotension
d. Petechiae and hematuria

38.To evaluate a woman’s understanding about the use of diaphragm for family planning, Nurse Trish asks her to explain how she will use the appliance. Which response indicates a need for further health teaching?

a. “I should check the diaphragm carefully for holes every time I use it”
b. “I may need a different size of diaphragm if I gain or lose weight more than 20 pounds”
c. “The diaphragm must be left in place for atleast 6 hours after intercourse”
d. “I really need to use the diaphragm and jelly most during the middle of my menstrual cycle”.

39.Hypoxia is a common complication of laryngotracheobronchitis. Nurse Oliver should frequently assess a child with laryngotracheobronchitis for:

a. Drooling
b. Muffled voice
c. Restlessness
d. Low-grade fever

40.How should Nurse Michelle guide a child who is blind to walk to the playroom?

a. Without touching the child, talk continuously as the child walks down the hall.
b. Walk one step ahead, with the child’s hand on the nurse’s elbow.
c. Walk slightly behind, gently guiding the child forward.
d. Walk next to the child, holding the child’s hand.

41.When assessing a newborn diagnosed with ductus arteriosus, Nurse Olivia should expect that the child most likely would have an:

a. Loud, machinery-like murmur.
b. Bluish color to the lips.
c. Decreased BP reading in the upper extremities
d. Increased BP reading in the upper extremities.

42.The reason nurse May keeps the neonate in a neutral thermal environment is that when a newborn becomes too cool, the neonate requires:

a. Less oxygen, and the newborn’s metabolic rate increases.
b. More oxygen, and the newborn’s metabolic rate decreases.
c. More oxygen, and the newborn’s metabolic rate increases.
d. Less oxygen, and the newborn’s metabolic rate decreases.

43.Before adding potassium to an infant’s I.V. line, Nurse Ron must be sure to assess whether this infant has:

a. Stable blood pressure
b. Patant fontanelles
c. Moro’s reflex
d. Voided

44.Nurse Carla should know that the most common causative factor of dermatitis in infants and younger children is:

a. Baby oil
b. Baby lotion
c. Laundry detergent
d. Powder with cornstarch

45.During tube feeding, how far above an infant’s stomach should the nurse hold the syringe with formula?

a. 6 inches
b. 12 inches
c. 18 inches
d. 24 inches

46. In a mothers’ class, Nurse Lhynnete discussed childhood diseases such as chicken pox. Which of the following statements about chicken pox is correct?

a. The older one gets, the more susceptible he becomes to the complications of chicken pox.
b. A single attack of chicken pox will prevent future episodes, including conditions such as shingles.
c. To prevent an outbreak in the community, quarantine may be imposed by health authorities.
d. Chicken pox vaccine is best given when there is an impending outbreak in the community.

47.Barangay Pinoy had an outbreak of German measles. To prevent congenital rubella, what is the BEST advice that you can give to women in the first trimester of pregnancy in the barangay Pinoy?

a. Advice them on the signs of German measles.
b. Avoid crowded places, such as markets and movie houses.
c. Consult at the health center where rubella vaccine may be given.
d. Consult a physician who may give them rubella immunoglobulin.

48.Myrna a public health nurse knows that to determine possible sources of sexually transmitted infections, the BEST method that may be undertaken is:

a. Contact tracing
b. Community survey
c. Mass screening tests
d. Interview of suspects

49.A 33-year old female client came for consultation at the health center with the chief complaint of fever for a week. Accompanying symptoms were muscle pains and body malaise. A week after the start of fever, the client noted yellowish discoloration of his sclera. History showed that he waded in flood waters about 2 weeks before the onset of symptoms. Based on her history, which disease condition will you suspect?

a. Hepatitis A
b. Hepatitis B
c. Tetanus
d. Leptospirosis

50.Mickey a 3-year old client was brought to the health center with the chief complaint of severe diarrhea and the passage of “rice water” stools. The client is most probably suffering from which condition?

a. Giardiasis
b. Cholera
c. Amebiasis
d. Dysentery

51.The most prevalent form of meningitis among children aged 2 months to 3 years is caused by which microorganism?

a. Hemophilus influenzae
b. Morbillivirus
c. Steptococcus pneumoniae
d. Neisseria meningitidis

52.The student nurse is aware that the pathognomonic sign of measles is Koplik’s spot and you may see Koplik’s spot by inspecting the:

a. Nasal mucosa
b. Buccal mucosa
c. Skin on the abdomen
d. Skin on neck

53.Angel was diagnosed as having Dengue fever. You will say that there is slow capillary refill when the color of the nailbed that you pressed does not return within how many seconds?

a. 3 seconds
b. 6 seconds
c. 9 seconds
d. 10 seconds

54.In Integrated Management of Childhood Illness, the nurse is aware that the severe conditions generally require urgent referral to a hospital. Which of the following severe conditions DOES NOT always require urgent referral to a hospital?

a. Mastoiditis
b. Severe dehydration
c. Severe pneumonia
d. Severe febrile disease

55.Myrna a public health nurse will conduct outreach immunization in a barangay Masay with a population of about 1500. The estimated number of infants in the barangay would be:

a. 45 infants
b. 50 infants
c. 55 infants
d. 65 infants

56.The community nurse is aware that the biological used in Expanded Program on Immunization (EPI) should NOT be stored in the freezer?

a. DPT
b. Oral polio vaccine
c. Measles vaccine
d. MMR

57.It is the most effective way of controlling schistosomiasis in an endemic area?

a. Use of molluscicides
b. Building of foot bridges
c. Proper use of sanitary toilets
d. Use of protective footwear, such as rubber boots

58.Several clients is newly admitted and diagnosed with leprosy. Which of the following clients should be classified as a case of multibacillary leprosy?

a. 3 skin lesions, negative slit skin smear
b. 3 skin lesions, positive slit skin smear
c. 5 skin lesions, negative slit skin smear
d. 5 skin lesions, positive slit skin smear

59.Nurses are aware that diagnosis of leprosy is highly dependent on recognition of symptoms. Which of the following is an early sign of
leprosy?

a. Macular lesions
b. Inability to close eyelids
c. Thickened painful nerves
d. Sinking of the nosebridge

60.Marie brought her 10 month old infant for consultation because of fever, started 4 days prior to consultation. In determining malaria risk, what will you do?

a. Perform a tourniquet test.
b. Ask where the family resides.
c. Get a specimen for blood smear.
d. Ask if the fever is present everyday.

61.Susie brought her 4 years old daughter to the RHU because of cough and colds. Following the IMCI assessment guide, which of the following is a danger sign that indicates the need for urgent referral to a hospital?

a. Inability to drink
b. High grade fever
c. Signs of severe dehydration
d. Cough for more than 30 days

62.Jimmy a 2-year old child revealed “baggy pants”. As a nurse, using the IMCI guidelines, how will you manage Jimmy?

a. Refer the child urgently to a hospital for confinement.
b. Coordinate with the social worker to enroll the child in a feeding program.
c. Make a teaching plan for the mother, focusing on menu planning for her child.
d. Assess and treat the child for health problems like infections and intestinal parasitism.

63.Gina is using Oresol in the management of diarrhea of her 3-year old child. She asked you what to do if her child vomits. As a nurse you will tell her to:

a. Bring the child to the nearest hospital for further assessment.
b. Bring the child to the health center for intravenous fluid therapy.
c. Bring the child to the health center for assessment by the physician.
d. Let the child rest for 10 minutes then continue giving Oresol more slowly.

64.Nikki a 5-month old infant was brought by his mother to the health center because of diarrhea for 4 to 5 times a day. Her skin goes back slowly after a skin pinch and her eyes are sunken. Using the IMCI guidelines, you will classify this infant in which category?

a. No signs of dehydration
b. Some dehydration
c. Severe dehydration
d. The data is insufficient.

65.Chris a 4-month old infant was brought by her mother to the health center because of cough. His respiratory rate is 42/minute. Using the Integrated Management of Child Illness (IMCI) guidelines of assessment, his breathing is considered as:

a. Fast
b. Slow
c. Normal
d. Insignificant

66.Maylene had just received her 4th dose of tetanus toxoid. She is aware that her baby will have protection against tetanus for

a. 1 year
b. 3 years
c. 5 years
d. Lifetime

67.Nurse Ron is aware that unused BCG should be discarded after how many hours of reconstitution?

a. 2 hours
b. 4 hours
c. 8 hours
d. At the end of the day

68.The nurse explains to a breastfeeding mother that breast milk is sufficient for all of the baby’s nutrient needs only up to:

a. 5 months
b. 6 months
c. 1 year
d. 2 years

69.Nurse Ron is aware that the gestational age of a conceptus that is considered viable (able to live outside the womb) is:

a. 8 weeks
b. 12 weeks
c. 24 weeks
d. 32 weeks

70.When teaching parents of a neonate the proper position for the neonate’s sleep, the nurse Patricia stresses the importance of placing the neonate on his back to reduce the risk of which of the following?

a. Aspiration
b. Sudden infant death syndrome (SIDS)
c. Suffocation
d. Gastroesophageal reflux (GER)

71.Which finding might be seen in baby James a neonate suspected of having an infection?

a. Flushed cheeks
b. Increased temperature
c. Decreased temperature
d. Increased activity level

72.Baby Jenny who is small-for-gestation is at increased risk during the transitional period for which complication?

a. Anemia probably due to chronic fetal hyposia
b. Hyperthermia due to decreased glycogen stores
c. Hyperglycemia due to decreased glycogen stores
d. Polycythemia probably due to chronic fetal hypoxia

73.Marjorie has just given birth at 42 weeks’ gestation. When the nurse assessing the neonate, which physical finding is expected?

a. A sleepy, lethargic baby
b. Lanugo covering the body
c. Desquamation of the epidermis
d. Vernix caseosa covering the body

74.After reviewing the Myrna’s maternal history of magnesium sulfate during labor, which condition would nurse Richard anticipate as a potential problem in the neonate?

a. Hypoglycemia
b. Jitteriness
c. Respiratory depression
d. Tachycardia

75.Which symptom would indicate the Baby Alexandra was adapting appropriately to extra-uterine life without difficulty?

a. Nasal flaring
b. Light audible grunting
c. Respiratory rate 40 to 60 breaths/minute
d. Respiratory rate 60 to 80 breaths/minute

76. When teaching umbilical cord care for Jennifer a new mother, the nurse Jenny would include which information?

a. Apply peroxide to the cord with each diaper change
b. Cover the cord with petroleum jelly after bathing
c. Keep the cord dry and open to air
d. Wash the cord with soap and water each day during a tub bath.

77.Nurse John is performing an assessment on a neonate. Which of the following findings is considered common in the healthy neonate?

a. Simian crease
b. Conjunctival hemorrhage
c. Cystic hygroma
d. Bulging fontanelle

78.Dr. Esteves decides to artificially rupture the membranes of a mother who is on labor. Following this procedure, the nurse Hazel checks the fetal heart tones for which the following reasons?

a. To determine fetal well-being.
b. To assess for prolapsed cord
c. To assess fetal position
d. To prepare for an imminent delivery.

79.Which of the following would be least likely to indicate anticipated bonding behaviors by new parents?

a. The parents’ willingness to touch and hold the new born.
b. The parent’s expression of interest about the size of the new born.
c. The parents’ indication that they want to see the newborn.
d. The parents’ interactions with each other.

80.Following a precipitous delivery, examination of the client’s vagina reveals

a fourth-degree laceration. Which of the following would be contraindicated when caring for this client?
a. Applying cold to limit edema during the first 12 to 24 hours.
b. Instructing the client to use two or more peripads to cushion the area.
c. Instructing the client on the use of sitz baths if ordered.
d. Instructing the client about the importance of perineal (kegel) exercises.

81. A pregnant woman accompanied by her husband, seeks admission to the labor and delivery area. She states that she’s in labor and says she attended the facility clinic for prenatal care. Which question should the nurse Oliver ask her first?

a. “Do you have any chronic illnesses?”
b. “Do you have any allergies?”
c. “What is your expected due date?”
d. “Who will be with you during labor?”

82.A neonate begins to gag and turns a dusky color. What should the nurse do first?

a. Calm the neonate.
b. Notify the physician.
c. Provide oxygen via face mask as ordered
d. Aspirate the neonate’s nose and mouth with a bulb syringe.

83. When a client states that her “water broke,” which of the following actions would be inappropriate for the nurse to do?

a. Observing the pooling of straw-colored fluid.
b. Checking vaginal discharge with nitrazine paper.
c. Conducting a bedside ultrasound for an amniotic fluid index.
d. Observing for flakes of vernix in the vaginal discharge.

84. A baby girl is born 8 weeks premature. At birth, she has no spontaneous respirations but is successfully resuscitated. Within several hours she develops respiratory grunting, cyanosis, tachypnea, nasal flaring, and retractions. She’s diagnosed with respiratory distress syndrome, intubated, and placed on a ventilator. Which nursing action should be included in the baby’s plan of care to
prevent retinopathy of prematurity?

a. Cover his eyes while receiving oxygen.
b. Keep her body temperature low.
c. Monitor partial pressure of oxygen (Pao2) levels.
d. Humidify the oxygen.

85. Which of the following is normal newborn calorie intake?

a. 110 to 130 calories per kg.
b. 30 to 40 calories per lb of body weight.
c. At least 2 ml per feeding
d. 90 to 100 calories per kg

86. Nurse John is knowledgeable that usually individual twins will grow appropriately and at the same rate as singletons until how many weeks?

a. 16 to 18 weeks
b. 18 to 22 weeks
c. 30 to 32 weeks
d. 38 to 40 weeks

87. Which of the following classifications applies to monozygotic twins for whom the cleavage of the fertilized ovum occurs more than 13 days after fertilization?

a. conjoined twins
b. diamniotic dichorionic twins
c. diamniotic monochorionic twin
d. monoamniotic monochorionic twins

88. Tyra experienced painless vaginal bleeding has just been diagnosed as having a placenta previa. Which of the following procedures is usually performed to diagnose placenta previa?

a. Amniocentesis
b. Digital or speculum examination
c. External fetal monitoring
d. Ultrasound

89. Nurse Arnold knows that the following changes in respiratory functioning during pregnancy is considered normal:

a. Increased tidal volume
b. Increased expiratory volume
c. Decreased inspiratory capacity
d. Decreased oxygen consumption

90. Emily has gestational diabetes and it is usually managed by which of the following therapy?

a. Diet
b. Long-acting insulin
c. Oral hypoglycemic
d. Oral hypoglycemic drug and insulin

91. Magnesium sulfate is given to Jemma with preeclampsia to prevent which of the following condition?

a. Hemorrhage
b. Hypertension
c. Hypomagnesemia
d. Seizure

92. Cammile with sickle cell anemia has an increased risk for having a sickle cell crisis during pregnancy. Aggressive management of a sickle cell crisis includes which of the following measures?

a. Antihypertensive agents
b. Diuretic agents
c. I.V. fluids
d. Acetaminophen (Tylenol) for pain

93. Which of the following drugs is the antidote for magnesium toxicity?

a. Calcium gluconate (Kalcinate)
b. Hydralazine (Apresoline)
c. Naloxone (Narcan)
d. Rho (D) immune globulin (RhoGAM)

94. Marlyn is screened for tuberculosis during her first prenatal visit. An intradermal injection of purified protein derivative (PPD) of the tuberculin bacilli is given. She is considered to have a positive test for which of the following results?

a. An indurated wheal under 10 mm in diameter appears in 6 to 12 hours.
b. An indurated wheal over 10 mm in diameter appears in 48 to 72 hours.
c. A flat circumcised area under 10 mm in diameter appears in 6 to 12 hours.
d. A flat circumcised area over 10 mm in diameter appears in 48 to 72 hours.

95. Dianne, 24 year-old is 27 weeks’ pregnant arrives at her physician’s office with complaints of fever, nausea, vomiting, malaise, unilateral flank pain, and costovertebral angle tenderness. Which of the following diagnoses is most likely?

a. Asymptomatic bacteriuria
b. Bacterial vaginosis
c. Pyelonephritis
d. Urinary tract infection (UTI)

96. Rh isoimmunization in a pregnant client develops during which of the following conditions?

a. Rh-positive maternal blood crosses into fetal blood, stimulating fetal
antibodies.
b. Rh-positive fetal blood crosses into maternal blood, stimulating
maternal antibodies.
c. Rh-negative fetal blood crosses into maternal blood, stimulating
maternal antibodies.
d. Rh-negative maternal blood crosses into fetal blood, stimulating fetal
antibodies.

97. To promote comfort during labor, the nurse John advises a client to assume certain positions and avoid others. Which position may cause maternal hypotension and fetal hypoxia?

a. Lateral position
b. Squatting position
c. Supine position
d. Standing position

98. Celeste who used heroin during her pregnancy delivers a neonate. When assessing the neonate, the nurse Lhynnette expects to find:

a. Lethargy 2 days after birth.
b. Irritability and poor sucking.
c. A flattened nose, small eyes, and thin lips.
d. Congenital defects such as limb anomalies.

99. The uterus returns to the pelvic cavity in which of the following time frames?

a. 7th to 9th day postpartum.
b. 2 weeks postpartum.
c. End of 6th week postpartum.
d. When the lochia changes to alba.

100. Maureen, a primigravida client, age 20, has just completed a difficult, forceps-assisted delivery of twins. Her labor was unusually long and required oxytocin (Pitocin) augmentation. The nurse who’s caring for her should stay alert for:

a. Uterine inversion
b. Uterine atony
c. Uterine involution
d. Uterine discomfort

Answers & Rationale

Answers & Rationale

Here are the answers & rationale for: Preboard Exam C — Test 2: Community, Maternal & Child Health Nursing

1. Answer: (A) Inevitable
Rationale: An inevitable abortion is termination of pregnancy that cannot be prevented. Moderate to severe bleeding with mild cramping and cervical dilation would be noted in this type of abortion.

2. Answer: (B) History of syphilis
Rationale: Maternal infections such as syphilis, toxoplasmosis, and rubella are causes of spontaneous abortion.

3. Answer: (C) Monitoring apical pulse
Rationale: Nursing care for the client with a possible ectopic pregnancy is focused on preventing or identifying hypovolemic shock and controlling pain. An elevated pulse rate is an indicator of shock.

4. Answer: (B) Increased caloric intake
Rationale: Glucose crosses the placenta, but insulin does not. High fetal demands for glucose, combined with the insulin resistance caused by hormonal changes in the last half of pregnancy can result in elevation of maternal blood glucose levels. This increases the mother’s demand for insulin and is referred to as the diabetogenic effect of pregnancy.

5. Answer: (A) Excessive fetal activity.
Rationale: The most common signs and symptoms of hydatidiform mole includes elevated levels of human chorionic gonadotropin, vaginal bleeding, larger than normal uterus for gestational age, failure to detect fetal heart activity even with sensitive instruments, excessive nausea and vomiting, and early development of pregnancy-induced hypertension. Fetal activity would not be noted.

6. Answer: (B) Absent patellar reflexes
Rationale: Absence of patellar reflexes is an indicator of hypermagnesemia, which requires administration of calcium gluconate.

7. Answer: (C) Presenting part in 2 cm below the plane of the ischial spines.
Rationale: Fetus at station plus two indicates that the presenting part is 2 cm below the plane of the ischial spines.

8. Answer: (A) Contractions every 1 ½ minutes lasting 70-80 seconds.
Rationale: Contractions every 1 ½ minutes lasting 70-80 seconds, is indicative of hyperstimulation of the uterus, which could result in injury to the mother and the fetus if Pitocin is not discontinued.

9. Answer: (C) EKG tracings
Rationale: A potential side effect of calcium gluconate administration is cardiac arrest. Continuous monitoring of cardiac activity (EKG) throught administration of calcium gluconate is an essential part of care.

10. Answer: (D) First low transverse caesarean was for breech position. Fetus in this pregnancy is in a vertex presentation.
Rationale: This type of client has no obstetrical indication for a caesarean section as she did with her first caesarean delivery.

11. Answer: (A) Talk to the mother first and then to the toddler.
Rationale: When dealing with a crying toddler, the best approach is to talk to the mother and ignore the toddler first. This approach helps the toddler get used to the nurse before she attempts any procedures. It also gives the toddler an opportunity to see that the mother trusts the nurse.

12. Answer: (D) Place the infant’s arms in soft elbow restraints.
Rationale: Soft restraints from the upper arm to the wrist prevent the infant from touching her lip but allow him to hold a favorite item such as a blanket. Because they could damage the operative site, such as objects as pacifiers, suction catheters, and small spoons shouldn’t be placed in a baby’s mouth after cleft repair. A baby in a prone position may rub her face on the sheets and traumatize the operative site. The suture line should be cleaned gently to prevent infection, which could interfere with healing and damage the cosmetic appearance of the repair.

13. Answer: (B) Allow the infant to rest before feeding.
Rationale: Because feeding requires so much energy, an infant with heart failure should rest before feeding.

14. Answer: (C) Iron-rich formula only.
Rationale: The infants at age 5 months should receive iron-rich formula and that they shouldn’t receive solid food, even baby food until age 6 months.

15. Answer: (D) 10 months
Rationale: A 10 month old infant can sit alone and understands object permanence, so he would look for the hidden toy. At age 4 to 6 months, infants can’t sit securely alone. At age 8 months, infants can sit securely alone but cannot understand the permanence of objects.

16. Answer: (D) Public health nursing focuses on preventive, not curative, services.
Rationale: The catchments area in PHN consists of a residential community, many of whom are well individuals who have greater need for
preventive rather than curative services.

17. Answer: (B) Efficiency
Rationale: Efficiency is determining whether the goals were attained at the least possible cost.

18. Answer: (D) Rural Health Unit
Rationale: R.A. 7160 devolved basic health services to local government units (LGU’s ). The public health nurse is an employee of the LGU.

19. Answer: (A) Mayor
Rationale: The local executive serves as the chairman of the Municipal Health Board.

20. Answer: (A) 1
Rationale: Each rural health midwife is given a population assignment of about 5,000.

21. Answer: (B) Health education and community organizing are necessary in providing community health services.
Rationale: The community health nurse develops the health capability of people through health education and community organizing activities.

22. Answer: (B) Measles
Rationale: Presidential Proclamation No. 4 is on the Ligtas Tigdas Program.

23. Answer: (D) Core group formation
Rationale: In core group formation, the nurse is able to transfer the technology of community organizing to the potential or informal community leaders through a training program.

24. Answer: (D) To maximize the community’s resources in dealing with health problems.
Rationale: Community organizing is a developmental service, with the goal of developing the people’s self-reliance in dealing with community
health problems. A, B and C are objectives of contributory objectives to this goal.

25. Answer: (D) Terminal
Rationale: Tertiary prevention involves rehabilitation, prevention of permanent disability and disability limitation appropriate for convalescents, the disabled, complicated cases and the terminally ill (those in the terminal stage of a disease).

26. Answer: (A) Intrauterine fetal death.
Rationale: Intrauterine fetal death, abruptio placentae, septic shock, and amniotic fluid embolism may trigger normal clotting mechanisms; if clotting factors are depleted, DIC may occur. Placenta accreta, dysfunctional labor, and premature rupture of the membranes aren’t associated with DIC.

27. Answer: (C) 120 to 160 beats/minute
Rationale: A rate of 120 to 160 beats/minute in the fetal heart appropriate for filling the heart with blood and pumping it out to the system.

28. Answer: (A) Change the diaper more often.
Rationale: Decreasing the amount of time the skin comes contact with wet soiled diapers will help heal the irritation.

29. Answer: (D) Endocardial cushion defect
Rationale: Endocardial cushion defects are seen most in children with Down syndrome, asplenia, or polysplenia.

30. Answer: (B) Decreased urine output
Rationale: Decreased urine output may occur in clients receiving I.V. magnesium and should be monitored closely to keep urine output at
greater than 30 ml/hour, because magnesium is excreted through the kidneys and can easily accumulate to toxic levels.

31. Answer: (A) Menorrhagia
Rationale: Menorrhagia is an excessive menstrual period.

32. Answer: (C) Blood typing
Rationale: Blood type would be a critical value to have because the risk of blood loss is always a potential complication during the labor and delivery process. Approximately 40% of a woman’s cardiac output is delivered to the uterus, therefore, blood loss can occur quite rapidly in the event of uncontrolled bleeding.

33. Answer: (D) Physiologic anemia
Rationale: Hemoglobin values and hematocrit decrease during pregnancy as the increase in plasma volume exceeds the increase in red blood cell production.

34. Answer: (D) A 2 year old infant with stridorous breath sounds, sitting up in his mother’s arms and drooling.
Rationale: The infant with the airway emergency should be treated first, because of the risk of epiglottitis.

35. Answer: (A) Placenta previa
Rationale: Placenta previa with painless vaginal bleeding.

36. Answer: (D) Early in the morning
Rationale: Based on the nurse’s knowledge of microbiology, the specimen should be collected early in the morning. The rationale for this
timing is that, because the female worm lays eggs at night around the perineal area, the first bowel movement of the day will yield the best
results. The specific type of stool specimen used in the diagnosis of pinworms is called the tape test.

37. Answer: (A) Irritability and seizures
Rationale: Lead poisoning primarily affects the CNS, causing increased intracranial pressure. This condition results in irritability and changes in level of consciousness, as well as seizure disorders, hyperactivity, and learning disabilities.

38. Answer: (D) “I really need to use the diaphragm and jelly most during the middle of my menstrual cycle”.
Rationale: The woman must understand that, although the “fertile” period is approximately mid-cycle, hormonal variations do occur and can result in early or late ovulation. To be effective, the diaphragm should be inserted before every intercourse.

39. Answer: (C) Restlessness
Rationale: In a child, restlessness is the earliest sign of hypoxia. Late signs of hypoxia in a child are associated with a change in color, such as pallor or cyanosis.

40. Answer: (B) Walk one step ahead, with the child’s hand on the nurse’s elbow.
Rationale: This procedure is generally recommended to follow in guiding a person who is blind.

41. Answer: (A) Loud, machinery-like murmur.
Rationale: A loud, machinery-like murmur is a characteristic finding associated with patent ductus arteriosus.

42. Answer: (C) More oxygen, and the newborn’s metabolic rate increases.
Rationale: When cold, the infant requires more oxygen and there is an increase in metabolic rate. Non-shievering thermogenesis is a complex process that increases the metabolic rate and rate of oxygen consumption, therefore, the newborn increase heat production.

43. Answer: (D) Voided
Rationale: Before administering potassium I.V. to any client, the nurse must first check that the client’s kidneys are functioning and that the client is voiding. If the client is not voiding, the nurse should withhold the potassium and notify the physician.

44. Answer: (c) Laundry detergent
Rationale: Eczema or dermatitis is an allergic skin reaction caused by an offending allergen. The topical allergen that is the most common causative factor is laundry detergent.

45. Answer: (A) 6 inches
Rationale: This distance allows for easy flow of the formula by gravity, but the flow will be slow enough not to overload the stomach too rapidly.

46. Answer: (A) The older one gets, the more susceptible he becomes to the complications of chicken pox.
Rationale: Chicken pox is usually more severe in adults than in children. Complications, such as pneumonia, are higher in incidence in adults.

47. Answer: (D) Consult a physician who may give them rubella immunoglobulin.
Rationale: Rubella vaccine is made up of attenuated German measles viruses. This is contraindicated in pregnancy. Immune globulin, a specific prophylactic against German measles, may be given to pregnant women.

48. Answer: (A) Contact tracing
Rationale: Contact tracing is the most practical and reliable method of finding possible sources of person-to-person transmitted infections, such as sexually transmitted diseases.

49. Answer: (D) Leptospirosis
Rationale: Leptospirosis is transmitted through contact with the skin or mucous membrane with water or moist soil contaminated with urine of infected animals, like rats.

50. Answer: (B) Cholera
Rationale: Passage of profuse watery stools is the major symptom of cholera. Both amebic and bacillary dysentery are characterized by the
presence of blood and/or mucus in the stools. Giardiasis is characterized by fat malabsorption and, therefore, steatorrhea.

51. Answer: (A) Hemophilus influenzae
Rationale: Hemophilus meningitis is unusual over the age of 5 years. In developing countries, the peak incidence is in children less than 6 months of age. Morbillivirus is the etiology of measles. Streptococcus pneumoniae and Neisseria meningitidis may cause meningitis, but age distribution is not specific in young children.

52. Answer: (B) Buccal mucosa
Rationale: Koplik’s spot may be seen on the mucosa of the mouth or the throat.

53. Answer: (A) 3 seconds
Rationale: Adequate blood supply to the area allows the return of the color of the nailbed within 3 seconds.

54. Answer: (B) Severe dehydration
Rationale: The order of priority in the management of severe dehydration is as follows: intravenous fluid therapy, referral to a facility where IV fluids can be initiated within 30 minutes, Oresol or nasogastric tube. When the foregoing measures are not possible or effective, then urgent referral to the hospital is done.

55. Answer: (A) 45 infants
Rationale: To estimate the number of infants, multiply total population by 3%.

56. Answer: (A) DPT
Rationale: DPT is sensitive to freezing. The appropriate storage temperature of DPT is 2 to 8° C only. OPV and measles vaccine are highly
sensitive to heat and require freezing. MMR is not an immunization in the Expanded Program on Immunization.

57. Answer: (C) Proper use of sanitary toilets
Rationale: The ova of the parasite get out of the human body together with feces. Cutting the cycle at this stage is the most effective way of preventing the spread of the disease to susceptible hosts.

58. Answer: (D) 5 skin lesions, positive slit skin smear
Rationale: A multibacillary leprosy case is one who has a positive slit skin smear and at least 5 skin lesions.

59. Answer: (C) Thickened painful nerves
Rationale: The lesion of leprosy is not macular. It is characterized by a change in skin color (either reddish or whitish) and loss of sensation, sweating and hair growth over the lesion. Inability to close the eyelids (lagophthalmos) and sinking of the nosebridge are late symptoms.

60. Answer: (B) Ask where the family resides.
Rationale: Because malaria is endemic, the first question to determine malaria risk is where the client’s family resides. If the area of residence is not a known endemic area, ask if the child had traveled within the past 6 months, where she was brought and whether she stayed overnight in that area.

61. Answer: (A) Inability to drink
Rationale: A sick child aged 2 months to 5 years must be referred urgently to a hospital if he/she has one or more of the following signs: not able to feed or drink, vomits everything, convulsions, abnormally sleepy or difficult to awaken.

62. Answer: (A) Refer the child urgently to a hospital for confinement.
Rationale: “Baggy pants” is a sign of severe marasmus. The best management is urgent referral to a hospital.

63. Answer: (D) Let the child rest for 10 minutes then continue giving Oresol more slowly.
Rationale: If the child vomits persistently, that is, he vomits everything that he takes in, he has to be referred urgently to a hospital. Otherwise, vomiting is managed by letting the child rest for 10 minutes and then continuing with Oresol administration. Teach the mother to give Oresol more slowly.

64. Answer: (B) Some dehydration
Rationale: Using the assessment guidelines of IMCI, a child (2 months to 5 years old) with diarrhea is classified as having SOME DEHYDRATION if he shows 2 or more of the following signs: restless or irritable, sunken eyes, the skin goes back slow after a skin pinch.

65. Answer: (C) Normal
Rationale: In IMCI, a respiratory rate of 50/minute or more is fast breathing for an infant aged 2 to 12 months.

66. Answer: (A) 1 year
Rationale: The baby will have passive natural immunity by placental transfer of antibodies. The mother will have active artificial immunity
lasting for about 10 years. 5 doses will give the mother lifetime protection.

67. Answer: (B) 4 hours
Rationale: While the unused portion of other biologicals in EPI may be given until the end of the day, only BCG is discarded 4 hours after
reconstitution. This is why BCG immunization is scheduled only in the morning.

68. Answer: (B) 6 months
Rationale: After 6 months, the baby’s nutrient needs, especially the baby’s iron requirement, can no longer be provided by mother’s milk
alone.

69. Answer: (C) 24 weeks
Rationale: At approximately 23 to 24 weeks’ gestation, the lungs are developed enough to sometimes maintain extrauterine life. The lungs are the most immature system during the gestation period. Medical care for premature labor begins much earlier (aggressively at 21 weeks’ gestation)

70. Answer: (B) Sudden infant death syndrome (SIDS)
Rationale: Supine positioning is recommended to reduce the risk of SIDS in infancy. The risk of aspiration is slightly increased with the supine position. Suffocation would be less likely with an infant supine than prone and the position for GER requires the head of the bed to be elevated.

71. Answer: (C) Decreased temperature
Rationale: Temperature instability, especially when it results in a low temperature in the neonate, may be a sign of infection. The neonate’s
color often changes with an infection process but generally becomes ashen or mottled. The neonate with an infection will usually show a
decrease in activity level or lethargy.

72. Answer: (D) Polycythemia probably due to chronic fetal hypoxia
Rationale: The small-for-gestation neonate is at risk for developing polycythemia during the transitional period in an attempt to decrease
hypoxia. The neonates are also at increased risk for developing hypoglycemia and hypothermia due to decreased glycogen stores.

73. Answer: (C) Desquamation of the epidermis
Rationale: Postdate fetuses lose the vernix caseosa, and the epidermis may become desquamated. These neonates are usually very alert. Lanugo is missing in the postdate neonate.

74. Answer: (C) Respiratory depression
Rationale: Magnesium sulfate crosses the placenta and adverse neonatal effects are respiratory depression, hypotonia, and bradycardia. The serum blood sugar isn’t affected by magnesium sulfate. The neonate would be floppy, not jittery.

75. Answer: (C) Respiratory rate 40 to 60 breaths/minute
Rationale: A respiratory rate 40 to 60 breaths/minute is normal for a neonate during the transitional period. Nasal flaring, respiratory rate more than 60 breaths/minute, and audible grunting are signs of respiratory distress.

76. Answer: (C) Keep the cord dry and open to air
Rationale: Keeping the cord dry and open to air helps reduce infection and hastens drying. Infants aren’t given tub bath but are sponged off until the cord falls off. Petroleum jelly prevents the cord from drying and encourages infection. Peroxide could be painful and isn’t recommended.

77. Answer: (B) Conjunctival hemorrhage
Rationale: Conjunctival hemorrhages are commonly seen in neonates secondary to the cranial pressure applied during the birth process. Bulging fontanelles are a sign of intracranial pressure. Simian creases are present in 40% of the neonates with trisomy 21. Cystic hygroma is a neck mass that can affect the airway.

78. Answer: (B) To assess for prolapsed cord
Rationale: After a client has an amniotomy, the nurse should assure that the cord isn’t prolapsed and that the baby tolerated the procedure well. The most effective way to do this is to check the fetal heart rate. Fetal well-being is assessed via a nonstress test. Fetal position is determined by vaginal examination. Artificial rupture of membranes doesn’t indicate an imminent delivery.

79. Answer: (D) The parents’ interactions with each other.
Rationale: Parental interaction will provide the nurse with a good assessment of the stability of the family’s home life but it has no indication for parental bonding. Willingness to touch and hold the newborn, expressing interest about the newborn’s size, and indicating a desire to see the newborn are behaviors indicating parental bonding.

80. Answer: (B) Instructing the client to use two or more peripads to cushion the area
Rationale: Using two or more peripads would do little to reduce the pain or promote perineal healing. Cold applications, sitz baths, and Kegel
exercises are important measures when the client has a fourth-degree laceration.

81. Answer: (C) “What is your expected due date?”
Rationale: When obtaining the history of a client who may be in labor, the nurse’s highest priority is to determine her current status, particularly her due date, gravidity, and parity. Gravidity and parity affect the duration of labor and the potential for labor complications. Later, the nurse should ask about chronic illnesses, allergies, and support persons.

82. Answer: (D) Aspirate the neonate’s nose and mouth with a bulb syringe.
Rationale: The nurse’s first action should be to clear the neonate’s airway with a bulb syringe. After the airway is clear and the neonate’s color improves, the nurse should comfort and calm the neonate. If the problem recurs or the neonate’s color doesn’t improve readily, the nurse should notify the physician. Administering oxygen when the airway isn’t clear would be ineffective.

83. Answer: (C) Conducting a bedside ultrasound for an amniotic fluid index.
Rationale: It isn’t within a nurse’s scope of practice to perform and interpret a bedside ultrasound under these conditions and without
specialized training. Observing for pooling of straw-colored fluid, checking vaginal discharge with nitrazine paper, and observing for flakes of vernix are appropriate assessments for determining whether a client has ruptured membranes.

84. Answer: (C) Monitor partial pressure of oxygen (Pao2) levels.
Rationale: Monitoring PaO2 levels and reducing the oxygen concentration to keep PaO2 within normal limits reduces the risk of retinopathy of prematurity in a premature infant receiving oxygen. Covering the infant’s eyes and humidifying the oxygen don’t reduce the risk of retinopathy of prematurity. Because cooling increases the risk of acidosis, the infant should be kept warm so that his respiratory distress
isn’t aggravated.

85. Answer: (A) 110 to 130 calories per kg.
Rationale: Calories per kg is the accepted way of determined appropriate nutritional intake for a newborn. The recommended calorie requirement is 110 to 130 calories per kg of newborn body weight. This level will maintain a consistent blood glucose level and provide enough calories for continued growth and development.

86. Answer: (C) 30 to 32 weeks
Rationale: Individual twins usually grow at the same rate as singletons until 30 to 32 weeks’ gestation, then twins don’t’ gain weight as rapidly as singletons of the same gestational age. The placenta can no longer keep pace with the nutritional requirements of both fetuses after 32 weeks, so there’s some growth retardation in twins if they remain in utero at 38 to 40 weeks.

87. Answer: (A) conjoined twins
Rationale: The type of placenta that develops in monozygotic twins depends on the time at which cleavage of the ovum occurs. Cleavage in conjoined twins occurs more than 13 days after fertilization. Cleavage that occurs less than 3 day after fertilization results in diamniotic dicchorionic twins. Cleavage that occurs between days 3 and 8 results in diamniotic monochorionic twins. Cleavage that occurs between days 8 to 13 result in monoamniotic monochorionic twins.

88. Answer: (D) Ultrasound
Rationale: Once the mother and the fetus are stabilized, ultrasound evaluation of the placenta should be done to determine the cause of the bleeding. Amniocentesis is contraindicated in placenta previa. A digital or speculum examination shouldn’t be done as this may lead to severe bleeding or hemorrhage. External fetal monitoring won’t detect a placenta previa, although it will detect fetal distress, which may result from blood loss or placenta separation.

89. Answer: (A) Increased tidal volume
Rationale: A pregnant client breathes deeper, which increases the tidal volume of gas moved in and out of the respiratory tract with each breath. The expiratory volume and residual volume decrease as the pregnancy progresses. The inspiratory capacity increases during pregnancy. The increased oxygen consumption in the pregnant client is 15% to 20% greater than in the nonpregnant state.

90. Answer: (A) Diet
Rationale: Clients with gestational diabetes are usually managed by diet alone to control their glucose intolerance. Oral hypoglycemic drugs are contraindicated in pregnancy. Long-acting insulin usually isn’t needed for blood glucose control in the client with gestational diabetes.

91. Answer: (D) Seizure
Rationale: The anticonvulsant mechanism of magnesium is believes to depress seizure foci in the brain and peripheral neuromuscular blockade. Hypomagnesemia isn’t a complication of preeclampsia. Antihypertensive drug other than magnesium are preferred for sustained hypertension. Magnesium doesn’t help prevent hemorrhage in preeclamptic clients.

92. Answer: (C) I.V. fluids
Rationale: A sickle cell crisis during pregnancy is usually managed by exchange transfusion oxygen, and L.V. Fluids. The client usually needs a stronger analgesic than acetaminophen to control the pain of a crisis. Antihypertensive drugs usually aren’t necessary. Diuretic wouldn’t be used unless fluid overload resulted.

93. Answer: (A) Calcium gluconate (Kalcinate)
Rationale: Calcium gluconate is the antidote for magnesium toxicity. Ten milliliters of 10% calcium gluconate is given L.V. push over 3 to 5 minutes. Hydralazine is given for sustained elevated blood pressure in preeclamptic clients. Rho (D) immune globulin is given to women with Rh-negative blood to prevent antibody formation from RH-positive conceptions. Naloxone is used to correct narcotic toxicity.

94. Answer: (B) An indurated wheal over 10 mm in diameter appears in 48 to 72 hours.
Rationale: A positive PPD result would be an indurated wheal over 10 mm in diameter that appears in 48 to 72 hours. The area must be a raised wheal, not a flat circumcised area to be considered positive.

95. Answer: (C) Pyelonephritis
Rational: The symptoms indicate acute pyelonephritis, a serious condition in a pregnant client. UTI symptoms include dysuria, urgency, frequency, and suprapubic tenderness. Asymptomatic bacteriuria doesn’t cause symptoms. Bacterial vaginosis causes milky white vaginal discharge but no systemic symptoms.

96. Answer: (B) Rh-positive fetal blood crosses into maternal blood, stimulating maternal antibodies.
Rationale: Rh isoimmunization occurs when Rh-positive fetal blood cells cross into the maternal circulation and stimulate maternal antibody
production. In subsequent pregnancies with Rh-positive fetuses, maternal antibodies may cross back into the fetal circulation and destroy the fetal blood cells.

97. Answer: (C) Supine position
Rationale: The supine position causes compression of the client’s aorta and inferior vena cava by the fetus. This, in turn, inhibits maternal
circulation, leading to maternal hypotension and, ultimately, fetal hypoxia. The other positions promote comfort and aid labor progress. For instance, the lateral, or side-lying, position improves maternal and fetal circulation, enhances comfort, increases maternal relaxation, reduces muscle tension, and eliminates pressure points. The squatting position promotes comfort by taking advantage of gravity. The standing position also takes advantage of gravity and aligns the fetus with the pelvic angle.

98. Answer: (B) Irritability and poor sucking.
Rationale: Neonates of heroin-addicted mothers are physically dependent on the drug and experience withdrawal when the drug is no
longer supplied. Signs of heroin withdrawal include irritability, poor sucking, and restlessness. Lethargy isn’t associated with neonatal heroin
addiction. A flattened nose, small eyes, and thin lips are seen in infants with fetal alcohol syndrome. Heroin use during pregnancy hasn’t been linked to specific congenital anomalies.

99. Answer: (A) 7th to 9th day postpartum
Rationale: The normal involutional process returns the uterus to the pelvic cavity in 7 to 9 days. A significant involutional complication is the failure of the uterus to return to the pelvic cavity within the prescribed time period. This is known as subinvolution.

100. Answer: (B) Uterine atony
Rationale: Multiple fetuses, extended labor stimulation with oxytocin, and traumatic delivery commonly are associated with uterine atony, which may lead to postpartum hemorrhage. Uterine inversion may precede or follow delivery and commonly results from apparent excessive traction on the umbilical cord and attempts to deliver the placenta manually. Uterine involution and some uterine discomfort are normal after delivery.

The post Preboard Exam C — Test 2: Community, Maternal & Child Health Nursing appeared first on Nurseslabs.

NLE Comprehensive Exam 3 (150 Items)

$
0
0

This is a comprehensive examination which you can use for your Nurse Licensure Examination (NLE). This comprehensive exam ranges all topics of nursing.

Guidelines:

  • Read each question carefully and choose the best answer.
  • You are given 1 minute and 20 seconds for each question.
  • Answers & Rationale are given below. Be sure to read them!
NLE Comprehensive Exam: Part 1Part 2Part 3

1. A woman in a child bearing age receives a rubella vaccination. Nurse Joy would give her which of the following instructions?

a. Refrain from eating eggs or egg products for 24 hours

b. Avoid having sexual intercourse

c. Don’t get pregnant at least 3 months

d. Avoid exposure to sun

2. Jonas who is diagnosed with encephalitis is under the treatment of Mannitol. Which of the following patient outcomes indicate to Nurse Ronald that the treatment of Mannitol has been effective for a patient that has increased intracranial pressure?

a. Increased urinary output

b. Decreased RR

c. Slowed papillary response

d. Decreased level of consciousness

3. Mary asked Nurse Maureen about the incubation period of rabies. Which statement by the Nurse Maureen is appropriate?

a. Incubation period is 6 months

b. Incubation period is 1 week

c. Incubation period is 1 month

d. Incubation period varies depending on the site of the bite

4. Which of the following should Nurse Cherry do first in taking care of a male client with rabies?

a. Encourage the patient to take a bath

b. Cover IV bottle with brown paper bag

c. Place the patient near the comfort room

d. Place the patient near the door

5. Which of the following is the screening test for dengue hemorrhagic fever?

a. Complete blood count

b. ELISA

c. Rumpel-leede test

d. Sedimentation rate

6. Mr. Dela Rosa is suspected to have malaria after a business trip in Palawan. The most important diagnostic test in malaria is:

a. WBC count

b. Urinalysis

c. ELISA

d. Peripheral blood smear

7. The Nurse supervisor is planning for patient’s assignment for the AM shift. The nurse supervisor avoids assigning which of the following staff members to a client with herpes zoster?

a. Nurse who never had chicken pox

b. Nurse who never had roseola

c. Nurse who never had german measles

d. Nurse who never had mumps

8. Clarissa is 7 weeks pregnant. Further examination revealed that she is susceptible to rubella. When would be the most appropriate for her to receive rubella immunization?

a. At once

b. During 2nd trimester

c. During 3rd trimester

d. After the delivery of the baby

9. A female child with rubella should be isolated from a:

a. 21 year old male cousin living in the same house

b. 18 year old sister who recently got married

c. 11 year old sister who had rubeola during childhood

d. 4 year old girl who lives next door

10. What is the primary prevention of leprosy?

a. Nutrition

b. Vitamins

c. BCG vaccination

d. DPT vaccination

11. A bacteria which causes diphtheria is also known as?

a. Amoeba

b. Cholera

c. Klebs-loeffler bacillus

d. Spirochete

12. Nurse Ron performed mantoux skin test today (Monday) to a male adult client. Which statement by the client indicates that he understood the instruction well?

a. I will come back later

b. I will come back next month

c. I will come back on Friday

d. I will come back on Wednesday, same time, to read the result

13. A male client had undergone Mantoux skin test. Nurse Ronald notes an 8mm area of indurations at the site of the skin test. The nurse interprets the result as:

a. Negative

b. Uncertain and needs to be repeated

c. Positive

d. Inconclusive

14. Tony will start a 6 month therapy with Isoniazid (INH). Nurse Trish plans to teach the client to:

a. Use alcohol moderately

b. Avoid vitamin supplements while o therapy

c. Incomplete intake of dairy products

d. May be discontinued if symptoms subsides

15. Which is the primary characteristic lesion of syphilis?

a. Sore eyes

b. Sore throat

c. Chancroid

d. Chancre

16. What is the fast breathing of Jana who is 3 weeks old?

a. 60 breaths per minute

b. 40 breaths per minute

c. 10 breaths per minute

d. 20 breaths per minute

17. Which of the following signs and symptoms indicate some dehydration?

a. Drinks eagerly

b. Restless and irritable

c. Unconscious

d. A and B

18. What is the first line for dysentery?

a. Amoxicillin

b. Tetracycline

c. Cefalexin

d. Cotrimoxazole

19. In home made oresol, what is the ratio of salt and sugar if you want to prepare with 1 liter of water?

a. 1 tbsp. salt and 8 tbsp. sugar

b. 1 tbsp. salt and 8 tsp. sugar

c. 1 tsp. salt and 8 tsp. sugar

d. 8 tsp. salt and 8 tsp. sugar

20. Gentian Violet is used for:

a. Wound

b. Umbilical infections

c. Ear infections

d. Burn

21. Which of the following is a live attenuated bacterial vaccine?

a. BCG

b. OPV

c. Measles

d. None of the above

22. EPI is based on?

a. Basic health services

b. Scope of community affected

c. Epidemiological situation

d. Research studies

23. TT? provides how many percentage of protection against tetanus?

a. 100

b. 99

c. 80

d. 90

24. Temperature of refrigerator to maintain potency of measles and OPV vaccine is:

a. -3c to -8c

b. -15c to -25c

c. +15c to +25c

d. +3c to +8c

25. Diptheria is a:

a. Bacterial toxin

b. Killed bacteria

c. Live attenuated

d. Plasma derivatives

26. Budgeting is under in which part of management process?

a. Directing

b. Controlling

c. Organizing

d. Planning

27. Time table showing planned work days and shifts of nursing personnel is:

a. Staffing

b. Schedule

c. Scheduling

d. Planning

28. A force within an individual that influences the strength of behavior?

a. Motivation

b. Envy

c. Reward

d. Self-esteem

29. “To be the leading hospital in the Philippines” is best illustrate in:

a. Mission

b. Philosophy

c. Vision

d. Objective

30. It is the professionally desired norms against which a staff performance will be compared?

a. Job descriptions

b. Survey

c. Flow chart

d. Standards

31. Reprimanding a staff nurse for work that is done incorrectly is an example of what type of reinforcement?

a. Feedback

b. Positive reinforcement

c. Performance appraisal

d. Negative reinforcement

32. Questions that are answerable only by choosing an option from a set of given alternatives are known as?

a. Survey

b. Close ended

c. Questionnaire

d. Demographic

33. A researcher that makes a generalization based on observations of an individuals behavior is said to be which type of reasoning:

a. Inductive

b. Logical

c. Illogical

d. Deductive

34. The balance of a research’s benefit vs. its risks to the subject is:

a. Analysis

b. Risk-benefit ratio

c. Percentile

d. Maximum risk

35. An individual/object that belongs to a general population is a/an:

a. Element

b. Subject

c. Respondent

d. Author

36. An illustration that shows how the members of an organization are connected:

a. Flowchart

b. Bar graph

c. Organizational chart

d. Line graph

37. The first college of nursing that was established in the Philippines is:

a. Fatima University

b. Far Eastern University

c. University of the East

d. University of Sto. Tomas

38. Florence nightingale is born on:

a. France

b. Britain

c. U.S

d. Italy

39. Objective data is also called:

a. Covert

b. Overt

c. Inference

d. Evaluation

40. An example of subjective data is:

a. Size of wounds

b. VS

c. Lethargy

d. The statement of patient “My hand is painful”

41. What is the best position in palpating the breast?

a. Trendelenburg

b. Side lying

c. Supine

d. Lithotomy

42. When is the best time in performing breast self examination?

a. 7 days after menstrual period

b. 7 days before menstrual period

c. 5 days after menstrual period

d. 5 days before menstrual period

43. Which of the following should be given the highest priority before performing physical examination to a patient?

a. Preparation of the room

b. Preparation of the patient

c. Preparation of the nurse

d. Preparation of environment

44. It is a flip over card usually kept in portable file at nursing station.

a. Nursing care plan

b. Medicine and treatment record

c. Kardex

d. TPR sheet

45. Jose has undergone thoracentesis. The nurse in charge is aware that the best position for Jose is:

a. Semi fowlers

b. Low fowlers

c. Side lying, unaffected side

d. Side lying, affected side

46. The degree of patients abdominal distension may be determined by:

a. Auscultation

b. Palpation

c. Inspection

d. Percussion

47. A male client is addicted with hallucinogen. Which physiologic effect should the nurse expect?

a. Bradyprea

b. Bradycardia

c. Constricted pupils

d. Dilated pupils

48. Tristan a 4 year old boy has suffered from full thickness burns of the face, chest and neck. What will be the priority nursing diagnosis?

a. Ineffective airway clearance related to edema

b. Impaired mobility related to pain

c. Impaired urinary elimination related to fluid loss

d. Risk for infection related to epidermal disruption

49. In assessing a client’s incision 1 day after the surgery, Nurse Betty expect to see which of the following as signs of a local inflammatory response?

a. Greenish discharge

b. Brown exudates at incision edges

c. Pallor around sutures

d. Redness and warmth

50. Nurse Ronald is aware that the amiotic fluid in the third trimester weighs approximately:

a. 2 kilograms

b. 1 kilograms

c. 100 grams

d. 1.5 kilograms

51. After delivery of a baby girl. Nurse Gina examines the umbilical cord and expects to find a cord to:

a. Two arteries and two veins

b. One artery and one vein

c. Two arteries and one vein

d. One artery and two veins

52. Myrna a pregnant client reports that her last menstrual cycle is July 11, her expected date of birth is

a. November 4

b. November 11

c. April 4

d. April 18

53. Which of the following is not a good source of iron?

a. Butter

b. Pechay

c. Grains

d. Beef

54. Maureen is admitted with a diagnosis of ectopic pregnancy. Which of the following would you anticipate?

a. NPO

b. Bed rest

c. Immediate surgery

d. Enema

55. Gina a postpartum client is diagnosed with endometritis. Which position would you expect to place her based on this diagnosis?

a. Supine

b. Left side lying

c. Trendelinburg

d. Semi-fowlers

56. Nurse Hazel knows that Myrna understands her condition well when she remarks that urinary frequency is caused by:

a. Pressure caused by the ascending uterus

b. Water intake of 3L a day

c. Effect of cold weather

d. Increase intake of fruits and vegetables

57. How many ml of blood is loss during the first 24 hours post delivery of Myrna?

a. 100

b. 500

c. 200

d. 400

58. Which of the following hormones stimulates the secretion of milk?

a. Progesterone

b. Prolactin

c. Oxytocin

d. Estrogen

59. Nurse Carla is aware that Myla’s second stage of labor is beginning when the following assessment is noted:

a. Bay of water is broken

b. Contractions are regular

c. Cervix is completely dilated

d. Presence of bloody show

60. The leaking fluid is tested with nitrazine paper. Nurse Kelly confirms that the client’s membrane have ruptures when the paper turns into a:

a. Pink

b. Violet

c. Green

d. Blue

61. After amniotomy, the priority nursing action is:

a. Document the color and consistency of amniotic fluid

b. Listen the fetal heart tone

c. Position the mother in her left side

d. Let the mother rest

62. Which is the most frequent reason for postpartum hemorrhage?

a. Perineal lacerations

b. Frequent internal examination (IE)

c. CS

d. Uterine atomy

63. On 2nd postpartum day, which height would you expect to find the fundus in a woman who has had a caesarian birth?

a. 1 finger above umbilicus

b. 2 fingers above umbilicus

c. 2 fingers below umbilicus

d. 1 finger below umbilicus

64. Which of the following criteria allows Nurse Kris to perform home deliveries?

a. Normal findings during assessment

b. Previous CS

c. Diabetes history

d. Hypertensive history

65. Nurse Carla is aware that one of the following vaccines is done by intramuscular (IM) injection?

a. Measles

b. OPV

c. BCG

d. Tetanus toxoid

66. Asin law is on which legal basis:

a. RA 8860

b. RA 2777

c. RI 8172

d. RR 6610

67. Nurse John is aware that the herbal medicine appropriate for urolithiasis is:

a. Akapulco

b. Sambong

c. Tsaang gubat

d. Bayabas

68. Community/Public health bag is defined as:

a. An essential and indispensable equipment of the community health nurse during home visit

b. It contains drugs and equipment used by the community health nurse

c. Is a requirement in the health center and for home visit

d. It is a tool used by the community health nurse in rendering effective procedures during home visit

69. TT4 provides how many percentage of protection against tetanus?

a. 70

b. 80

c. 90

d. 99

70. Third postpartum visit must be done by public health nurse:

a. Within 24 hours after delivery

b. After 2-4 weeks

c. Within 1 week

d. After 2 months

71. Nurse Candy is aware that the family planning method that may give 98% protection to another pregnancy to women

a. Pills

b. Tubal ligation

c. Lactational Amenorrhea method (LAM)

d. IUD

72. Which of the following is not a part of IMCI case management process

a. Counsel the mother

b. Identify the illness

c. Assess the child

d. Treat the child

73. If a young child has pneumonia when should the mother bring him back for follow up?

a. After 2 days

b. In the afternoon

c. After 4 days

d. After 5 days

74. It is the certification recognition program that develop and promotes standard for health facilities:

a. Formula

b. Tutok gamutan

c. Sentrong program movement

d. Sentrong sigla movement

75. Baby Marie was born May 23, 1984. Nurse John will expect finger thumb opposition on:

a. April 1985

b. February 1985

c. March 1985

d. June 1985

76. Baby Reese is a 12 month old child. Nurse Oliver would anticipate how many teeth?

a. 9

b. 7

c. 8

d. 6

77. Which of the following is the primary antidote for Tylenol poisoning?

a. Narcan

b. Digoxin

c. Acetylcysteine

d. Flumazenil

78. A male child has an intelligence quotient of approximately 40. Which kind of environment and interdisciplinary program most likely to benefit this child would be best described as:

a. Habit training

b. Sheltered workshop

c. Custodial

d. Educational

79. Nurse Judy is aware that following condition would reflect presence of congenital G.I anomaly?

a. Cord prolapse

b. Polyhydramios

c. Placenta previa

d. Oligohydramios

80. Nurse Christine provides health teaching for the parents of a child diagnosed with celiac disease. Nurse Christine teaches the parents to include which of the following food items in the child’s diet:

a. Rye toast

b. Oatmeal

c. White bread

d. Rice

81. Nurse Randy is planning to administer oral medication to a 3 year old child. Nurse Randy is aware that the best way to proceed is by:

a. “Would you like to drink your medicine?”

b. “If you take your medicine now, I’ll give you lollipop”

c. “See the other boy took his medicine? Now it’s your turn.”

d. “Here’s your medicine. Would you like a mango or orange juice?”

82. At what age a child can brush her teeth without help?

a. 6 years

b. 7 years

c. 5 years

d. 8 years

83. Ribivarin (Virazole) is prescribed for a female hospitalized child with RSV. Nurse Judy prepare this medication via which route?

a. Intra venous

b. Oral

c. Oxygen tent

d. Subcutaneous

84. The present chairman of the Board of Nursing in the Philippines is:

a. Maria Joanna Cervantes

b. Carmencita Abaquin

c. Leonor Rosero

d. Primitiva Paquic

85. The obligation to maintain efficient ethical standards in the practice of nursing belong to this body:

a. BON

b. ANSAP

c. PNA

d. RN

86. A male nurse was found guilty of negligence. His license was revoked. Re-issuance of revoked certificates is after how many years?

a. 1 year

b. 2 years

c. 3 years

d. 4 years

87. Which of the following information cannot be seen in the PRC identification card?

a. Registration Date

b. License Number

c. Date of Application

d. Signature of PRC chairperson

88. Breastfeeding is being enforced by milk code or:

a. EO 51

b. R.A. 7600

c. R.A. 6700

d. P.D. 996

89. Self governance, ability to choose or carry out decision without undue pressure or coercion from anyone:

a. Veracity

b. Autonomy

c. Fidelity

d. Beneficence

90. A male patient complained because his scheduled surgery was cancelled because of earthquake. The hospital personnel may be excused because of:

a. Governance

b. Respondent superior

c. Force majeure

d. Res ipsa loquitor

91. Being on time, meeting deadlines and completing all scheduled duties is what virtue?

a. Fidelity

b. Autonomy

c. Veracity

d. Confidentiality

92. This quality is being demonstrated by Nurse Ron who raises the side rails of a confused and disoriented patient?

a. Responsibility

b. Resourcefulness

c. Autonomy

d. Prudence

93. Which of the following is formal continuing education?

a. Conference

b. Enrollment in graduate school

c. Refresher course

d. Seminar

94. The BSN curriculum prepares the graduates to become?

a. Nurse generalist

b. Nurse specialist

c. Primary health nurse

d. Clinical instructor

95. Disposal of medical records in government hospital/institutions must be done in close coordination with what agency?

a. Department of Health

b. Records Management Archives Office

c. Metro Manila Development Authority

d. Bureau of Internal Revenue

96. Nurse Jolina must see to it that the written consent of mentally ill patients must be taken from:

a. Nurse

b. Priest

c. Family lawyer

d. Parents/legal guardians

97. When Nurse Clarence respects the client’s self-disclosure, this is a gauge for the nurses’

a. Respectfulness

b. Loyalty

c. Trustworthiness

d. Professionalism

98. The Nurse is aware that the following tasks can be safely delegated by the nurse to a non-nurse health worker except:

a. Taking vital signs

b. Change IV infusions

c. Transferring the client from bed to chair

d. Irrigation of NGT

99. During the evening round Nurse Tina saw Mr. Toralba meditating and afterwards started singing prayerful hymns. What would be the best response of Nurse Tina?

a. Call the attention of the client and encourage to sleep

b. Report the incidence to head nurse

c. Respect the client’s action

d. Document the situation

100. In caring for a dying client, you should perform which of the following activities

a. Do not resuscitate

b. Assist client to perform ADL

c. Encourage to exercise

d. Assist client towards a peaceful death

101. The Nurse is aware that the ability to enter into the life of another person and perceive his current feelings and their meaning is known:

a. Belongingness

b. Genuineness

c. Empathy

d. Respect

102. The termination phase of the NPR is best described one of the following:

a. Review progress of therapy and attainment of goals

b. Exploring the client’s thoughts, feelings and concerns

c. Identifying and solving patients problem

d. Establishing rapport

103. During the process of cocaine withdrawal, the physician orders which of the following:

a. Haloperidol (Haldol)

b. Imipramine (Tofranil)

c. Benztropine (Cogentin)

d. Diazepam (Valium)

104. The nurse is aware that cocaine is classified as:

a. Hallucinogen

b. Psycho stimulant

c. Anxiolytic

d. Narcotic

105. In community health nursing, it is the most important risk factor in the development of mental illness?

a. Separation of parents

b. Political problems

c. Poverty

d. Sexual abuse

106. All of the following are characteristics of crisis except

a. The client may become resistive and active in stopping the crisis

b. It is self-limiting for 4-6 weeks

c. It is unique in every individual

d. It may also affect the family of the client

107. Freud states that temper tantrums is observed in which of the following:

a. Oral

b. Anal

c. Phallic

d. Latency

108. The nurse is aware that ego development begins during:

a. Toddler period

b. Preschool age

c. School age

d. Infancy

109. Situation: A 19 year old nursing student has lost 36 lbs for 4 weeks. Her parents brought her to the hospital for medical evaluation. The diagnosis was ANOREXIA NERVOSA. The Primary gain of a client with anorexia nervosa is:

a. Weight loss

b. Weight gain

c. Reduce anxiety

d. Attractive appearance

110. The nurse is aware that the primary nursing diagnosis for the client is:

a. Altered nutrition : less than body requirement

b. Altered nutrition : more than body requirement

c. Impaired tissue integrity

d. Risk for malnutrition

111. After 14 days in the hospital, which finding indicates that her condition in improving?

a. She tells the nurse that she had no idea that she is thin

b. She arrives earlier than scheduled time of group therapy

c. She tells the nurse that she eat 3 times or more in a day

d. She gained 4 lbs in two weeks

112. The nurse is aware that ataractics or psychic energizers are also known as:

a. Anti manic

b. Anti depressants

c. Antipsychotics

d. Anti anxiety

113. Known as mood elevators:

a. Anti depressants

b. Antipsychotics

c. Anti manic

d. Anti anxiety

114. The priority of care for a client with Alzheimer’s disease is

a. Help client develop coping mechanism

b. Encourage to learn new hobbies and interest

c. Provide him stimulating environment

d. Simplify the environment to eliminate the need to make chores

115. Autism is diagnosed at:

a. Infancy

b. 3 years old

c. 5 years old

d. School age

116. The common characteristic of autism child is:

a. Impulsitivity

b. Self destructiveness

c. Hostility

d. Withdrawal

117. The nurse is aware that the most common indication in using ECT is:

a. Schizophrenia

b. Bipolar

c. Anorexia Nervosa

d. Depression

118. A therapy that focuses on here and now principle to promote self-acceptance?

a. Gestalt therapy

b. Cognitive therapy

c. Behavior therapy

d. Personality therapy

119. A client has many irrational thoughts. The goal of therapy is to change her:

a. Personality

b. Communication

c. Behavior

d. Cognition

120. The appropriate nutrition for Bipolar I disorder, in manic phase is:

a. Low fat, low sodium

b. Low calorie, high fat

c. Finger foods, high in calorie

d. Small frequent feedings

121. Which of the following activity would be best for a depressed client?

a. Chess

b. Basketball

c. Swimming

d. Finger painting

122. The nurse is aware that clients with severe depression, possess which defense mechanism:

a. Introjection

b. Suppression

c. Repression

d. Projection

123. Nurse John is aware that self mutilation among Bipolar disorder patients is a means of:

a. Overcoming fear of failure

b. Overcoming feeling of insecurity

c. Relieving depression

d. Relieving anxiety

124. Which of the following may cause an increase in the cystitis symptoms?

a. Water

b. Orange juice

c. Coffee

d. Mango juice

125. In caring for clients with renal calculi, which is the priority nursing intervention?

a. Record vital signs

b. Strain urine

c. Limit fluids

d. Administer analgesics as prescribed

126. In patient with renal failure, the diet should be:

a. Low protein, low sodium, low potassium

b. Low protein, high potassium

c. High carbohydrate, low protein

d. High calcium, high protein

127. Which of the following cannot be corrected by dialysis?

a. Hypernatremia

b. Hyperkalemia

c. Elevated creatinine

d. Decreased hemoglobin

128. Tony with infection is receiving antibiotic therapy. Later the client complaints of ringing in the ears. This ototoxicity is damage to:

a. 4th CN

b. 8th CN

c. 7th CN

d. 9th CN

129. Nurse Emma provides teaching to a patient with recurrent urinary tract infection includes the following:

a. Increase intake of tea, coffee and colas

b. Void every 6 hours per day

c. Void immediately after intercourse

d. Take tub bath everyday

130. Which assessment finding indicates circulatory constriction in a male client with a newly applied long leg cast?

a. Blanching or cyanosis of legs

b. Complaints of pressure or tightness

c. Inability to move toes

d. Numbness of toes

131. During acute gout attack, the nurse administer which of the following drug:

a. Prednisone (Deltasone)

b. Colchicines

c. Aspirin

d. Allopurinol (Zyloprim)

132. Information in the patients chart is inadmissible in court as evidence when:

a. The client objects to its use

b. Handwriting is not legible

c. It has too many unofficial abbreviations

d. The clients parents refuses to use it

133. Nurse Karen is revising a client plan of care. During which step of the nursing process does such revision take place?

a. Planning

b. Implementation

c. Diagnosing

d. Evaluation

134. When examining a client with abdominal pain, Nurse Hazel should assess:

a. Symptomatic quadrant either second or first

b. The symptomatic quadrant last

c. The symptomatic quadrant first

d. Any quadrant

135. How long will nurse John obtain an accurate reading of temperature via oral route?

a. 3 minutes

b. 1 minute

c. 8 minutes

d. 15 minutes

136. The one filing the criminal care against an accused party is said to be the?

a. Guilty

b. Accused

c. Plaintiff

d. Witness

137. A male client has a standing DNR order. He then suddenly stopped breathing and you are at his bedside. You would:

a. Call the physician

b. Stay with the client and do nothing

c. Call another nurse

d. Call the family

138. The ANA recognized nursing informatics heralding its establishment as a new field in nursing during what year?

a. 1994

b. 1992

c. 2000

d. 2001

139. When is the first certification of nursing informatics given?

a. 1990-1993

b. 2001-2002

c. 1994-1996

d. 2005-2008

140. The nurse is assessing a female client with possible diagnosis of osteoarthritis. The most significant risk factor for osteoarthritis is:

a. Obesity

b. Race

c. Job

d. Age

141. A male client complains of vertigo. Nurse Bea anticipates that the client may have a problem with which portion of the ear?

a. Tymphanic membranes

b. Inner ear

c. Auricle

d. External ear

142. When performing Weber’s test, Nurse Rosean expects that this client will hear

a. On unaffected side

b. Longer through bone than air conduction

c. On affected side by bone conduction

d. By neither bone or air conduction

143. Toy with a tentative diagnosis of myasthenia gravis is admitted for diagnostic make up. Myasthenia gravis can confirmed by:

a. Kernigs sign

b. Brudzinski’s sign

c. A positive sweat chloride test

d. A positive edrophonium (Tensilon) test

144. A male client is hospitalized with Guillain-Barre Syndrome. Which assessment finding is the most significant?

a. Even, unlabored respirations

b. Soft, non distended abdomen

c. Urine output of 50 ml/hr

d. Warm skin

145. For a female client with suspected intracranial pressure (ICP), a most appropriate respiratory goal is:

a. Maintain partial pressure of arterial oxygen (Pa O2) above 80mmHg

b. Promote elimination of carbon dioxide

c. Lower the PH

d. Prevent respiratory alkalosis

146. Which nursing assessment would identify the earliest sign of ICP?

a. Change in level of consciousness

b. Temperature of over 103°F

c. Widening pulse pressure

d. Unequal pupils

147. The greatest danger of an uncorrected atrial fibrillation for a male patient will be which of the following:

a. Pulmonary embolism

b. Cardiac arrest

c. Thrombus formation

d. Myocardial infarction

148. Linda, A 30 year old post hysterectomy client has visited the health center. She inquired about BSE and asked the nurse when BSE should be performed. You answered that the BSE is best performed:

a. 7 days after menstruation

b. At the same day each month

c. During menstruation

d. Before menstruation

149. An infant is ordered to recive 500 ml of D5NSS for 24 hours. The Intravenous drip is running at 60 gtts/min. How many drops per minute should the flow rate be?

a. 60 gtts/min.

b. 21 gtts/min

c. 30 gtts/min

d. 15 gtts/min

150. Mr. Gutierrez is to receive 1 liter of D5RL to run for 12 hours. The drop factor of the IV infusion set is 10 drops per minute. Approximately how many drops per minutes should the IV be regulated?

a. 13-14 drops

b. 17-18 drops

c. 10-12 drops

d. 15-16 drops

The post NLE Comprehensive Exam 3 (150 Items) appeared first on Nurseslabs.

Pharmacology Exam Questions 2 (20 Items)

$
0
0

As a nurse, we have an extensive knowledge about different drugs. But how really extensive your knowledge about Pharmacology? This is an examination about the concepts of Pharmacology.

Guidelines:

  • Read each question carefully.
  • Choose the best answer.
  • You are given 1 minute and 20 seconds for each question.
  • Answers & Rationales are given below. Be sure to read them!
More on Pharmacology: Pharma 1 — Pharma 2 — Pharma 3 — Pharma 4 — All Exams 

1. The nursery nurse is putting erythromycin ointment in the newborn’s eyes to prevent infection. She places it in the following area of the eye:

A. under the eyelid
B. on the cornea.
C. in the lower conjunctival sac
D. by the optic disc.

2. The physician orders penicillin for a patient with streptococcal pharyngitis. The nurse administers the drug as ordered, and the patient has an allergic reaction. The nurse checks the medication order sheet and finds that the patient is allergic to penicillin. Legal responsibility for the error is:

A. only the nurse’s—she should have checked the allergies before administering the medication.
B. only the physician’s—she gave the order, the nurse is obligated to follow it.
C. only the pharmacist’s—he should alert the floor to possible allergic reactions.
D. the pharmacist, physician, and nurse are all liable for the mistake

3. James Perez, a nurse on a geriatric floor, is administering a dose of digoxin to one of his patients. The woman asks why she takes a different pill than her niece, who also has heart trouble. James replies that as people get older, liver and kidney function decline, and if the dose is as high as her niece’s, the drug will tend to:

A. have a shorter half-life.
B. accumulate.
C. have decreased distribution.
D. have increased absorption.

4. The nurse is administering Augmentin to her patient with a sinus infection. Which is the best way for her to insure that she is giving it to the right patient?

A. Call the patient by name
B. Read the name of the patient on the patient’s door
C. Check the patient’s wristband
D. Check the patient’s room number on the unit census list

5. The most important instructions a nurse can give a patient regarding the use of the antibiotic Ampicillin prescribed for her are to

A. call the physician if she has any breathing difficulties.
B. take it with meals so it doesn’t cause an upset stomach.
C. take all of the medication prescribed even if the symptoms stop sooner.
D. not share the pills with anyone else.

6. Mr. Jessie Ray, a newly admitted patient, has a seizure disorder which is being treated with medication. Which of the following drugs would the nurse question if ordered for him?

A. Phenobarbitol, 150 mg hs
B. Amitriptylene (Elavil), 10 mg QID.
C. Valproic acid (Depakote), 150 mg BID
D. Phenytoin (Dilantin), 100 mg TID

7. Mrs. Jane Gately has been dealing with uterine cancer for several months. Pain management is the primary focus of her current admission to your oncology unit. Her vital signs on admission are BP 110/64, pulse 78, respirations 18, and temperature 99.2 F. Morphine sulfate 6mg IV, q 4 hours, prn has been ordered. During your assessment after lunch, your findings are: BP 92/60, pulse 66, respirations 10, and temperature 98.8. Mrs. Gately is crying and tells you she is still experiencing severe pain. Your action should be to

A. give her the next ordered dose of MS.
B. give her a back rub, put on some light music, and dim the lights in the room.
C. report your findings to the MD, requesting an alternate medication order
D. be obtained from the physician.
E. call her daughter to come and sit with her.

8. When counseling a patient who is starting to take MAO (monoamine oxidase) inhibitors such as Nardil for depression, it is essential that they be warned not to eat foods containing tyramine, such as:

A. Roquefort, cheddar, or Camembert cheese.
B. grape juice, orange juice, or raisins.
C. onions, garlic, or scallions.
D. ground beef, turkey, or pork.

9. The physician orders an intramuscular injection of Demerol for the postoperativepatient’s pain. When preparing to draw up the medication, the nurse is careful to remove the correct vial from the narcotics cabinet. It is labeled

A. simethicone.
B. albuterol.
C. meperidine.
D. ibuprofen.

10. The nurse is administering an antibiotic to her pediatric patient. She checks the patient’s armband and verifies the correct medication by checking the physician’s order, medication kardex, and vial. Which of the following is not considered one of the five “rights” of drug administration?

A. Right dose
B. Right route
C. Right frequency
D. Right time

More on Pharmacology: Pharma 1 — Pharma 2 — Pharma 3 — Pharma 4 — All Exams

11. A nurse is preparing the client’s morning NPH insulin dose and notices a clumpy precipitate inside the insulin vial. The nurse should:

A. draw up and administer the dose
B. shake the vial in an attempt to disperse the clumps
C. draw the dose from a new vial
D. warm the bottle under running water to dissolve the clump

12. A client with histoplasmosis has an order for ketoconazole (Nizoral). The nurse teaches the client to do which of the following while taking this medication?

A. take the medication on an empty stomach
B. take the medication with an antacid
C. avoid exposure to sunlight
D. limit alcohol to 2 ounces per day

13. A nurse has taught a client taking a xanthine bronchodilator about beverages to avoid. The nurse determines that the client understands the information if the client chooses which of the following beverages from the dietary menu?

A. chocolate milk
B. cranberry juice
C. coffee
D. cola

14. A client is taking famotidine (Pepcid) asks the home care nurse what would be the best medication to take for a headache. The nurse tells the client that it would be best to take:

A. aspirin (acetylsalicylic acid, ASA)
B. ibuprofen (Motrin)
C. acetaminophen (Tylenol)
D. naproxen (Naprosyn)

15. A nurse is planning dietary counseling for the client taking triamterene (Dyrenium). The nurse plans to include which of the following in a list of foods that are acceptable?

A. baked potato
B. bananas
C. oranges
D. pears canned in water

16. A client with advanced cirrhosis of the liver is not tolerating protein well, as eveidenced by abnormal laboratory values. The nurse anticipates that which of the following medications will be prescribed for the client?

A. lactulose (Chronulac)
B. ethacrynic acid (Edecrin)
C. folic acid (Folvite)
D. thiamine (Vitamin B1)

17. A female client tells the clinic nurse that her skin is very dry and irritated. Which product would the nurse suggest that the client apply to the dry skin?

A. glycerin emollient
B. aspercreame
C. myoflex
D. acetic acid solution

18. A nurse is providing instructions to a client regarding quinapril hydrochloride (Accupril). The nurse tells the client:

A. to take the medication with food only
B. to rise slowly from a lying to a sitting position
C. to discontinue the medication if nausea occurs
D. that a therapeutic effect will be noted immediately

19. Auranofin (Ridaura) is prescribed for a client with rheumatoid arthritis, and the nurse monitors the client for signs of an adverse effect related to the medication. Which of the following indicates an adverse effect?

A. nausea
B. diarrhea
C. anorexia
D. proteinuria

20. A client has been taking benzonatate (Tessalon) as ordered. The nurse tells the client that this medication should do which of the following?

A. take away nausea and vomiting
B. calm the persistent cough
C. decrease anxiety level
D. increase comfort level

Answers & Rationale

Answers & Rationale

More on Pharmacology: Pharma 1 — Pharma 2 — Pharma 3 — Pharma 4 — All Exams

1. C. The ointment is placed in the lower conjunctival sac so it will not scratch the eye itself and will get well distributed.

2. D. The physician, nurse, and pharmacist all are licensed professionals and share responsibility for errors.

3. B. The decreased circulation to the kidney and reduced liver function tend to allow drugs to accumulate and have toxic effects.

4. C. The correct way to identify a patient before giving a medication is to check the name on the medication administration record with the patient’s identification band. The nurse should also ask the patient to state their name. The name on the door or the census list are not sufficient proof of identification. Calling the patient by name is not as effective as having the patient state their name; patients may not hear well or understand what the nurse is saying, and may respond to a name which is not their own.

5. C. Frequently patients do not complete an entire course of antibiotic therapy, and the bacteria are not destroyed.

6. B. Elavil is an antidepressant that lowers the seizure threshold, so would not be appropriate for this patient. The other medications are anti-seizure drugs.

7. C. Morphine sulfate depresses the respiratory center. When the rate is less than 10, the MD should be notified.

8. A. Monoamine oxidase inhibitors react with foods high in the amino acid tyramine to cause dangerously high blood pressure. Aged cheeses are all high in this amino acid; the other foods are not.

9. C. The generic name for Demerol is meperidine.

10. C. The five rights of medication administration are right drug, right dose, right route, right time, right patient. Frequency is not included.

11. C. The nurse should always inspect the vial of insulin before use for solution changes that may signify loss of potency. NPH insulin is normally uniformly cloudy. Clumping, frosting, and precipitates are signs of insulin damage. In this situation, because potency is questionable, it is safer to discard the vial and draw up the dose from a new vial.

12. C. The client should be taught that ketoconazole is an antifungal medication. It should be taken with food or milk. Antacids should be avoided for 2 hours after it is taken because gastric acid is needed to activate the medication. The client should avoid concurrent use of alcohol, because the medication is hepatotoxic. The client should also avoid exposure to sunlight, because the medication increases photosensitivity.

13. B. Cola, coffee, and chocolate contain xanthine and should be avoided by the client taking a xanthine bronchodilator. This could lead to an increased incidence of cardiovascular and central nervous system side effects that can occur with the use of these types of bronchodilators.

14. C. The client is taking famotidine, a histamine receptor antagonist. This implies that the client has a disorder characterized by gastrointestinal (GI) irritation. The only medication of the ones listed in the options that is not irritating to the GI tract is acetaminophen. The other medications could aggravate an already existing GI problem.

15. D. Triamterene is a potassium-sparing diuretic, and clients taking this medication should be cautioned against eating foods that are high in potassium, including many vegetables, fruits, and fresh meats. Because potassium is very water-soluble, foods that are prepared in water are often lower in potassium.

16. A. The client with cirrhosis has impaired ability to metabolize protein because of liver dysfunction. Administration of lactulose aids in the clearance of ammonia via the gastrointestinal (GI) tract. Ethacrynic acid is a diuretic. Folic acid and thiamine are vitamins, which may be used in clients with liver disease as supplemental therapy.

17. A. Glycerin is an emollient that is used for dry, cracked, and irritated skin. Aspercreame and Myoflex are used to treat muscular aches. Acetic acid solution is used for irrigating, cleansing, and packing wounds infected by Pseudomonas aeruginosa.

18. B. Accupril is an angiotensin-converting enzyme (ACE) inhibitor. It is used in the treatment of hypertension. The client should be instructed to rise slowly from a lying to sitting position and to permit the legs to dangle from the bed momentarily before standing to reduce the hypotensive effect. The medication does not need to be taken with meals. It may be given without regard to food. If nausea occurs, the client should be instructed to take a noncola carbonated beverage and salted crackers or dry toast. A full therapeutic effect may be noted in 1 to 2 weeks.

19. D. Auranofin (Ridaura) is a gold preparation that is used as an antirheumatic. Gold toxicity is an adverse effect and is evidenced by decreased hemoglobin, leukopenia, reduced granulocyte counts, proteinuria, hematuria, stomatitis, glomerulonephritis, nephrotic syndrome, or cholestatic jaundice. Anorexia, nausea, and diarrhea are frequent side effects of the medication.

20. B. Benzonatate is a locally acting antitussive. Its effectiveness is measured by the degree to which it decreases the intensity and frequency of cough, without eliminating the cough reflex.

The post Pharmacology Exam Questions 2 (20 Items) appeared first on Nurseslabs.

Medical-Surgical Nursing Exam 22: NLE Style (80 Items)

$
0
0

New set of examination questions about Medical-Surgical Nursing. This is a more general examination about Medical-Surgical Nursing which contains 80 questions.

Medical-Surgical-Nursing-Exams

Guidelines:

  • Read each question carefully and choose the best answer.
  • You are given 1 minute and 20 seconds for each question.
  • Answers & Rationale are given below. Be sure to read them!
 MedSurg Exams: 
1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 56 | 7 | 8 | 9 | 10 | 11 | 1213 | 14 | 15 | 16 | 17 | 18 | 19 | 2021 | 22 | All 

Situation: Intrapartal Nursing Care

1. In the delivery room, Mrs. Oro Is 10 cm. Dilated- and the head is fast emerging. Her attending physician has not yet arrived. The initial action the nurse must take after the head emerges is:

a. Support the head while the rest of the body is spontaneously delivered.
b. Push down on the fundus to help expel the infant.
c. Call the doctor STAT
d. Deliver the shoulder by turning the presenting part to internal rotation.

2. As labor progresses satisfactorily, it would be appropriate to administer pain medication with cervical dilatation of:

a. 4 cm.
b. 3 cm.
c. 5 cm.
d. 7 cm.

3. Mrs. Oro is kept informed of the, progress of her delivery, the nurse anticipates the placenta to be delivered within what period of time following delivery

a. 10-15 minutes
b. 3-10 minutes
c. 15-20 minutes
d. 1-3 minutes

4. Several minutes after the delivery, the placenta is still intact. The nurse will do which of these actions?

a. Push gently, but firmly on the fundus
b. Call the nursing supervisor for help
c. Allow the infant to suck on the breast
b. Initiate separation by gently pulling on the cord.

5. The placenta has been delivered and the nurse now adds the medication ordered to the i.V. solution which is:

a. Methergin
b. Oxytocin
c. Penicellin
d. Atropine

6. The nurse is giving health education to Felicity about discomfort of pregnancy. Which of the following conditions is brought about by increased absorption of phosphorus?

a. Back pain
b. Leg cramps
c. Constipation
d. Heartburn

7. The nurse was Instructed to watch out for the occurrence of norma! physiologic changes of pregnancy. Which of the following is usually observed during pregnancy?

a. Increased BP
b. Palpitation
c. Anemia
d. Blurred vision

8. Which of the following is TRUE about latent stage of labor?

a. self-focused
b. effacement 100%
c. dilatation for 2 hours
d. 3 cm cervical dilatation

9. What is the term that refers to menopausal stage of women?

a. cessation of menstruation
b. onset of’menstruation
c. excessive menstruation
d. intermittent menstruation

10 What structure of the body is responsible for the production of follicle-stimutattng hormone (FSH)?

a. hypothalamus
b. thymus
c. kidney
d. anterior pituitary gland

11. A primigravida asks the nurse, “When will I fee! the baby move?” The correct response of the nurse is:

a. 3 mos
b. 5 mos.
c. 4 mos
d. 6rnos.

Situation: Rico. 1 month deliverd via NSVD

12. Mrs. Cadacia observed on Rico’s buttocks, a gray color, What do you call this pigmentation in the skin?

a. milia
b. telangiectatic nevi
c. erythema toxicum
d. mongolian spots

13. How would you define a word, “acrocyanosis?

a. cyanosis of hands and feet.
b. transient mottling when infant is exposed to the temperature.
c. fine, downy hair
d. thin, white mucus

14. How can you assess a child who is mentally retarded?

a. let .the child make story
b. observe for the developmental milestone
c. ask the mother what food the child is eating
d. ask the child to sing

15. What serves as sperm producers?

a. epididymis
b. Vas deferens
c. prostate gland
d. testes

Situation: Pediatric nursing.

16. In what psychosexuai development according to Freud is temper tantrum observed?

a. phallic
b. oral
c. anal
d. latency

17. The baby cries and the mother notices tiny, shiny and white specks on the mouth and hard palate- The mother understood If she states:

a. “it is caused by milk curd
b. I’ll use sterile gauzed in removing the crusts.”
c. “I’ll notify the dentist
d. “prevent infection”

18. The nurse is giving Instruction about neonatal care. Which of the following instruction is most critical?

a. proper feeding
b. provide bathing
c. provide warm clothing
d. prevent infection

19. The mother notices a cheese-like substances in a neonate forehead. She asked the nurse if it can be removed. The appropriate response is:

a. a soft towel and a baby oil can be used to remove the subslance
b. an alcohol and gauzed can removed it
c. it is a protected substance, leave It alone there
d. baby lotion can be used to remove it .

20. A 12-month old boy weighs 9 kgs. His birth weight was 3 kgms. “The mother asks if her baby’s weight Is appropriate to his age. The nurse’s therapeutic response is:

a. He needs to take more milk for supplement
b. Weight must be doubled during this time
c. Weight is right because weight is tripled at this age
d. He is underweight for this age.

21. At the age of 2 years, which of the following teeth have not been erupted?
a. canine
b. pre-molar
c. molar
d. incisor

22. The mother asks the nurse when will the soft bone at the head be closed? The nurse response would be:

a. 12-18wks
b. 2-3 mos.
c. 12-18 mos.
d. 14-18 wks

23. What is the most appropriate factor in toilet training?

a. age of child
b. developmental readiness of the child
c. available time
d. maternal flexibility

Situation: Medical – Surgical Nursing

24. In what area of the body will be affected by bed sore if the patient maintains supine position?

a. heels
b. ilium
c. sacrum
d. malleolus

25. Which of the following can you visualize in intravenous pyelogram (IVP )?

a. bladder
b. bladder and kidney
c. bladder, kidney , ureter
d. bladder and ureter

26. An anesthetic agent which has side effects of confusion and suicidal tendencies;

a. ether
b. ketalar
c. halothane
d. sodium pentothal

27. What instrument is not included in Mayo table?

a. retractor
b. tissue forcep
c. smooth forcep
d. towel forcep

Situation: The adolescent years have the potential to be very exciting as well as a different time for both the child and his parents.

28. As stated by Erikson, the major concern of the adolescent years is the:

a. formation of romantic association
b. attainment of independence ‘
c. gratification of his needs
d. resolution of the crisis of personal identity

29. Parental actions which can help achieve the goal of adolescent years are all of the following, EXCEPT;

a. permits increasing independence
b. discusses future plans with the adolescent
c. intolerance of .adolescent’s need to be liked by peers
d. permits and encourages peer relationships

30. Here are teenagers today who engage In sex without realizing the repercussions of their actions. Witch of the parental response would be appropriate for this problem?

a. Providing regular and open communication
b. Limiting the number of teenager’s social activities
c. Inforcing stricter rules and punishment
d. Screening the teenager’s company of friends

31. Some of the task of adolescent years include the following, except:

a. developing a personal Identity
b. advicing independence from patients
c. developing relationship with peers
d. unlimited expression of sexual drives

32. Which of the following statements best describe the nutritional profiie of the adolescent?

a. Rapid growth, desires company with meals
b. Rapid growth, eat meals alone
c. Slow but steady growth, poor eating habits
d. Stunted growth, voracious appetite

Situation: You are assigned a Rural Health Unit which is a training area for student nurse, in a conference with the students, questions on the DOH programs such as:

33. The most effective measure of controlling schistosomlasis is;

a. casefinding and prompt treatment of cases
b. provision of sanitary toilets
c. environmental sanitation and environmental control
d. practice of hygiene

34. Rabies virus can be transmitted through:

a. Penetration of broken skin
b. contact with a pre-existing wound or scratch
c. penetration of intact mucosa
d. any of these modes of transmission

35. Which of the followimg statements about- diphtheria is false?

a. Immunity is often acquired through a complete immunization series of Diphtheria
b. infants born to immune mothers maybe protected up to 5 months
c. Diphtheria transmission Is Increased in hospital households, schools and other crowded areas.
d. Recovery from clinical attack is always followed by a lasting Immunity to the disease

Situation: The following questions pertain to concepts on Community Health Nursing:

36. A logical approach used by the nurse in providing community health and communicable nursing is:

a. problem solving
b. nursing process
c. logical nursing intervention
d. nursing assessment

37. Which of the following statement is wrong:

a. A nursing diagnosis is stated in terms of a problem and not a need
b. A nursing diagnosis describes a patient’s health problem
c. A nursing process to the method of data gathering and diagnosing diseases
d. A component of the nursing process that pertains to the organization of data and describes the nursing problem is the assessment

38. Debbie is experiencing dystocia, a painful, difficult and prolonged delivery. The nurse is aware that the primary cause related to problems with all of these Except the.

a. Power
b. Prognosis
c. Passenger
d. Passageway

39. In dystocia, the nurse assessess:

1. contractions dropping intensity and frequency
2. progress of labor
3. vagina! exam
4. abdominal palpation and fetal position

a. 1,2 and 3
b. 1,2,3 and 4
c. 2,3 and 4
d. 1,3, and 4

40. The nursing intervention that Is most important in a patient on IV Morphine?

a. Monitor for hypertension
b. Monitor for decreased respiratlons
c. Monitor for cardiac rates
d. Monitor for hyperglycemia

Situation: A clinical instructor, Mrs. Romero is giving a pre-test on Psychiatric Nursing to third year nursing students.

41. The fundamental concepts in Psychiatric nursing is seeing the patient as a whole organism with distinct personality. The nurse should:

a. Respect the patient’s moral values
b. Avoid labeling the patient as psychiatric entity
c. Understand the patient’s family background
d. Uphold the patients right to make decisions

42. On crisis intervention, one of the important personal qualities . that can enhance the nurse’s effectiveness is:

a. Friendliness
b. Flexibility
c. Patience
d. Consistency

43. A technique In crisis intervention which ‘involves using the clients emotion and values to his own benefit in the therapeutic regmen Is known as:

a. clarification
b. reinforcement of behavior
c manipulation
d. Support defense

44. Family therapy is the treatment of choice in one of the following situatlons:

a. There is a need to uncover repressed feelings and concerns of the clients
b. There is a need to promote an environment adaptive to the individual client’s needs
c. The primary problem Is related to marital conflict or sibling rivalry
d. The client requested for this type of therapy

Situation – This pertains to Intrapartum Care.

45. True labor contraction Is best described by this discomfort that:

a. starts over the fundus, radiating downward to the cervix
b. radiates upward and downward from the umbilicus
c. Is localized over the fundus of the uterus
d. begins In the lower back and the abdomen radiating over entire abdomen

46. The nurse performs vaginal exams on a laboring woman and records this data is correctiy Interpreted as:

a. fetal presenting part is 1 cm. above the ischlal spines
b. cervical dilatation is 25% completed
c. progress of effacement is 5 cm. completed
d. fetal presenting part is 1 cm below the ischial spines

47.Monitoring the progress of labor in’the delivery room is a standard activity. The. nurse prioritizes her work load by recognizing that a nulliparous mother in the first stage of labor would expect these;

a. Latent phase is completed less than 20 hours
b. Maximum slope averages 4 to 5 hrs
c. Acceleration phase is 6 to 8 hours
d. Transition phase lasting no longer than 4 hours.

Situation – Growth and development is a human cycle with milestone to achieve.

48- Based on Erikson’s theory, the primary developmental task of the middle years is:

a. to attain independence
b. to achieve generativity
c. to establish heterosexual relationship
d. to develop a sense of personal identity

49. Early adult age Is partlcular!y focused on achieving

a. independence from parental control
b. greater stability and life style
c. greater stability and life style
d. self-direction and self-appraisal

50. These are characteristics of a mature person, except;

a. practical and ambitious
b. accountable and responsible for his actions
c. feels comfortable with himself
d. acknowledges strengths and weaknesses .

51. The group at greatest risk for unmet needs is:

a. the very young and the very old
b. all age groups
c. the poor and the very rich
d. the adult and the aged

Situation -At the health center, the nurse conducts a, nutrition class, very lively question and answer prevailed in this group meeting-

52.Amy, a pregnant mother from a sectarian group strictly adheres to a. vegetarian diet. The vitamin supplement the nurse recommend Is

a. Vit.C
b. Vit B12
c. Vit D
d. Vit. A

53. For point of clarification a patient asks for the importance of Folic Acid in pregnancy. The nurse explains that vitamin is especially needed during pregnancy as it:

a. assists in growth of heart and lungs
b. helps in coagulation of red blood cells
c. is essential for cell and RBC formation
d. helps in maternal circulation

54. In this mother’s class, the nurse discusses about: specific needs during pregnancy and lactation, She states that the daily servings required for the carbohydrates group are:

a. 4 servings
b. 6 servings
c. 2 servings
d. 3 servings

Situation – Charito de Lapaz, a PHN, is discussing with the mothers the different herbal medicines used In the community.

55. It is effective for asthma, cough, and dysentery:

a. Yerba Buena
b. Lagundi
c. Sambong
d. Tsaang-gubat

56. lt is an anti-edema, diuretic and anti-urolithiasis.

a. Sambong
b. Tsaang-gubat
c. Niyug-niyogan
d. Akapulko

57. Its seeds are taken 2 hours after supper to expel round worms, which can cause ascariasis;

a. Akapulko
b. Bayabas
c. Niyug-niyogan
d. Bawang

58. It is effectively used for mild non-insulin dependent diabetes mellitus.

a. bawang
b. Bayabas
c. Ulasimang Bato
d. ampalaya

59. The following are true in the preparation of herbal medicines, EXCEPT:

a. Avoid the use of Insecticides as may poison on plants
b. Stop giving the medication in case reaction such as allergy occurs
c. Use only the part of the plant being advocated
d. Use a day pot and cover while boiling at low heat.

Situation – Leo Leon, a carpenter has been complaining of headache for 2 days. his wife, a trained BHW used the acupressure technique on Leo to relieve Mm of his discomfort.

60. Acupressure was started same 5.000 years ago by:

a. Germans
b. Filipinos
c. Chinese
d. Americans

Situation – In a mother class, several topics are discussed. Questions 15 to 20 pertain to these

61. According to the goals of Reproductive health, all are true, EXCEPT:

a. Every pregnancy should be Intended
b. Every birth be healthy
c. Every woman should be g|ven a condom to protect herself from pregnancy and other STDs
d. Every sex should be free or coercion and infection

62. It is record used when rendering prenatal care in the community,

a. Prenatal record
b. Home Based mother’s record
c. Pink Card
d. Mother’s book

63. Which of the following is given to the pregnant woman?

a. Chloroquine
b. Iron
c. iodized oil capsule
d. All of the above

64 All of the following should be observed in home deliveries, EXCEPT:

a. Clean hands
b. Clean sheets
c. Clean cord
d. Clean surface

65. What is the major cause of maternal death?

a. Infection
b. Hemorrhage
c. Prolonged labor
d. Retained placenta

66. The first postparturn should be done when:

a. After 48 hours
b. After 24 hours
c. After 3 days
d. Within 24 hours .

Situation: The following questions are Included In the review of EPI

67. It provides for compulsory basic immunization for infants and children below 8 years of age;

a. Presidential proclamation N.773
b. Republic Act 7846
c Presidertial Decree No, 996
d. Presidential Proclamation No.147

68. The vaccine should be given on:

a. 1 month
b. 6 months
c. 3 months
d. 9 months

69. How much Vit A should be given to 6-11 months old Infants who is experiencing Vit. A deficiency?

a. 200,000 IU
b. 400.000 IU
c. 100,000 IU
d. 50,000 IU

70. Micronutrient supplementation is included In what program of the DOH?

a. Expanded program on Immunization
b. Reproductive Health
c. Araw ng Sangkap Pinoy
d. Sentrong sigla

Situation – Communicabie Diseases are most prevalent in Brgy, Problemado, a group of PHN went to the area to disseminate necessary information regarding early detection, control and cure of the different communicable diseases.

71. It is the name for a comprehensive strategy which primary health services around the world is using to detect and cure TB patients.

a. National TB program
b. Direct Observe Treatment Short Course (DOTS)
c. center for Communicable diseases
d. international TB control Organization

72. All but one is the early sign of leprosy:

a. Madarosis
b. Nasal obstruction or bleeding
c. Change In skin color
d. Ulcers that do not heal

73. Leprosy can be transmitted through

a. Blood
b. Sex
c. Semen
d. Prolonged skin to skin contact

74. The best method of prevention of TB and leprosy esp. among children is:

a. Taking INH for prophylaxis
b. Healthy environment
c. Good nutrition
d. BCG immunization

75. What is the host of schistosoma japonlcum?

a. Mosquitoes
b. Rats
c. Snails
d. Dogs

76.The drug cf choice for schistosomiasis:

a. Metrifonate
b. Praziquante
c. Hetrazan
d. Quinidine Suifale

Situation – Ella Caidic Is pregnant with her first baby. She went to the clinic for check-up

77. According to Mrs. Caidic, her LMP is November 15, 2002. Using the Naegele’s rule what is her EDC

a. August 22, 2003
b. July 22, 2003
c. August 18, 2003
d. February 22, 2003

78. She Is so concerd about the development of varicose veins, which of the statement below indicates a need for further education?

a. “I should wear support hose”
b. ‘”I should be wearing flat, non-slip shoes that have an arch support
c. “I should wear a pantyhose”
d. I can wear knee-high as long as I don’t leave them on longer than 8 hours

79. She complained of leg cramps, winch usually occurs at night. To provide relief, the nurse must telI Mrs. Caidic to:

a. dorsiftex the foot white extending the knee when the cramps occur
b. dorsiflex the foot whiie flexing the knee when the cramps occur.
c. Plantar flex the foot while flexing the knee when cramps occur
d. plantar flex the foot while extending the knee when the cramps occur.

80. A nurse has just been told by a physician that an order has been written to administer an iron injection to an adult client. The nurse plans to administer the medication In which of the following locations?

a. In the gluteal muscle using Z-track technique
b. In the deltoid muscle using an air lock
c. In the subcutaneous fesue of the abdomen
d. in the anterior lateral thigh using a 5/8 inch needle ‘

Answers

Answers

Answers are in Italic.

Situation: Intrapartal Nursing Care

1. In the delivery room, Mrs. Oro Is 10 cm. Dilated- and the head is fast emerging. Her attending physician has not yet arrived. The initial action the nurse must take after the head emerges is:

a. Support the head while the rest of the body is spontaneously delivered. 
b. Push down on the fundus to help expel the infant.
c. Call the doctor STAT
d. Deliver the shoulder by turning the presenting part to internal rotation.

2. As labor progresses satisfactorily, it would be appropriate to administer pain medication with cervical dilatation of:

a. 4 cm.
b. 3 cm.
c. 5 cm.
d. 7 cm.

3. Mrs. Oro is kept informed of the, progress of her delivery, the nurse anticipates the placenta to be delivered within what period of time following delivery 

a. 10-15 minutes
b. 3-10 minutes
c. 15-20 minutes
d. 1-3 minutes

4. Several minutes after the delivery, the placenta is still intact. The nurse will do which of these actions?

a. Push gently, but firmly on the fundus
b. Call the nursing supervisor for help
c. Allow the infant to suck on the breast
b. Initiate separation by gently pulling on the cord.

5. The placenta has been delivered and the nurse now adds the medication ordered to the i.V. solution which is: 

a. Methergin
b. Oxytocin
c. Penicellin
d. Atropine

6. The nurse is giving health education to Felicity about discomfort of pregnancy. Which of the following conditions is brought about by increased absorption of phosphorus?

a. Back pain
b. Leg cramps 
c. Constipation
d. Heartburn

7. The nurse was Instructed to watch out for the occurrence of norma! physiologic changes of pregnancy. Which of the following is usually observed during pregnancy? 

a. Increased BP
b. Palpitation
c. Anemia
d. Blurred vision

8. Which of the following is TRUE about latent stage of tabor?

a. self-focused
b. effacemant 100%
c. dilatation for 2 hours
d. 3 cm cervical dilatation

9. What is the term that refers to menopausal stage of women?

a. cessation of menstruation
b. onset of’menstruation
c. excessive menstruation
d. intermittent menstruation

10 What structure of the body is responsible for the production of follicle-stimutattng hormone (FSH)? 

a. hypothalamus
b. thymus
c. kidney
d. anterior pituitary gland

11. A primigravida asks the nurse, “When will I fee! the baby move?” The correct response of the nurse is: 

a. 3 mos
b. 5 mos.
c. 4 mos
d. 6rnos.

Situation: Rico. 1 month deliverd via NSVD

12. Mrs. Cadacia observed on Rico’s buttocks, a gray color, What do you call this pigmentation in the skin? 

a. milia
b. telangiectatic nevi
c. erythema toxicum
d. mongolian spots

13. How would you define a word, “acrocyanosis?

a. cyanosis of hands and feet.
b. transient mottling when infant is exposed to the temperature.
c. fine, downy hair
d. thin, white mucus

14. How can you assess a child who is mentally retarded?

a. let .the child make story
b. observe for the developmental milestone 
c. ask the mother what food the child is eating
d. ask the child to sing

15. What serves as sperm producers?

a. epididymis
b. Vas deferens
c. prostate gland
d. testes

Situation: Pediatric nursing.

16. In what psychosexuai development according to Freud is temper tantrum observed?

a. phallic
b. oral
c. anal
d. latency

17. The baby cries and the mother notices tiny, shiny and white specks on the mouth and hard palate- The mother understood If she states:

a. “it is caused by milk curd
b. I’ll use sterile gauzed in removing the crusts.”
c. “I’ll notify the dentist
d. “prevent infection”

18. The nurse is giving Instruction about neonatal care. Which of the following instruction is most critical?

a. proper feeding
b. provide bathing
c. provide warm clothing
d. prevent infection

19. The mother notices a cheese-like substances in a neonate forehead. She asked the nurse if it can be removed. The appropriate response is:

a. a soft towel and a baby oil can be used to remove the subslance
b. an alcohol and gauzed can removed it
c. it is a protected substance, leave It alone there
d. baby lotion can be used to remove it .

20. A 12-month old boy weighs 9 kgs. His birth weight was 3 kgms. “The mother asks if her baby’s weight Is appropriate to his age. The nurse’s therapeutic response is:

a. He needs to take more milk for supplement
b. Weight must be doubled during this time
c. Weight is right because weight is tripled at this age
d. He is underweight for this age.

21. At the age of 2 years, which of the following teeth have not been erupted?
a. canine
b. pre-molar
c. molar
d. incisor

22. The mother asks the nurse when will the soft bone at the head be closed? The nurse response would be: 

a. 12-18wks
b. 2-3 mos.
c. 12-18 mos.
d. 14-18 wks

23. What is the most appropriate factor in toilet training?

a. age of child
b. developmental readiness of the child
c. available time
d. maternal flexibility

Situation: Medical – Surgical Nursing

24. In what area of the body will be affected by bed sore if the patient maintains supine position?

a. heels
b. ilium
c. sacrum
d. malleolus

25. Which of the following can you visualize in intravenous pyelogram (IVP )?

a. bladder
b. bladder and kidney
c. bladder, kidney , ureter
d. bladder and ureter

26. An anesthetic agent which has side effects of confusion and suicidal tendencies;

a. ether
b. ketalar
c. halothane
d. sodium pentothal

27. What instrument is not included in Mayo table?

a. retractor
b. tissue forcep
c. smooth forcep
d. towel forcep

Situation: The adolescent years have the potential to be very exciting as well as a different time for both the child and his parents.

28. As stated by Erikson, the major concern of the adolescent years is the:

a. formation of romantic association
b. attainment of independence ‘
c. gratification of his needs
d. resolution of the crisis of personal identity

29. Parental actions which can help achieve the goal of adolescent years are all of the following, EXCEPT;

a. permits increasing independence
b. discusses future plans with the adolescent
c. intolerance of .adolescent’s need to be liked by peers
d. permits and encourages peer relationships

30. Here are teenagers today who engage In sex without realizing the repercussions of their actions. Witch of the parental response would be appropriate for this problem?

a. Providing regular and open communication
b. Limiting the number of teenager’s social activities
c. Inforcing stricter rules and punishment
d. Screening the teenager’s company of friends

31. Some of the task of adolescent years include the following, except:

a. developing a personal Identity
b. advicing independence from patients
c. developing relationship with peers
d. unlimited expression of sexual drives

32. Which of the following statements best describe the nutritional profiie of the adolescent? 

a. Rapid growth, desires company with meals
b. Rapid growth, eat meals alone
c. Slow but steady growth, poor eating habits
d. Stunted growth, voracious appetite

Situation: You are assigned a Rural Health Unit which is a training area for student nurse, in a conference with the students, questions on the DOH programs such as:

33. The most effective measure of controlling schistosomlasis is;

a. casefinding and prompt treatment of cases
b. provision of sanitary toilets
c. environmental sanitation and environmental control
d. practice of hygiene

34. Rabies virus can be transmitted through:

a. Penetration of broken skin
b. contact with a pre-existing wound or scratch
c. penetration of intact mucosa
d. any of these modes of transmission 

35. Which of the followimg statements about- diphtheria is false?

a. Immunity is often acquired through a complete immunization series of Diphtheria
b. infants born to immune mothers maybe protected up to 5 months
c. Diphtheria transmission Is Increased in hospital households, schools and other
crowded areas.
d. Recovery from clinical attack is always followed by a lasting Immunity to the
disease

Situation: The following questions pertain to concepts on Community Health Nursing:

36. A logical approach used by the nurse in providing community health and communicable nursing is:

a. problem solving
b. nursing process 
c. logical nursing intervention
d. nursing assessment

37. Which of the following statement is wrong:

a. A nursing diagnosis is stated in terms of a problem and not a need
b. A nursing diagnosis describes a patient’s health problem
c. A nursing process to the method of data gathering and diagnosing diseases
d. A component of the nursing process that pertains to the organization of data and describes the nursing problem is the assessment

38. Debbie is experiencing dystocia, a painful, difficult and prolonged delivery. The nurse is aware that the primary cause related to problems with all of these is, EXCEPT: 

a. Power
b. Prognosis
c. Passenger
d. Passageway

39. In dystocia, the nurse assessess:

1. contractions dropping intensity and frequency
2. progress of labor
3. vaginal exam
4. abdominal palpation and fetal position

a. 1,2 and 3
b. 1,2,3 and 4
c. 2,3 and 4
d. 1,3, and 4

40. The nursing intervention that Is most important in a patient on IV Morphine?

a. Monitor for hypertension
b. Monitor for decreased respiration
c. Monitor for cardiac rates
d. Monitor for hyperglycemia

Situation: A clinical instructor, Mrs. Romero is giving a pre-test on Psychiatric Nursing to third year nursing students.

41. The fundamental concepts in Psychiatric nursing is seeing the patient as a whole organism with distinct personality. The nurse should:

a. Respect the patient’s moral values
b. Avoid labeling the patient as psychiatric entity
c. Understand the patient’s family background
d. Uphold the patients right to make decisions

42. On crisis intervention, one of the important personal qualities that can enhance the nurse’s effectiveness is:

a. Friendliness
b. Flexibility
c. Patience
d. Consistency

43. A technique In crisis intervention which ‘involves using the clients emotion and values to his own benefit in the therapeutic regmen Is known as:

a. clarification
b. reinforcement of behavior
c manipulation
d. Support defense

44. Family therapy is the treatment of choice in one of the following situatlons:

a. There is a need to uncover repressed feelings and concerns of the clients
b. There is a need to promote an environment adaptive to the individual client’s needs
c. The primary problem Is related to marital conflict or sibling rivalry
d. The client requested for this type of therapy

Situation – This pertains to Intrapartum Care.

45. True labor contraction Is best described by this discomfort that: 

a. starts over the fundus, radiating downward to the cervix
b. radiates upward and downward from the umbilicus
c. Is localized over the fundus of the uterus
d. begins In the lower back and the abdomen radiating over entire abdomen

46. The nurse performs vaginal exams on a laboring woman and records this data is correctiy Interpreted as:

a. fetal presenting part is 1 cm. above the ischlal spines
b. cervical dilatation is 25% completed
c. progress of effacement is 5 cm. completed
d. fetal presenting part is 1 cm below the ischial spines

47.Monitoring the progress of labor in’the delivery room is a standard activity. The. nurse prioritizes her work load by recognizing that a nulliparous mother in the first stage of labor would expect these;

a. Latent phase is completed less than 20 hours
b. Maximum slope averages 4 to 5 hrs
c. Acceleration phase is 6 to 8 hours
d. Transition phase lasting no longer than 4 hours.

Situation – Growth and development is a human cycle with milestone to achieve.

48- Based on Erikson’s theory, the primary developmental task of the middle years is:

a. to attain independence
b. to achieve generativity
c. to establish heterosexual relationship
d. to develop a sense of personal identity

49. Early adult age is particularly focused on achieving:

a. independence from parental control
b. greater stability and life style
c. greater stability and life style
d. self-direction and self-appraisal

50. These are characteristics of a mature person, except;

a. practical and ambitious
b. accountable and responsible for his actions
c. feels comfortable with himself
d. acknowledges strengths and weaknesses .

51. The group at greatest risk for unmet needs is:

a. the very young and the very old
b. all age groups
c. the poor and the very rich
d. the adult and the aged

Situation -At the health center, the nurse conducts a, nutrition class, very lively question and answer prevailed in this group meeting-

52.Amy, a pregnant mother from a sectarian group strictly adheres to a. vegetarian diet. The vitamin supplement the nurse recommend Is

a. Vit.C
b. Vit B12
c. Vit D
d. Vit. A

53. For point of clarification a patient asks for the importance of Folic Acid in pregnancy. The nurse explains that vitamin is especially needed during pregnancy as it:

a. assists in growth of heart and lungs
b. helps in coagulation of red blood cells
c. is essential for cell and RBC formation
d. helps in maternal circulation

54. In this mother’s class, the nurse discusses about: specific needs during pregnancy and lactation, She states that the daily servings required for the carbohydrates group are:

a. 4 servings
b. 6 servings
c. 2 servings
d. 3 servings

Situation – Charito de Lapaz, a PHN, is discussing with the mothers the different herbal medicines used In the community.

55. It is effective for asthma, cough, and dysentery:

a. Yerba Buena
b. Lagundi
c. Sambong
d. Tsaang-gubat

56. lt is an anti-edema, diuretic and anti-urolithiasis.

a. Sambong
b. Tsaang-gubat
c. Niyug-niyogan
d. Akapulko

57. Its seeds are taken 2 hours after supper to expel round worms, which can cause ascariasis;

a. Akapulko
b. Bayabas
c. Niyug-niyogan
d. Bawang

58. It is effectively used for mild non-insulin dependent diabetes mellitus.

a. bawang
b. Bayabas
c. Ulasimang Bato
d. ampalaya

59. The following are true in the preparation of herbal medicines, EXCEPT:

a. Avoid the use of Insecticides as may poison on plants
b. Stop giving the medication in case reaction such as allergy occurs
c. Use only the part of the plant being advocated
d. Use a day pot and cover while boiling at low heat.

Situation – Leo Leon, a carpenter has been complaining of headache for 2 days. his wife, a trained BHW used the acupressure technique on Leo to relieve Mm of his discomfort.

60. Acupressure was started same 5.000 years ago by:

a. Germans
b. Filipinos
c. Chinese
d. Americans

Situation – In a mother class, several topics are discussed. Questions 15 to 20 pertain to these

61. According to the goals of Reproductive health, all are true, EXCEPT:

a. Every pregnancy should be Intended
b. Every birth be healthy
c. Every woman should be g|ven a condom to protect herself from pregnancy and other STDs
d. Every sex should be free or coercion and infection

62. It is record used when rendering prenatal care in the community,

a. Prenatal record
b. Home Based mother’s record
c. Pink Card
d. Mother’s book

63. Which of the following is given to the pregnant woman?

a. Chloroquine
b. Iron
c. iodized oil capsule
d. All of the above

64 All of the following should be observed in home deliveries, EXCEPT:

a. Clean hands
b. Clean sheets
c. Clean cord
d. Clean surface

65. What is the major cause of maternal death?

a. Infection
b. Hemorrhage
c. Prolonged labor
d. Retained placenta

66. The first postparturn should be done when:

a. After 48 hours
b. After 24 hours
c. After 3 days
d. Within 24 hours .

Situation: The following questions are Included In the review of EPI

67. It provides for compulsory basic immunization for infants and children below 8 years of age;

a. Presidential proclamation N.773
b. Republic Act 7846
c Presidertial Decree No, 996
d. Presidential Proclamation No.147

68. The vaccine should be given on:

a. 1 month
b. 6 months
c. 3 months
d. 9 months

69. How much Vit A should be given to 6-11 months old Infants who is experiencing Vit. A deficiency?

a. 200,000 IU
b. 400.000 IU
c. 100,000 IU
d. 50,000 IU

70. Micronutrient supplementation is included In what program of the DOH?

a. Expanded program on Immunization
b. Reproductive Health
c. Araw ng Sangkap Pinoy
d. Sentrong sigla

Situation – Communicabie Diseases are most prevalent in Brgy, Problemado, a group of PHN went to the area to disseminate necessary information regarding early detection, control and cure of the different communicable diseases.

71. It is the name for a comprehensive strategy which primary health services around the world is using to detect and cure TB patients.

a. National TB program
b. Direct Observe Treatment Short Course (DOTS)
c. center for Communicable diseases
d. international TB control Organization

72. All but one is the early sign of leprosy:

a. Madarosis
b. Nasal obstruction or bleeding
c. Change In skin color
d. Ulcers that do not heal

73. Leprosy can be transmitted through

a. Blood
b. Sex
c. Semen
d. Prolonged skin to skin contact

74. The best method of prevention of TB and leprosy esp. among children is: 

a. Taking INH for prophylaxis
b. Healthy environment
c. Good nutrition
d. BCG immunization

75. What is the host of schistosoma japonlcum?

a. Mosquitoes
b. Rats
c. Snails
d. Dogs

76.The drug cf choice for schistosomiasis:

a. Metrifonate
b. Praziquante
c. Hetrazan
d. Quinidine Suifale

Situation – Ella Caidic Is pregnant with her first baby. She went to the clinic for check-up

77. According to Mrs. Caidic, her LMP is November 15, 2002. Using the Naegele’s rule what is her EDC

a. August 22, 2003
b. July 22, 2003
c. August 18, 2003
d. February 22, 2003

78. She Is so concerd about the development of varicose veins, which of the statement below indicates a need for further education?

a. “I should wear support hose”
b. ‘”I should be wearing flat, non-slip shoes that have an arch support
c. “I should wear a pantyhose”
d. I can wear knee-high as long as I don’t leave them on longer than 8 hours

79. She complained of leg cramps, winch usually occurs at night. To provide relief, the nurse must telI Mrs. Caidic to:

a. dorsiftex the foot white extending the knee when the cramps occur
b. dorsiflex the foot whiie flexing the knee when the cramps occur.
c. Plantar flex the foot while flexing the knee when cramps occur
d. plantar flex the foot while extending the knee when the cramps occur.

80. A nurse has just been told by a physician that an order has been written to administer an iron injection to an adult client. The nurse plans to administer the medication In which of the following locations?

a. In the gluteal muscle using Z-track technique
b. In the deltoid muscle using an air lock
c. In the subcutaneous fesue of the abdomen
d. in the anterior lateral thigh using a 5/8 inch needle ‘

The post Medical-Surgical Nursing Exam 22: NLE Style (80 Items) appeared first on Nurseslabs.

Preboard Exam D — Test 1: Fundamentals of Nursing

$
0
0

Preboard Exam D — Test 1: Fundamentals of Nursing - This is a preboard examination which can help you sharpen your nursing knowledge for the coming board examinations. This is a 100-item examination about Fundamentals of Nursing. This examination is good for 2 hours, that’s 1 minute and 20 seconds per question. Situational questions are also included.

Preboard-Examinations

Guidelines

  • Read the situations and each questions and choices carefully!
  • Choose the best answer.
  • You are given 2 hours for this 100 item test. That’s 1 minute and 20 seconds for each question.
  • Answers will be given below. Check your performance
 Preboard Exam: Part 1Part 2Part 3Part 4Part 5All Exams 

Situation 1: Nursing is a profession. The nurse should have a background on the theories and foundation of nursing as it influenced what is nursing today.

1. Nursing is the protection, promotion and optimization of health and abilities, prevention of illness and injury, alleviation of suffering through the diagnosis and treatment of human response and advocacy in the care of the individuals, families, communities and population. This is the most accepted definition of nursing as defined by the:

A. PNA
B. ANA
C. Nightingale
D. Henderson

2. Advancement in Nursing leads to the development of the Expanded Career Roles. Which of the following is NOT expanded career role for nurse?

A. Nurse practitioner
B. Clinical Nurse Specialist
C. Nurse Researcher
D. Nurse anaesthesiologist

3. The Board of Nursing regulated the Nursing profession in the Philippines and is responsible for the maintenance of the quality of nursing in the country. Powers and duties of the board of nursing are the following EXCEPT:

A. Issue, suspend revoke certificates of registration
B. Issue subpoena duces tecum, ad testificandum
C. Open and close colleges of nursing
D. Supervise and regulate the practice

4. A nursing student or a beginning staff nurse who has not yet experienced enough in a situation to make judgments about them is in what stage of Nursing Expertise?

A. Novice
B. Newbie
C. Advanced Beginner
D. Competent

5. Benner’s “Proficient” nurse level is different from the other levels in nursing expertise in the context of having:

A. The ability to organize and plan activities
B. Having attained an advanced level of education
C. A holistic understanding and perception of the client
D. Intuitive and analytic ability in new situations

Situation 2: The nurse has been asked to administer an injection via Z TRACK technique. Questions 6 to 10 refer this.

6. The nurse prepares an IM injection for an adult client using the Z track techniques, 4 ml of medication is to be administered to the client. Which of the following site will you choose?
A. Deltoid
B. Rectus Femoris
C. Ventrogluteal
D. Vastus lateralis

7. In infants 1 year old and below, which of the following is the site of choice in intramuscular injection?
A. Deltoid
B. Rectus Femoris
C. Ventrogluteal
D. Vastus lateralis

8. In order to decrease discomfort in Z track administration, which of the following should be done? 

A. Pierce the skin quickly and smoothly at 90 degree angle
B. Inject the medication at around 10 minutes per millilitre
C. Pull back the plunger and aspirate for 1 minute t make sure that the needle did not hit a blood vessel
D. Pierce the skin slowly and carefully at a 90 degree angle

9. After injection using the Z track technique, the nurse should know that she needs to wait for few second before withdrawing the needle and this is to allow the medication to disperse into the muscle tissue thus decreasing the client’s discomfort. How many seconds should the nurse wait before withdrawing the needle?

A. 2 second
B. 5 seconds
C. 10 seconds
D. 15 seconds

10. The rationale in using the Z track technique in an intramuscular injection is:

A. It decreases the leakage of discolouring and irritating medication into the subcutaneous tissue.
B. It will allow a faster absorption of the medication
C. The Z track technique prevent irritation of the muscle
D. It is much more convenient for the nurse

Situation 3: A client was rushed to the emergency room and you are his attending nurse. You are performing a vital sign assessment:

11. All of the following are correct methods in assessment of the blood pressure EXCEPT:

A. Take the blood pressure reading on both arms for comparison
B. Listen to and identify the phases of Korotkoff sound
C. Pump the cuff to around 50mmHg above the point where the pulse is obliterated
D. Observe procedures for infection control

12. You attached a pulse oximeter to the client. You know that the purpose id to:

A. Determine if the client’s hemoglobin level is low and if he needs blood transfusion
B. Check level of client’s tissue perfusion
C. Measure the efficacy of the client’s anti-hypertension medications
D. Detect oxygen saturation of arterial blood before symptoms of hypoxemia develops

13. After a few hours in the Emergency Room, the client is admitted to the ward with an order of hourly monitoring of blood pressure. The nurse finds that the cuff is too narrow and this will cause the blood pressure reading to be:

A. Inconsistent
B. Low systolic and high diastolic
C. Higher than what the reading should be
D. Lower than what the reading should be

14. Through the client’s health history, you gather that the patient smokes and drinks coffee. When taking the blood pressure of a client who recently smoked or drank coffee, how long should the nurse wait before taking the client’s blood pressure for accurate reading?

A. 15 minutes
B. 30 minutes
C. 1 hour
D. 5 minutes

15. While the client has pulse oximeter on his fingertip, you notice that the sunlight is shining on the area where the oximiter is. Your action will be to:

A. Set and turn on the alarm of the oximeter
B. Do nothing since there is no identified problem
C. Cover the fingertip sensor with a towel or bedsheet
D. Change the location of the sensor every four hours

16. The nurse finds it necessary to recheck the blood pressure reading. In case of such reassessment, the nurse should wait for a period of:

A. 15 seconds
B. 1 to 2 minutes
C. 30 minutes
D. 15 minutes

17. If the arm is said to be elevated when taking the blood pressure. It will create a:

A. False high reading
B. False low reading
C. True False reading
D. Indeterminate

18. You are to assessed the temperature of the client the next morning and found out that he ate ice cream. How many minutes should you wait before assessing the client’s oral temperature?

A. 10 minutes
B. 20 minutes
C. 30 minutes
D. 15 minutes

19. When auscultating the client’s blood pressure the nurse hears the following: From 150 mmHg to 130 mmHg: Silence, Then: a thumping sound continuing down to 100 mmHg: muffled sound continuing down to 80 mmHg and then silence. What is the client’s pressure?

A. 130/80
B. 150/100
C. 100/80
D. 150/100

20. In a client with a previous blood pressure of 130/80 4 hours ago, how long will it take to release the blood pressure cuff to obtain an accurate reading?

A. 10 – 20 seconds
B. 30 – 45 seconds
C. 1 – 1.5 minutes
D. 3 – 3.5 minutes

Situation 4 – Oral care is an important part of hygienic practices and promoting client comfort.

21. An elderly client, 84 years old, is unconscious. Assessment of the mouth reveals excessive dryness and presence of sores. Which of the following is BEST to use for oral care?

A. lemon glycerine
B. hydrogen peroxide
C. Mineral oil
D. Normal saline solution

22. When performing oral care to an unconscious client, which of the following is a special consideration to prevent aspiration of fluids into the lungs?

A. Put the client on a sidelying position with head of bed lowered
B. Keep the client dry by placing towel under the chin
C. Wash hands and observe appropriate infection control
D. Clean mouth with oral swabs in a careful and an orderly progression

23. The advantages of oral care for a client include all of the following, EXCEPT:

A. decreases bacteria in the mouth and teeth
B. reduces need to use commercial mouthwash which irritate the buccal mucosa
C. improves client’s appearance and self-confidence
D. improves appetite and taste of food

24. A possible problem while providing oral care to unconscious clients is the risk of fluid aspiration to lungs. This can be avoided by:

A. Cleaning teeth and mouth with cotton swabs soaked with mouthwash to avoid rinsing the buccal cavity
B. swabbing the inside of the cheeks and lips, tongue and gums with dry cotton swabs
C. use fingers wrapped with wet cotton washcloth to rub inside the cheeks, tongue, lips and ums
D. suctioning as needed while cleaning the buccal cavity

25. Your client has difficulty of breathing and is mouth breathing most of the time. This causes dryness of the mouth with unpleasant odor. Oral hygiene is recommended for the client and in addition, you will keep the mouth moistened by using:

A. salt solution
B. water
C. petroleum jelly
D. mentholated ointment

Situation 5: Ensuring safety before, during and after a diagnostic procedure is an important responsibility of the nurse.

26. To help Fernan better tolerate the bronchoscopy, you should instruct him to practice which of the following prior to the procedure:

A. Clenching his fist every 2 minutes
B. Breathing in and out through the nose with his mouth open
C. Tensing the shoulder muscles while lying on his back
D. Holding his breath periodically for 30 seconds

27. Following a bronchoscopy, which of the following complains to Fernan should be noted as a possible complication:

A. Nausea and vomiting
B. Shortness of breath and laryngeal stridor
C. Blood tinged sputum and coughing
D. Sore throat and hoarseness

28. Immediately after bronchoscopy, you instructed Fernan to:

A. Exercise the neck muscles
B. Breathe deeply
C. Refrain from coughing and talking
D. Clear his throat

29. Thoracentesis may be performed for cytologic study of pleural fluid. As a nurse your most important function during the procedure is to:

A. Keep the sterile equipment from contamination
B. Assist the physician
C. Open and close the three-way stopcock
D. Observe the patient’s vital signs

30. Right after thoracentesis, which of the following is most appropriate intervention?

A. Instruct the patient not to cough or deep breathe for two hours
B. Observe for symptoms of tightness of chest or bleeding
C. Place an ice pack to the puncture site
D. Remove the dressing to check for bleeding

Situation 6: Knowledge of the acid base disturbance and the functions of the electrolytes is necessary to determine appropriate intervention and nursing actions.

31. A client with diabetes mellitus has glucose level of 644 mg/dL. The nurse interprets that this client is at most risk for the involvement at which type of acid base imbalance?

A. Respiratory acidosis
B. Respiratory alkalosis
C. Metabolic acidosis
D. Metabolic alkalosis

32. In a client in the health care clinic, arterial blood gas analysis gives the following results: pH 7.48, PCO2 32mmHg, PO2 94 mmHg, HCO3 24 mEq/L. The nurse interprets that the client has which acid base disturbance?

A. Respiratory acidosis
B. Respiratory alkalosis
C. Metabolic acidosis
D. Metabolic alkalosis

33. A client has an order for ABG analysis on radial artery specimens. The nurse ensures that which of the following has been performed or tested before the ABG specimen are drawn?

A. Guthing test
B. Allen’s test
C. Romberg’s test
D. Weber’s test

34. A nurse is reviewing the arterial blood gas values of a client and notes that the pH is 7.31, Pco2 is 500 mmHg, and the bicarbonate is 27 mEq/L. The nurse concludes that which acid base disturbance is present in this client?

A. Respiratory acidosis
B. Respiratory alkalosis
C. Metabolic acidosis
D. Metabolic alkalosis

35. Allen’s test checks the patency of the:

A. Ulnar artery
B. Radial artery
C. Carotid artery
D. Brachial artery

37. After IVP a renal stone was confirmed, a left nephrectomy was done. Her post operative order includes “daily urine specimen to be sent to the laboratory” . Eileen has a foley catheter attached to a urinary drainage system. How will you collect the urine specimen?

A. remove urine from drainage tube with sterile needle and syringe and empty urine from the syringe into the specimen container
B. empty a sample urine from the collecting bag into the specimen container
C. disconnect the drainage tube from the indwelling catheter and allow urine to flow from catheter into the specimen container.
D. disconnect the drainage the from the collecting bag and allow the urine to flow from the catheter into the specimen container.

38. Where would the nurse tape Eileen’s indwelling catheter in order to reduce urethral irritation?

A. to the patient’s inner thigh
B. to the patient’s lower thigh
C. to the patient’s buttocks
D. to the patient lower abdomen

39. Which of the following menu is appropriate for one with low sodium diet?

A. instant noodles, fresh fruits and ice tea
B. ham and cheese sandwich, fresh fruits and vegetables
C. white chicken sandwich, vegetable salad and tea
D. canned soup, potato salad, and diet soda

40. Howe will you prevent ascending infection to Eileen who has an indwelling catheter?

A. see to it that the drainage tubing touches the level of the urine
B. change he catheter every eight hours
C. see to it that the drainage tubing does not touch the level of the urine
D. clean catheter may be used since urethral meatus is not a sterile area

Situation 7: Hormones are secreted by the various glands in the body. Basic knowledge of the endocrine system is necessary.

41. Somatotropin or the Growth Hormone releasing hormone is secreted by the anterior pituitary gland:

A. Hypothalamus
B. Anterior pituitary gland
C. Posterior pituitary gland
D. Thyroid gland

42. All of the following are secreted by the anterior pituitary gland except:

A. Somatotropin/Growth hormone
B. Follicle stimulating hormone
C. Thyroid stimulating hormone
D. Gonadotropin hormone releasing hormone

43. All of the following hormones are hormones secreted by the Posterior pituitary gland except:

A. Vasopressin
B. Oxytocin
C. Anti-diuretic hormone
D. Growth hormone

44. Calcitonin, a hormone necessary for calcium regulation is secreted in the:

A. Thyroid gland
B. Hypothalamus
C. Parathyroid gland
D. Anterior pituitary gland

45. While Parathormone, a hormone that regulates the effect of calcitonin is secreted by the:

A. Thyroid gland
B. Hypothalamus
C. Parathyroid gland
D. Anterior pituitary gland

Situation 8 – The staff nurse supervisor requests all the staff nurses to “brainstorm” and
learn ways to instruct diabetic clients on self-administration of insulin. She wants to ensure
that there are nurses available daily to do health education classes.

46. The plan of the nurse supervisor is an example of

A. in service education process
B. efficient management of human resources
C. increasing human resources
D. primary prevention

47. When Mrs. Guevarra, a nurse, delegates aspects of the clients care to the nurse-aide who is an unlicensed staff, Mrs. Guevarra

A. makes the assignment to teach the staff member
B. is assigning the responsibility to the aide but not the accountability for
those tasks
C. does not have to supervise or evaluate the aide
D. most know how to perform task delegated

48. Connie, the new nurse, appears tired and sluggish and lacks the enthusiasm she had six
weeks ago when she started the job. The nurse supervisor should

A. empathize with the nurse and listen to her
B. tell her to take the day off
C. discuss how she is adjusting to her new job
D. ask about her family life

49. Process of formal negotiations of working conditions between a group of registered
nurses and employer is

A. grievance
B. arbitration
C. collective bargaining
D. strike

50. You are attending a certification on cardiopulmonary resuscitation (CPR) offered and
required by the hospital employing you. This is

A. professional course towards credits
B. inservice education
C. advance training
D. continuing education

Situation 9: As a nurse, you are aware that proper documentation in the patient chart is your responsibility.

51. Which of the following is NOT a legally binding document but nonetheless very important in the care of all patients in any setting?

A. Bill of rights as provided in the Philippine Constitution
B. Scope of nursing practice as defined in R.A. 9173
C. Board of Nursing resolution adopting the Code of Ethics
D. Patient’s Bill of Rights

52. A nurse gives a wrong medication to the client. Another nurse employed by the same hospital as a risk manager will expect to receive which of the following communication?

A. Incident Report
B. Oral report
C. Nursing kardex
D. Complain report

53. Performing a procedure on a client in the absence of an informed consent can lead to which of the following charges?

A. Fraud
B. Assault and Battery
C. Harassment
D. Breach of confidentiality

54. Which of the following is the essence of informed consent?

A. It should have a durable power of attorney
B. It should have coverage from an insurance company
C. It should respect the client’s freedom from coercion
D. It should discloses previous diagnosis, prognosis and alternative treatments available for the client.

55. Delegation is the process of assigning tasks that can be performed by a subordinate. The RN should always be accountable and should not lose his accountability. Which of the following is a role included in delegation?

A. The RN must supervise all delegated tasks
B. After a task has been delegated. It is no longer a responsibility of the RN.
C. The RN is responsible and accountable for the delegated task in a adjunct with the delegate.
D. Follow up with a delegated task necessary only if the assistive personnel is not trustworthy.

Situation 10 – When creating your lesson plan for cerebrovascular disease or STROKE. It is important to include the risk factors of stroke.

56. The most important risk factor is:

A. Cigarette smoking
B. Hypertension
C. binge drinking
D. heredity

57. Part of your lesson plan is to talk about etiology or cause of stroke. The types of stroke based on cause are the following EXCEPT:

A. Embolic stroke
B. Hemorrhagic stroke
C. diabetic stroke
D. thrombotic stroke

58. Hemmorhagic stroke occurs suddenly usually when the person is active. All are causes of hemorrhage, EXCEPT:

A. phlebitis
B. trauma
C. damage to blood vessel
D. aneurysm

59. The nurse emphasizes that intravenous drug abuse carries a high risk of stroke. Which drug is closely linked to this?

A. Amphetamines
B. Cocaine
C. shabu
D. Demerol

60. A participant in the STROKE class asks what is a risk factor of stroke. Your best response is:

A. “More red blood cells thicken blood and make clots more possible.”
B. “Increased RBC count is linked to high cholesterol.”
C. “More red blood cell increases hemoglobin content.”
D. “High RBC count increases blood pressure.”

Situation 11: Recognition of normal values is vital in assessment of clients with various disorders.

61. A nurse is reviewing the laboratory test results for a client with a diagnosis of severe dehydration. The nurse would expect the hematocrit level for this client to be which of the following?

A. 60%
B. 47%
C. 45%
D. 32%

62. A nurse is reviewing the electrolyte results of an assigned client and notes that the potassium level is 5.6 mEq/L. Which of the following would the nurse expect to note on the ECG as a result of this laboratory value?

A. ST depression
B. Inverted t wave
C. Prominent U wave
D. Tall peaked T waves

63. A nurse is reviewing the electrolyte results of an assigned client and notes that the potassium level is 3.2 mEq/L. Which of the following would the nurse expect to note on the ECG as a result of this laboratory value?

A. U waves
B. Absent P waves
C. Elevated T waves
D. Elevated ST segment

64. Dorothy underwent diagnostic test and the result of the blood examination are back. On reviewing the result the nurse notices which of the following as abnormal finding?

A. Neutrophils 60%
B. White blood cells (WBC) 9000/mm
C. Erythrocyte sedimentation rate (ESR) is 39 mm/hr
D. Iron 75 mg/100 ml

65. Which of the following laboratory test result indicate presence of an infectious process?

A. Erythrocyte sedimentation rate (ESR) 12 mm/hr
B. White blood cells (WBC) 18,000/mm3
C. Iron 90 g/100ml
D. Neutrophils 67%

Situation 12: Pleural effusion is the accumulation of fluid in the pleural space. Question to 66 to 70 refer to this?

66. Which of the following is a finding that the nurse will be able to assess in a client with pleural effusion?

A. Reduced or absent breath sound at the base of the lungs, dyspnea, tachypnea and shortness of breath.
B. Hypoxemia
C. Noisy respiration, crackles, stridor and wheezing
D. Tracheal deviation towards the affected side, increased fremitus and loud breath sounds

67. Thoracentesis is performed to the client with effusion. The nurse knows that he removal of fluid should be slow. Rapid removal of fluid in thoracentesis might cause:

A. Pneumothorax
B. Pleurisy or Pleuritis
C. Cardiovascular collapse
D. Hypertension

68. 3 Days after thoracentesis, the client again exhibited respiratory distress. The nurse will know that the pleural effusion has reoccurred when she noticed a sharp stabbing pain during inspiration. The physician ordered a closed tube thoracotomy for the client. The nurse knows that the primary function of the chest tube is to:

A. Restore positive intrathoracic pressure
B. Restore negative intrathoracic pressure
C. To visualize the intrathoracic content
D. As a method of air administration

69. The chest tube is functioning properly if:

A. There is an oscillation
B. There is no bubbling in the drainage bottle
C. There is a continuous bubbling in the water seal.
D. The suction control bottle has a continuous bubbling

70. In a client with pleural effusion, the nurse is instructing a appropriate breathing technique. Which of the following is included in the teaching?

A. Breath normally
B. Hold the breath after each inspiration for 1 full minute
C. Practice abdominal breathing
D. Inhale slowly and hold the breath for 3-5 seconds after each inhalation.

Situation 13: Health care delivery system affects the health status of every Filipino. As a Nurse, Knowledge of this system is expected to ensure quality of life.

71. When should rehabilitation commence?

A. The day before discharge
B. When the patient desires
C. Upon admission
D. 24hours after discharge

72. What exemplified the preventive and promotive programs in the hospital?

A. Hospitals as a center to prevent and control infection
B. Program for smokers
C. Program for alcoholics and drug addicts
D. Wellness Center

73. Which makes nursing dynamic?

A. Every patient is a unique physical, emotional, social and spiritual being
B. The patient participate in the over all nursing care plan
C. Nursing practice is expanding in the light of modern development that takes place
D. The health status of the patient is constantly changing and the nurse must be cognizant and responsive to these changes.

74. Prevention is an important responsibility of the nurse in:

A. Hospitals
B. Community
C. Workplace
D. All of the above

75. This form of Health Insurance provides comprehensive prepaid health services to enrollees for a periodic payment.

A. Health Maintenance Organization
B. Medicare
C. Philippine Health Insurance Act
D. Hospital Maintenance Organization

91. Health care reports have different purposes. The availability of patients record to all health ream members demonstrates which of the following purposes:

A. Legal documentation
B. Education
C. Research
D. Vehicle for communication

92. When a nurse commits medication error she should accurately document client’s response and her corresponding action. This is very important for which of the following purposes:

A. Research
B. Nursing Audit
C. Legal documentation
D. Vehicle for communication

93. POMR has been widely used in many teaching hospitals. One of its unique features is SOAPIE charting. The P in SOAPIE charting should include:

A. Prescription of the doctor to the patient’s illness
B. Plan of care for patient
C. Patient’s perception of one’s illness
D. Nursing Problem and Nursing Diagnosis

94. The medical records that are organized into separate section from doctors or nurses has more disadvantages than advantages. This is classified as what type of recording?

A. POMR
B. SOAPIE
C. Modified POMR
D. SOMR

95. Which of the following is the advantage of SOMR or Traditional Recording?

A. Increase efficiency of Data gathering
B. Reinforces the use of the nursing process
C. The caregiver can easily locate proper section for making charting entries
D. Enhances effective communication among health care team members

Situation 17: June is 24 year old client with symptoms of dyspnea, absent breath sounds on the right lung and chest X-ray revealed pleural effusion. The physician will perform thoracentesis

96. Thoracentesis is useful in treating which of the following pulmonary disorders except:

A. Hemothorax
B. Tuberculosis
C. Hydrothorax
D. Empyema

97. Which of the following psychological preparation is not relevant for him?

A. Telling him that the gauge of the needle and anesthesia to be used
B. Telling him to keep still during the procedure to facilitate the insertion of the needle in the correct place.
C. Allow June to express his feeling and concerns
D. Physician’s explanation on the purpose of the procedure and how it will be done.

98. Before thoracentesis, the legal consideration you must check is:

A. Consent is signed by the client
B. Medicine preparation is correct
C. Position of the client is correct
D. Consent is signed by relative and physician

99. As a nurse, you know that the position for June before thoracentesis is:

A. Orthopneic
B. Knee-chest
C. Low fowlers
D. Sidelying position on the affected side

100. Which of the following anesthetic drug is used for thoracentecis?
A. Procaine 2 %
B. Valium 250 mg
C. Demerol 75 mg
D. Phenobarbital

Answers

Answers

Answers & Rationale

Situation 1: Nursing is a profession.  The nurse should have a background on the theories and foundation of nursing as it influenced what is nursing today.

1. Nursing is the protection, promotion and optimization of health and abilities, prevention of illness and injury, alleviation of suffering through the diagnosis and treatment of human response and advocacy in the care of the individuals, families, communities and population. This is the most accepted definition of nursing as defined by the:
A. PNA
B. ANA
C. Nightingale
D. Henderson

2. Advancement in Nursing leads to the development of the Expanded Career Roles. Which of the following is NOT expanded career role for nurse?
A. Nurse practitioner
B. Clinical Nurse Specialist
C. Nurse Researcher
D. Nurse anaesthesiologist

3. The Board of Nursing regulated the Nursing profession in the Philippines and is responsible for the maintenance of the quality of nursing in the country. Powers and duties of the board of nursing are the following EXCEPT:
A.  Issue, suspend revoke certificates of registration
B.  Issue subpoena duces tecum, ad testificandum
C. Open and close colleges of nursing
D. Supervise and regulate the practice

4. A nursing student or a beginning staff nurse who has not yet experienced enough in a situation to make judgments about them is in what stage of Nursing Expertise?
A. Novice
B. Newbie
C. Advanced Beginner
D. Competent

5. Benner’s “Proficient” nurse level is different from the other levels in nursing expertise in the context of having:
A. The ability to organize and plan activities
B. Having attained an advanced level of education
C. A holistic understanding and perception of the client
D. Intuitive and analytic ability in new situations

Situation 2: The nurse has been asked to administer an injection via Z TRACK technique. Questions 6 to 10 refer this.

6. The nurse prepares an IM injection for an adult client using the Z track techniques, 4 ml of medication is to be administered to the client. Which of the following site will you choose?
A. Deltoid
B. Rectus Femoris
C. Ventrogluteal
D. Vastus lateralis

7. In infants 1 year old and below, which of the following is the site of choice in intramuscular injection?
A. Deltoid
B. Rectus Femoris
C. Ventrogluteal
D. Vastus lateralis

8. In order to decrease discomfort in Z track administration, which of the
A. Pierce the skin quickly and smoothly at 90 degree angle
B. Inject the medication at around 10 minutes per millilitre
C. Pull back the plunger and aspirate for 1 minute t make sure that the needle did not hit a blood vessel
D. Pierce the skin slowly and carefully at a 90 degree angle

9. After injection using the Z track technique, the nurse should know that she needs to wait for few second before withdrawing the needle and this is to allow the medication to disperse into the muscle tissue thus decreasing the client’s discomfort. How many seconds should the nurse wait before withdrawing the needle?
A. 2 second
B. 5 seconds
C. 10 seconds
D. 15 seconds

10. The rationale in using the Z track technique in an intramuscular injection is:
A. It decreases the leakage of discolouring and irritating medication into the subcutaneous tissue.
B. It will allow a faster absorption of the medication
C. The Z track technique prevent irritation of the muscle
D. It is much more convenient for the nurse

Situation 3: A client was rushed to the emergency room and you are his attending nurse. You are performing a vital sign assessment:

11. All of the following are correct methods in assessment of the blood pressure EXCEPT:
A. Take the blood pressure reading on both arms for comparison
B. Listen to and identify the phases of Korotkoff sound
C. Pump the cuff to around 50mmHg above the point where the pulse is obliterated
D. Observe procedures for infection control

12. You attached a pulse oximeter to the client. You know that the purpose id to:
A. Determine if the client’s hemoglobin level is low and if he needs blood transfusion
B. Check level of client’s tissue perfusion
C. Measure the efficacy of the client’s anti-hypertension medications
D. Detect oxygen saturation of arterial blood before symptoms of hypoxemia develops

13. After a few hours in the Emergency Room, the client is admitted to the ward with an order of hourly monitoring of blood pressure. The nurse finds that the cuff is too narrow and this will cause the blood pressure reading to be:
A. Inconsistent
B. Low systolic and high diastolic
C. Higher than what the reading should be
D. Lower than what the reading should be

14. Through the client’s health history, you gather that the patient smokes and drinks coffee. When taking the blood pressure of a client who recently smoked or drank coffee, how long should the nurse wait before taking the client’s blood pressure for accurate reading?
A. 15 minutes
B. 30 minutes
C. 1 hour
D. 5 minutes

15. While the client has pulse oximeter on his fingertip, you notice that the sunlight is shining on the area where the oximiter is. Your action will be to:
A. Set and turn on the alarm of the oximeter
B. Do nothing since there is no identified problem
C. Cover the fingertip sensor with a towel or bedsheet
D. Change the location of the sensor every four hours

16. The nurse finds it necessary to recheck the blood pressure reading. In case of such reassessment, the nurse should wait for a period of:
A. 15 seconds
B. 1 to 2 minutes
C. 30 minutes
D. 15 minutes

17. If the arm is said to be elevated when taking the blood pressure. It will create a:
A. False high reading
B. False low reading
C. True False reading
D. Indeterminate

18. You are to assessed the temperature of the client the next morning and found out that he ate ice cream. How many minutes should you wait before assessing the client’s oral temperature?
A. 10 minutes
B. 20 minutes
C. 30 minutes
D. 15 minutes
19. When auscultating the client’s blood pressure the nurse hears the following: From 150 mmHg to 130 mmHg: Silence, Then: a thumping sound continuing down to 100 mmHg: muffled sound continuing down to 80 mmHg and then silence. What is the client’s pressure?
A. 130/80
B. 150/100
C. 100/80
D. 150/100

20. In a client with a previous blood pressure of 130/80 4 hours ago, how long will it take to release the blood pressure cuff to obtain an accurate reading?
A. 10 – 20 seconds
B. 30 – 45 seconds
C. 1 – 1.5 minutes
D. 3 – 3.5 minutes

Situation 4 – Oral care is an important part of hygienic practices and promoting client
comfort.

21. An elderly client, 84 years old, is unconscious. Assessment of the mouth reveals excessive dryness and presence of sores. Which of the following is BEST to use for oral care?
A. lemon glycerine
B. hydrogen peroxide
C. Mineral oil
D. Normal saline solution

22. When performing oral care to an unconscious client, which of the following is a special consideration to prevent aspiration of fluids into the lungs?
A. Put the client on a sidelying position with head of bed lowered
B. Keep the client dry by placing towel under the chin
C. Wash hands and observe appropriate infection control
D. Clean mouth with oral swabs in a careful and an orderly progression

23. The advantages of oral care for a client include all of the following, EXCEPT:
A. decreases bacteria in the mouth and teeth
B. reduces need to use commercial mouthwash which irritate the buccal
mucosa
C. improves client’s appearance and self-confidence
D. improves appetite and taste of food

24. A possible problem while providing oral care to unconscious clients is the risk of fluid
aspiration to lungs. This can be avoided by:
A. Cleaning teeth and mouth with cotton swabs soaked with mouthwash to avoid
rinsing the buccal cavity
B. swabbing the inside of the cheeks and lips, tongue and gums with dry cotton swabs
C. use fingers wrapped with wet cotton washcloth to rub inside the cheeks, tongue,
lips and ums
D. suctioning as needed while cleaning the buccal cavity

25. Your client has difficulty of breathing and is mouth breathing most of the time. This causes dryness of the mouth with unpleasant odor. Oral hygiene is recommended for the client and in addition, you will keep the mouth moistened by using:
A. salt solution
B. water
C. petroleum jelly
D. mentholated ointment

Situation 5: Ensuring safety before, during and after a diagnostic procedure is an important responsibility of the nurse.

26. To help Fernan better tolerate the bronchoscopy, you should instruct him to practice which of the following prior to the procedure:
A. Clenching his fist every 2 minutes
B. Breathing in and out through the nose with his mouth open
C. Tensing the shoulder muscles while lying on his back
D. Holding his breath periodically for 30 seconds

27. Following a bronchoscopy, which of the following complains to Fernan should be noted as a possible complication:
A. Nausea and vomiting
B. Shortness of breath and laryngeal stridor
C. Blood tinged sputum and coughing
D. Sore throat and hoarseness

28. Immediately after bronchoscopy, you instructed Fernan to:
A. Exercise the neck muscles
B. Breathe deeply
C. Refrain from coughing and talking
D. Clear his throat

29. Thoracentesis may be performed for cytologic study of pleural fluid. As a nurse your most important function during the procedure is to:
A. Keep the sterile equipment from contamination
B. Assist the physician
C. Open and close the three-way stopcock
D. Observe the patient’s vital signs

30. Right after thoracentesis, which of the following is most appropriate intervention?
A. Instruct the patient not to cough or deep breathe for two hours
B. Observe for symptoms of tightness of chest or bleeding
C. Place an ice pack to the puncture site
D. Remove the dressing to check for bleeding

Situation 6: Knowledge of the acid base disturbance and the functions of the electrolytes is necessary to determine appropriate intervention and nursing actions.

31. A client with diabetes milletus has glucose level of 644 mg/dL. The nurse interprets that this client is at most risk for the involvement at which type of acid base imbalance?
A. Respiratory acidosis
B. Respiratory alkalosis
C. Metabolic acidosis
D. Metabolic alkalosis

32. In a client in the health care clinic, arterial blood gas analysis gives the following results: pH 7.48, PCO2 32mmHg, PO2 94 mmHg, HCO3 24 mEq/L. The nurse interprets that the client has which acid base disturbance?
A. Respiratory acidosis
B. Respiratory alkalosis
C. Metabolic acidosis
D. Metabolic alkalosis

33. A client has an order for ABG analysis on radial artery specimens. The nurse ensures that which of the following has been performed or tested before the ABG specimen are drawn?
A. Guthing test
B. Allen’s test
C. Romberg’s test
D. Weber’s test

34. A nurse is reviewing the arterial blood gas values of a client and notes that the pH is 7.31, Pco2 is 500 mmHg, and the bicarbonate is 27 mEq/L. The nurse concludes that which acid base disturbance is present in this client?
A.      Respiratory acidosis
B.      Respiratory alkalosis
C.      Metabolic acidosis
D.      Metabolic alkalosis

35. Allen’s test checks the patency of the:
A. Ulnar artery
B. Radial artery
C. Carotid artery
D. Brachial artery

37. After IVP a renal stone was confirmed, a left nephrectomy was done. Her post operative order includes “daily urine specimen to be sent to the laboratory” . Eileen has a foley catheter attached to a urinary drainage system. How will you collect the urine specimen?
A. remove urine from drainage tube with sterile needle and syringe and empty urine from the syringe into the specimen container
B. empty a sample urine from the collecting bag into the specimen container
C. disconnect the drainage tube from the indwelling catheter and allow urine to flow from catheter into the specimen container.
D. disconnect the drainage the from the collecting bag and allow the urine to flow from the catheter into the specimen container.

38. Where would the nurse tape Eileen’s indwelling catheter in order to reduce urethral irritation?
A. to the patient’s inner thigh
B. to the patient’s lower thigh
C. to the patient’s buttocks
D. to the patient lower abdomen

39. Which of the following menu is appropriate for one with low sodium diet?
A. instant noodles, fresh fruits and ice tea
B. ham and cheese sandwich, fresh fruits and vegetables
C. white chicken sandwich, vegetable salad and tea
D. canned soup, potato salad, and diet soda

40. Howe will you prevent ascending infection to Eileen who has an indwelling catheter?
A. see to it that the drainage tubing touches the level of the urine
B. change he catheter every eight hours
C. see to it that the drainage tubing does not touch the level of the urine
D. clean catheter may be used since urethral meatus is not a sterile area

Situation 7: Hormones are secreted by the various glands in the body. Basic knowledge of the endocrine system is necessary.

41. Somatotropin or the Growth Hormone releasing hormone is secreted by the anterior pituitary gland:
A. Hypothalamus
B. Anterior pituitary gland
C. Posterior pituitary gland
D. Thyroid gland

42. All of the following are secreted by the anterior pituitary gland except:
A. Somatotropin/Growth hormone
B. Follicle stimulating hormone
C. Thyroid stimulating hormone
D. Gonadotropin hormone releasing hormone

43. All of the following hormones are hormones secreted by the Posterior pituitary gland except:
A. Vasopressin
B. Oxytocin
C. Anti-diuretic hormone
D. Growth hormone

44. Calcitonin, a hormone necessary for calcium regulation is secreted in the:
A. Thyroid gland
B. Hypothalamus
C. Parathyroid gland
D. Anterior pituitary gland

45. While Parathormone, a hormone that regulates the effect of calcitonin is secreted by the:
A. Thyroid gland
B. Hypothalamus
C. Parathyroid gland
D. Anterior pituitary gland

Situation 8 – The staff nurse supervisor requests all the staff nurses to “brainstorm” and
learn ways to instruct diabetic clients on self-administration of insulin. She wants to ensure
that there are nurses available daily to do health education classes.

46. The plan of the nurse supervisor is an example of
A. in service education process
B. efficient management of human resources
C. increasing human resources
D. primary prevention

47. When Mrs. Guevarra, a nurse, delegates aspects of the clients care to the nurse-aide
who is an unlicensed staff, Mrs. Guevarra
A. makes the assignment to teach the staff member
B. is assigning the responsibility to the aide but not the accountability for
those tasks
C. does not have to supervise or evaluate the aide
D. most know how to perform task delegated

48. Connie, the new nurse, appears tired and sluggish and lacks the enthusiasm she had six
weeks ago when she started the job. The nurse supervisor should
A. empathize with the nurse and listen to her
B. tell her to take the day off
C. discuss how she is adjusting to her new job
D. ask about her family life

49. Process of formal negotiations of working conditions between a group of registered
nurses and employer is
A. grievance
B. arbitration
C. collective bargaining
D. strike

50. You are attending a certification on cardiopulmonary resuscitation (CPR) offered and
required by the hospital employing you. This is
A. professional course towards credits
B. inservice education
C. advance training
D. continuing education

Situation 9: As a nurse, you are aware that proper documentation in the patient chart is your responsibility.

51. Which of the following is NOT a legally binding document but nonetheless very important in the care of all patients in any setting?
A. Bill of rights as provided in the Philippine Constitution
B. Scope of nursing practice as defined in R.A. 9173
C. Board of Nursing resolution adopting the Code of Ethics
D. Patient’s Bill of Rights 

52. A nurse gives a wrong medication to the client. Another nurse employed by the same hospital as a risk manager will expect to receive which of the following communication?
A. Incident Report
B. Oral report
C. Nursing kardex
D. Complain report

53. Performing a procedure on a client in the absence of an informed consent can lead to which of the following charges?
A. Fraud
B. Assault and Battery
C. Harassment
D. Breach of confidentiality

54. Which of the following is the essence of informed consent?
A. It should have a durable power of attorney
B. It should have coverage from an insurance company
C. It should respect the client’s freedom from coercion
D. It should discloses previous diagnosis, prognosis and alternative treatments available for the client.

55. Delegation is the process of assigning tasks that can be performed by a subordinate. The RN should always be accountable and should not lose his accountability. Which of the following is a role included in delegation?
A. The RN must supervise all delegated tasks
B. After a task has been delegated. It is no longer a responsibility of the RN.
C. The RN is responsible and accountable for the delegated task in a adjunct with the delegate.
D. Follow up with a delegated task necessary only if the assistive personnel is not trustworthy.

Situation 10 – When creating your lesson plan for cerebrovascular disease or STROKE. It is important to include the risk factors of stroke.

56. The most important risk factor is:
A. Cigarette smoking
B. Hypertension
C. binge drinking
D. heredity

57. Part of your lesson plan is to talk about etiology or cause of stroke. The types of stroke based on cause are the following EXCEPT:
A. Embolic stroke
B. Hemorrhagic stroke
C. diabetic stroke
D. thrombotic stroke

58. Hemmorhagic stroke occurs suddenly usually when the person is active. All are causes of hemorrhage, EXCEPT:
A. phlebitis
B. trauma
C. damage to blood vessel
D. aneurysm

59. The nurse emphasizes that intravenous drug abuse carries a high risk of stroke. Which drug is closely linked to this?
A. Amphetamines
B. Cocaine
C. shabu
D. Demerol

60. A participant in the STROKE class asks what is a risk factor of stroke. Your best response is:
A. “More red blood cells thicken blood and make clots more possible.”
B. “Increased RBC count is linked to high cholesterol.”
C. “More red blood cell increases hemoglobin content.”
D. “High RBC count increases blood pressure.”

Situation 11: Recognition of normal values is vital in assessment of clients with various disorders.

61. A nurse is reviewing the laboratory test results for a client with a diagnosis of severe dehydration. The nurse would expect the hematocrit level for this client to be which of the following?
A. 60%
B. 47%
C. 45%
D. 32%

62. A nurse is reviewing the electrolyte results of an assigned client and notes that the potassium level is 5.6 mEq/L. Which of the following would the nurse expect to note on the ECG as a result of this laboratory value?
A. ST depression
B. Inverted t wave
C. Prominent U wave
D. Tall peaked T waves

63. A nurse is reviewing the electrolyte results of an assigned client and notes that the potassium level is 3.2 mEq/L. Which of the following would the nurse expect to note on the ECG as a result of this laboratory value?
A. U waves
B. Absent P waves
C. Elevated T waves
D. Elevated ST segment

64. Dorothy underwent diagnostic test and the result of the blood examination are back. On reviewing the result the nurse notices which of the following as abnormal finding?
A. Neutrophils 60%
B. White blood cells (WBC) 9000/mm
C. Erythrocyte sedimentation rate (ESR) is 39 mm/hr
D. Iron 75 mg/100 ml

65. Which of the following laboratory test result indicate presence of an infectious process?
A. Erythrocyte sedimentation rate (ESR) 12 mm/hr
B. White blood cells (WBC) 18,000/mm3
C. Iron 90 g/100ml
D. Neutrophils 67%

Situation 12: Pleural effusion is the accumulation of fluid in the pleural space. Question to 66 to 70 refer to this?

66. Which of the following is a finding that the nurse will be able to assess in a client with pleural effusion?
A. Reduced or absent breath sound at the base of the lungs, dyspnea, tachypnea and shortness of breath.
B. Hypoxemia
C. Noisy respiration, crackles, stridor and wheezing
D. Tracheal deviation towards the affected side, increased fremitus and loud breath sounds

67. Thoracentesis is performed to the client with effusion. The nurse knows that he removal of fluid should be slow. Rapid removal of fluid in thoracentesis might cause:
A. Pneumothorax
B. Pleurisy or Pleuritis
C. Cardiovascular collapse
D. Hypertension

68. 3 Days after thoracentesis, the client again exhibited respiratory distress. The nurse will know that the pleural effusion has reoccurred when she noticed a sharp stabbing pain during inspiration. The physician ordered a closed tube thoracotomy for the client. The nurse knows that the primary function of the chest tube is to:
A. Restore positive intrathoracic pressure
B. Restore negative intrathoracic pressure
C. To visualize the intrathoracic content
D. As a method of air administration

69. The chest tube is functioning properly if:
A. There is an oscillation
B. There is no bubbling in the drainage bottle
C. There is a continuous bubbling in the water seal.
D. The suction control bottle has a continuous bubbling

70. In a client with pleural effusion, the nurse is instructing a appropriate breathing technique. Which of the following is included in the teaching?
A. Breath normally
B. Hold the breath after each inspiration for 1 full minute
C. Practice abdominal breathing
D. Inhale slowly and hold the breath for 3-5 seconds after each inhalation.

Situation 13: Health care delivery system affects the health status of every Filipino. As a Nurse, Knowledge of this system  is expected to ensure  quality of life.

71. When should rehabilitation commence?
A. The day before discharge
B. When the patient desires
C. Upon admission
D. 24hours after discharge

72. What exemplified the preventive and promotive programs in the hospital?
A. Hospitals as a center to prevent and control infection
B. Program for smokers
C. Program for alcoholics and drug addicts
D. Wellness Center

73. Which makes nursing dynamic?
A. Every patient is a unique physical, emotional, social and spiritual being
B. The patient participate in the over all nursing care plan
C. Nursing practice is expanding in the light of modern development that takes place
D. The health status of the patient is constantly changing and the nurse must be cognizant and responsive to these changes.

74. Prevention is an important responsibility of the nurse in:
A. Hospitals
B. Community
C. Workplace
D. All of the above

75. This form of Health Insurance provides comprehensive prepaid health services to enrollees for a periodic payment.
A. Health Maintenance Organization
B. Medicare
C. Philippine Health Insurance Act
D. Hospital Maintenance Organization

91. Health care reports have different purposes. The availability of patients record to all health ream members demonstrates which of the following purposes:
A. Legal documentation
B. Education
C. Research
D. Vehicle for communication

92. When a nurse commits medication error she should accurately document client’s response and her corresponding action. This is very important for which of the following purposes:
A. Research
B. Nursing Audit
C. Legal documentation
D. Vehicle for communication

93. POMR has been widely used in many teaching hospitals. One of its unique features is SOAPIE charting. The P in SOAPIE charting should include:
A. Prescription of the doctor to the patient’s illness
B. Plan of care for patient
C. Patient’s perception of one’s illness
D. Nursing Problem and Nursing Diagnosis

94. The medical records that are organized into separate section from doctors or nurses has more disadvantages than advantages. This is classified as what type of recording?
A. POMR
B. SOAPIE
C. Modified POMR
D. SOMR

95. Which of the following is the advantage of SOMR or Traditional Recording?
A. Increase efficiency of Data gathering
B. Reinforces the use of the nursing process
C. The caregiver can easily locate proper section for making charting entries
D. Enhances effective communication among health care team members

Situation 17: June is 24 year old client with symptoms of dyspnea, absent breath sounds on the right lung and chest X-ray revealed pleural effusion. The physician will perform thoracentesis

96. Thoracentesis is useful in treating which of the following pulmonary disorders except:
A. Hemothorax
B. Tuberculosis
C. Hydrothorax
D. Empyema

97. Which of the following psychological preparation is not relevant for him?
A. Telling him that the gauge of the needle and anesthesia to be used
B. Telling him to keep still during the procedure to facilitate the insertion of the needle in the correct place.
C. Allow June to express his feeling and concerns
D. Physician’s explanation on the purpose of the procedure and how it will be done.

98. Before thoracentesis, the legal consideration you must check is:
A. Consent is signed by the client
B. Medicine preparation is correct
C. Position of the client is correct
D. Consent is signed by relative and physician

99. As a nurse, you know that the position for June before thoracentesis is:
A. Orthopneic
B. Knee-chest
C. Low fowlers
D. Sidelying position on the affected side

100. Which of the following anesthetic drug is used for thoracentecis?
A. Procaine 2 %
B. Valium 250 mg
C. Demerol 75 mg
D. Phenobarbital

The post Preboard Exam D — Test 1: Fundamentals of Nursing appeared first on Nurseslabs.


Preboard Exam D — Test 3: Medical Surgical Nursing Exam

$
0
0

Preboard Exam D — Test 3: Medical Surgical Nursing Exam - This is a preboard examination which can help you sharpen your nursing knowledge for the coming board examinations. This is a 100-item examination about Medical-Surgical Nursing. This examination is good for 2 hours, that’s 1 minute and 20 seconds per question. Situational questions are also included.

Preboard-Examinations

Guidelines

  • Read the situations and each questions and choices carefully!
  • Choose the best answer.
  • You are given 2 hours for this 100 item test. That’s 1 minute and 20 seconds for each question.
  • Answers will be given below. Check your performance
 Preboard Exam: Part 1 - Part 2 - Part 3 - Part 4 - Part 5 - All Exams 

Situation 1: Leo lives in the squatter area. He goes to nearby school. He helps his mother gather molasses after school. One day, he was absent because of fever, malaise, anorexia and abdominal discomfort.

1. Upon assessment, Leo was diagnosed to have hepatitis A. Which mode of transmission has the infection agent taken?
A. Fecal oral
B. Droplet
C. Airborne
D. Sexual contact

2. Which of the following is concurrent disinfection in the case of Leo?
A. In
B. Sanitary disposal of feces, urine and blood
C. Quarantine of the sick individual
D.

3. Which of the following must be emphasized during mother’s class to Leo’s mother?
A. Administration of immunoglobulin to families
B. Thorough hand washing before and after eating and toileting
C. Use of attenuated vaccines
D. Boiling of food especially meat

4. Disaster control should be undertaken when there are 3 or more hepatitis A cases. Which of these measures is a priority?
A. Eliminate fecal contamination from foods
B. Mass vaccination of uninfected individuals
C. Health promotion and education to families and communities about the disease it’s cause and transmission.
D. Mass administration of immunoglobulin

5. What is the average incubation period of Hepatitis A?
A. 30 days
B. 60 days
C. 50 days
D. 14 days

Situation 2: As a nurse researcher you must have a very good understanding of the common terms of concept used in research.

6. The information that an investigator collects from the subjects or participants in a research study is usually called:
A. Hypothesis
B. Data
C. Variable
D. Concept

7. Which of the following usually refers to the independent variables in doing research?
A. Result
B. Cause
C. Output
D. Effect

8. The recipients of experimental treatment is an experimental design or the individuals to be observed in a non experimental design are called;
A. Setting
B. Subjects
C. Treatment
D. Sample

9. The device or techniques an investigator employs to collect data is called?
A. Sample
B. Instrument
C. Hypothesis
D. Concept

10. The use of another persons ideas or wordings giving appropriate credit results from inaccurate attribution of materials to its sources. Which of the following is referred to when another persons idea is inappropriate credited as one’s own?
A. Plagiarism
B. Quotation
C. Assumption
D. Paraphrase

Situation 3: Mrs. Pichay is admitted to your ward. The MD ordered “Prepare for thoracentesis this pm to remove excess air from the pleural cavity.”

11. Which of the following nursing responsibilities is essential in Mrs. Pichay who will undergo thoracentesis?
A. Support and reassure client during the procedure
B. Ensure that informed consent has been signed
C. Determine if client has allergic reaction to local anesthesia
D. Ascertain if chest x-rays and other tests have been prescribed and completed

12. Mrs. Pichay who is for thoracentesis is assigned by the nurse to which of the following positions?
A. Trendelenburg position
B. Supine position
C. Dorsal Recumbent position
D. Orthopneic position

13. During thoracentesis, which of the following nursing intervention will be most crucial?
A. Place patient in a quiet and cool room
B. Maintain strict aseptic technique
C. Advice patient to sit perfectly still during needle insertion until it has been withdrawn from the chest
D. Apply pressure over the puncture site as soon as the needle is withdrawn

14. To prevent leakage of fluid in the thoracic cavity, how will you position the client after thoracentesis?
A. Place flat in bed
B. Turn on the unaffected side
C. Turn on the affected side
D. On bed rest

15. Chest x-ray was ordered after thoracentesis. When your client asks what is the reason for another chest x-ray, you will explain:
A. to rule out pneumothorax
B. to rule out any possible perforation
C. to decongest
D. to rule out any foreign body

Situation 4: A computer analyst, Mr. Ricardo J. Santos, 25 was brought to the hospital for diagnostic workup after he had experienced seizure in his office.

16.Just as nurse was entering the room, the patient who was sitting on his chair begins to have a seizure. Which of the following must the nurse do first?
A. Ease the patient to the floor
B. Lift the patient and put him on the bed
C. Insert a padded tongue depressor between his jaws
D. Restrain patient’s body movement

17. Mr. Santos is scheduled for CT SCAN for the next day, noon time. Which of the following is the correct preparation as instructed by the nurse?
A. Shampoo hair thoroughly to remove oil and dirt
B. No special preparation is needed. Instruct the patient to keep his head still and stead.
C. Give a cleansing enema and give until 8 AM
D. Shave scalp and securely attach electrodes to it

18. Mr. Santos is placed on seizure precaution. Which of the following would be contraindicated?
A. Obtain his oral temperature
B. Encourage to perform his own personal hygiene
C. Allow him to wear his own clothing
D. Encourage him to be out of bed.

19. Usually, how does the patient behave after his seizure has subsided?
A. Most comfortable walking and moving about.
B. Becomes restless and agitated.
C. Sleeps for a period of time
D. Say he is thirsty and hungry.

20. Before, during and after seizure. The nurse knows that the patient is ALWAYS placed in what position?
A. Low fowler’s
B. Modified trendelenburg
C. Side Lying
D. Supine

Situation 5: Mrs. Damian an immediate post op cholecystectomy and choledocholithotomy patient, complained of severe pain at the wound site.

21. Choledocholithotomy is:
A. The removal of the gallbladder
B. The removal of the stones in the gallbladder
C. The removal of the stones in the common bile duct
D. The removal of the stones in the kidney

22. The simplest pain relieving technique is:
A. Distraction
B. Taking aspirin
C. Deep breathing exercise
D. Positioning

23. Which of the following statement on pain is true?
A. Culture and pain are not associated
B. Pain accomplished acute illness
C. Patient’s reaction to pain varies
D. Pain produces the same reaction such as groaning and moaning

24. In a pain assessment, which of the following condition is a more reliable indicator?
A. Pain rating scale of 1 – 10
B. Facial expression and gestures
C. Physiological responses
D. Patients description of the pain sensation

25. When a client complains of pain, your initial response is:
A. Record the description of pain
B. Verbally acknowledge the pain
C. Refer the complaint to the doctor
D. Change to a more comfortable position

Situation 6: You are assigned at the surgical ward and clients have been complaining of post pain at varying degrees. Pain as you know is very subjective.

26. A one-day post operative abdominal surgery client has been complaining of severe throbbing abdominal pain described as 9 in 1 – 10 pain rating. Your assessment reveals bowel sounds on all quadrants and the dressing is dry and intact. What nursing intervention would you take?
A. Medicate client as prescribed
B. Encourage client to do-imagery
C. Encourage deep breathing exercise
D. Call surgeon stat

27. Pentoxidone 5 mg IV every 8 hours was prescribed for post abdominal pain, which will be your priority nursing action?
A. Check abdominal dressing for possible swelling
B. Explain the proper use of PCA to alleviate anxiety
C. Avoid overdosing to prevent dependence/tolerance
D. Monitor VS, more importantly RR

28. The client complained of abdominal distention and pain. Your nursing intervention that can alleviate pain is:
A. Instruct client to go to sleep and relax
B. Advice the client to close the lips and avoid deep breathing and talking
C. Offer hot and clear soup
D. Turn to sides frequently and avoid too much talking

29. Surgical pain might be minimized b which nursing action in the O.R.
A. Skill of surgical team and lesser manipulation
B. Appropriate preparation for the scheduled procedure
C. Use of modern technology in closing the wound
D. Proper positioning and draping of client.

30. Inadequate anesthesia is said to be one of the common cause of pain both in intra and post-op patients. If general anesthesia is desired, it will involve loss of consciousness. Which of the following are the 2 general types of GA?
A. Epidural and Spinal
B. Subarachnoid block and intravenous
C. Inhalation and Regional
D. Intravenous and inhalation

Situation 7: Nurse’s attitudes toward the pain influence the way they perceive and interact with clients in pain.

31. Nurses should be aware of that older adults are at risk of underrated pain. Nursing assessment and management of pain should address the following beliefs EXCEPT:
A. Older patients seldom tend to report pain than the younger ones
B. Pain is a sign of weakness
C. Older patients do not believe in analgesics, they are tolerant.
D. Complaining of pain will lead to being labelled a bad patient

32. Nurses should understand that when a client responds favourably to a placebo, it is known as the placebo effect. Placebos do not indicate whether or not a client has:
A. Conscience
B. Real pain
C. Disease
D. Drug tolerance

33. You are the nurse in the pain clinic where you have client who has difficulty specify the location of pain. How can you assist such client?
A. The pain is vague
B. By charting-it hurts all over
C. Identifying the absence and presence of pain
D. Ask the client to point to the painful are by just one finger.

34. What symptom more distressing than pain, should the nurse monitor when giving opioids especially among elderly clients who are in pain?
A. Forgetfulness
B. Constipation
C. Drowsiness
D. Allergic reactions like pruritus

35. Physical dependence occurs in anyone who takes opiods over a period of time. What do you tell a mother of a ‘dependent’ when asked for advice?
A. Start another drug and slowly lessen the opioid dosage
B. Indulge in recreational outdoor activities
C. Isolate opioid dependent to a restful resort
D. Instruct slow tapering of the drug dosage and alleviate physical withdrawal symptoms.

Situation 8: The nurse is performing health education activities for Janevi Segovia, a 30 years old Dentist with Insulin dependent diabetes Mellitus.

36. Janevi is preparing a mixed dose of insulin. The nurse is satisfied with her performance when she:
A. Draw insulin from the vial of clear insulin first
B. Draw insulin from the vial of the intermediate acting insulin first
C. Fill both syringes with the prescribed insulin dosage then shake the bottle vigorously
D. Withdraw the intermediate acting insulin first before withdrawing the short acting insulin first.

37. Janevi complains of nausea, vomiting, diaphoresis and headache. Which of the following nursing intervention are you going to carry first?
A. Withhold the client’s next insulin injection
B. Test the client’s blood glucose level
C. Administer Tylenol as ordered
D. Offer fruit juice, gelatine and chicken bouillon

38. Janevi administered regular insulin at 7 A.M. and the nurse should instruct Jane to avoid exercising at around:
A. 9 to 11 A.M.
B. After 8 hours
C. Between 8 A.M. to 9 A.M.
D. In the afternoon, after taking lunch.

39. Janevi was brought at the emergency room after four month because she fainted in her clinic. The nurse should monitor which of the following test to evaluate the overall therapeutic compliance of a diabetic patient?
A. Glycosylated Hemoglobin
B. Fasting blood glucose
C. Ketone levels
D. Uirne glucose level

40. Upon the assessment of HbA1C of Mrs. Segovia. The nurse has been informed of a 9 % HbA1C result. In this case, she will teach the patient to:
A. Avoid infection
B. Take adequate food and nutrition
C. Prevent and recognize hypoglycaemia
D. Prevent and recognize hypoglycaemia

41. The nurse is teaching plan of care for Jane with regards to proper foot care. Which of the following should be included in the plan?
A. Soak feet in hot water
B. Avoid using mild soap on the feet
C. Apply a moisturizing lotion to dry feet but not between the toes
D. Always have a podiatrist to cut your toe nails; never cut them yourself

42. Another patient was brought to the emergency room in an unresponsive state and a diagnosis of hyperglycaemic hyperosmolar nonketotic syndrome is made. The nurse immediately prepare to initiate which of the following anticipated physician’s order?
A. Endotracheal intubation
B. 100 units of insulin
C. Intravenous infusion of normal saline
D. Intravenous infusion of sodium bicarbonate

43. Jane eventually developed DKA and is being treated in the emergency room. Which finding would the nurse expect to note as confirming this diagnosis?
A. Comatose state
B. Decreased urine output
C. Increased respiration and increase in pH
D. Elevated blood glucose level and plasma bicarbonate level

44. The nurse teaches Jane to know the difference between hypoglycaemia and ketoacidosis. Jane demonstrates understanding of the teaching by stating that glucose will be taken of which of the following symptoms develops?
A.
B. Shakiness
C. Blurred vision
D. Foul breath odor

45. Jane has been scheduled to have a FBS taken in the morning. The nurse tells Jane to eat or drink after midnight. Prior to taking the blood specimen, the nurse noticed that Jane is holding a bottle of distilled water. The nurse asked Jane if she drink any, and she said yes. Which of the following is the best nursing action?
A. Administer syrup of ipecac to remove the distilled water from the stomach.
B. Suction the stomach content using NGT prior to specimen collection
C. Advice to physician to reschedule to diagnostic examination next day
D. Continue as usual and have the FBS analysis performed and specimen be taken.

Situation 9: Elderly clients usually produce unusual signs when it comes to different diseases. The ageing process is a complicated process and the nurse should understand that it is an inevitable fact and she must be prepared to care for the growing elderly population.

46. Hypoxia may occur in the older patients because of which of the following
physiologic changes associated with aging.
A. Ineffective airway clearance
B. Decreased alveolar surfaced area
C. Decreased anterior-posterior chest diameter
D. Hyperventilation

47. The older patient is at higher risk for incontinence because of:
A. dilated urethra
B. increased glomerular filtration rate
C. diuretic use
D. decreased bladder capacity

48. Merle, age 86, is complaining of dizziness when she stands up. This may
indicate:
A. dementia
B. a visual problem
C. functional decline
D. drug toxicity

49. Cardiac ischemia in an older patient usually produces:
A. ST-T wave changes
B. Very high creatinine kinase level
C. Chest pain radiating to the left arm
D. Acute confusion

50. The most dependable sign of infection in the older patient is:
A. change in mental status
B. fever
C. pain
D. decreased breath sounds with crackles

Situation 10 – In the OR, there are safety protocols that should be followed. The OR nurseshould be well versed with all these to safeguard the safety and quality of patient delivery outcome.

51. Which of the following should be given highest priority when receiving patient in the OR?
A. Assess level of consciousness
B. Verify patient identification and informed consent
C. Assess vital signs
D. Check for jewelry, gown, manicure, and dentures

52. Surgeries like I and D (incision and drainage) and debridement are relatively short procedures but considered ‘dirty cases’. When are these procedures best scheduled?
A. Last case
B. In between cases
C. According to availability of anaesthesiologist
D. According to the surgeon’s preference

53. OR nurses should be aware that maintaining the client’s safety is the overall goal of nursing care during the intraoperative phase. As the circulating nurse, you make certain that throughout the procedure…
A. the surgeon greets his client before induction of anesthesia
B. the surgeon and anesthesiologist are in tandem
C. strap made of strong non-abrasive materials are fastened securely
around the joints of the knees and ankles and around the 2 hands around
an arm board.
D. Client is monitored throughout the surgery by the assistant anaesthesiologist

54. Another nursing check that should not be missed before the induction of general
anesthesia is:
A. check for presence underwear
B. check for presence dentures
C. check patient’s ID
D. check baseline vital signs

55. Some lifetime habits and hobbies affect postoperative respiratory function. If your client
smokes 3 packs of cigarettes a day for the past 10 years, you will anticipate increased risk
for:
A. perioperative anxiety and stress
B. delayed coagulation time
C. delayed wound healing
D. postoperative respiratory function

Situation 11: Sterilization is the process of removing ALL living microorganism. To be free of ALL living microorganism is sterility.

56. There are 3 general types of sterilization use in the hospital which one is not included?
A. Steam sterilization
B. Chemical sterilization
C.
D. Sterilization by boiling

57. Autoclave or steam steam under pressure is the most common method of sterilization in the hospital. The nurse knows that the temperature and time is set to the optimum level to destroy not only the microorganism, but also the spores. Which of the following is the ideal setting of the autoclave machine?
A. 10,000 degree Celsius for 1 hour
B. 5,000 degree Celsius for 30 minutes
C. 37 degree Celsius for 15 minutes
D. 121 degree Celsius for 15 minutes

58. It is important that before a nurse prepares the material to be sterilized, A chemical indicator strip should be placed above the package, preferably, Muslin sheet. What is the color of the striped produced after autoclaving?
A. Black
B. Blue
C. Gray
D. Purple

59. Chemical indicators communicate that:
A. The items are sterile
B. That the items had undergone sterilization process but not necessarily sterile
C. The items are disinfected
D. That the items had undergone disinfection process but not necessarily disinfected

60. If a nurse will sterilize a heat and moisture labile instruments, it is according to AORN recommendation to use which of the following method of sterilization?
A. Ethylene oxide gas
B. Autoclaving
C. Flash sterilizer
D. Alcohol immersion

Situation 12 – Nurses hold a variety of roles when providing care to a perioperative patient.
61. Which of the following role would be the responsibility of the scrub nurse?
A. Assess the readiness of the client prior to surgery
B. Ensure that the airway is adequate
C. Account for the number of sponges, needles, supplies, used during the surgical procedure.
D. Evaluate the type of anesthesia appropriate for the surgical client

62. As a perioperative nurse, how can you best meet the safety need of the client after administering preoperative narcotic?
A. Put side rails up and ask the client not to get out of bed
B. Send the client to OR with the family
C. Allow client to get up to go to the comfort room
D. Obtain consent form

63. It is the responsibility of the pre-op nurse to do skin prep for patients undergoing\ surgery. If hair at the operative site is not shaved, what should be done to make suturing easy and lessen chance of incision infection?
A. Draped
B. Pulled
C. Clipped
D. Shampooed

64. It is also the nurse’s function to determine when infection is developing in the surgical incision. The perioperative nurse should observe for what signs of impending infection?
A. Localized heat and redness
B. Serosanguinous exudates and skin blanching
C. Separation of the incision
D. Blood clots and scar tissue are visible

65. Which of the following nursing interventions is done when examining the incision wound and changing the dressing?
A. Observe the dressing and type and odor of drainage if any
B. Get patient’s consent
C. Wash hands
D. Request the client to expose the incision wound

Situation 13: The preoperative nurse collaborates with the client significant others, and healthcare providers.

66. To control environmental hazards in the OR, the nurse collaborates with the following departments EXCEPT:
A. Biomedical division
B. Chaplancy services
C. Infection control committee
D. Pathology department

67. An air crash occurred near the hospital leading to a surge of trauma patient. One of the last patients will need surgical amputation but there are no sterile surgical equipments. In this case, which of the following will the nurse expect?
A. Equipments needed for surgery need not be sterilized if this is an emergency necessitating life saving measures
B. Forwarding the trauma client to the nearest hospital that has available sterile equipment is appropriate
C. The nurse will need to sterilize the item before using it to the client using the regular sterilization setting at 121 degree Celsius in 15 minutes.
D. In such cases, flash sterilizer will be use at 132 degree Celsius in 3 minutes.

68. Tess, the PACU nurse discovered that Malou, who weights 110 lbs prior to surgery, is in severe pain 8 hours after cholecystectomy. Upon checking the chart, Malou found out that she has an order of Demerol 100 mg I.M. prn for pain. Tess should verify the order with:
A. Nurse supervisor
B. Anesthesiologist
C. Surgeon
D. Intern on duty

69. Rosie, 57, who is diabetic is for debridement if incision wound. When the circulating nurse checked the present IV fluid, she found out that there is no insulin incorporated as ordered. What should the circulating nurse do?
A. Double check the doctor’s order and call the attending MD
B. Communicate with the ward nurse to verify if insulin was incorporated or not
C. Communicate with the client to verify if insulin was incorporated
D. Incorporate insulin as ordered

70. The documentation of all nursing activities performed is legally and professionally vital. Which of the following should NOT be included in the patients chart?
A. Presence of prosthetic devices such as dentures, artificial limbs hearing aid, etc.
B. Baseline physical, emotional, and psychosocial data
C. Arguments between nurses and residents regarding treatment
D. Observed untoward signs and symptoms and interventions including contaminant intervening factors.

Situation 14 – Team efforts is best demonstrated in the OR.

71. If you are the nurse in charge for scheduling surgical cases, what important information do you need to ask the surgeon?
A. Who is your internist
B. Who is your assistant and anesthesiologist, and what is your preferred
time and type of surgery?
C. Who are your anesthesiologist, internist, and assistant
D. Who is your anesthesiologist

72. In the OR, the nursing tandem for every surgery is:
A. Instrument technician and circulating nurse
B. Nurse anesthetist, nurse assistant, and instrument technician
C. Scrub nurse and nurse anesthetist
D. Scrub and circulating nurses

73. While team effort is needed in the OR for efficient and quality patient care delivery, we should limit the number of people in the room for infection control. Who comprise this team?
A. Surgeon, anesthesiologist, scrub nurse, radiologist, orderly
B. Surgeon, assistants, scrub nurse, circulating nurse, anesthesiologist
C. Surgeon, assistant surgeon, anesthesiologist, scrub nurse, pathologist
D. Surgeon, assistant surgeon, anesthesiologist, intern, scrub nurse

74. Who usually act as an important part of the OR personnel by getting the wheelchair or stretcher, and pushing/pulling them towards the operating room?
A. Orderly/clerk
B. Nurse Supervisor
C. Circulating Nurse
D. Anesthesiologist

75. The breakdown in teamwork is often times a failure in:
A. Electricity
B. Inadequate supply
C. Leg work
D. Communication

Situation 15: Basic knowledge on Intravenous solutions is necessary for care of clients with problems with fluids and electrolytes.

76. A client involved in a motor vehicle crash presents to the emergency department with severe internal bleeding. The client is severely hypotensive and unresponsive. The nurse anticipates which of the following intravenous solutions will most likely be prescribed to increase intravascular volume, replace immediate blood loss and increase blood pressure?
A. 0.45 % sodium chloride
B. Normal saline solution
C. o.33% sodium chloride
D. Lactated ringer’s solution

77. The physician orders the nurse to prepare an isotonic solution. Which of the following IV solution would the nurse expect the intern to prescribe?
A. 5 % dextrose in water
B. 10 % dextrose in water
C. 0.45 % sodium chloride
D. 0.5 % dextrose in 0.9% sodium chloride

78. The nurse is making initial rounds on the nursing unit to assess the condition or assigned clients. The nurse notes that the client’s IV site is cool, pale and swollen and the solution is not infusing. The nurse concludes that which of the following complications has been experienced by the client?
A. Infection
B. Phlebitis
C. Infiltration
D. Thrombophlebitis

79. A nurse reviews the client’s electrolytes laboratory report and notes that the potassium level is 3.2 mEq/L. Which of the following would the nurse note on the lectrocardiogram as a result of the laboratory value?
A. U waves
B.
C. Elevated T waves
D. Elevated ST segment

80. One patient has a runaway IV of 50 % dextrose. To prevent temporary excess of insulin or transient hyperinsulin reaction what solution you prepare in anticipation of the doctor’s order?
A. Any IV solution available to KVO
B. Isotonic solution
C. Hypertonic solution
D. Hypotonic solution

81. An informed consent is required for:
A. Closed reduction of a fracture
B. Insertion of intravenous catheter
C. Irrigation of the external ear canal
D. Urethral catheterization

82. Which of the following is not true with regards to the informed consent?
A. It should describe different treatment alternatives
B. It should contain a thorough and detailed explanation of the procedure to be done
C. It should describe the client’s diagnosis
D. It should given an explanation of the client’s prognosis

83. You know that the hallmark of nursing accountability is the:
A. Accurate documentation and reporting
B. Admitting your mistakes
C. Filing an incidence report
D. Reporting a medication error

84. A nurse is assigned to care for a group of clients. On review of the client’s medical records the nurse determines that which client is at risk for excess fluid volume?
A. The client taking diuretics
B. The client with renal failure
C. The client with an ileostomy
D. The client who requires gastrointestinal suctioning

85. A nurse is assigned to care for a group of clients. On review of the client’s medical records, the nurse determines that which client is at risk for deficient fluid volume?
A. A client with colostomy
B. A client with congestive heart failure
C. A client with decreased kidney function
D. A client receiving frequent wound irrigation

Situation 16: As a perioperative nurse, you are aware of the correct processing methods for preparing instruments and other devices for patient use to prevent infection.

86. As an OR nurse, what are your foremost considerations for selecting chemical agents for disinfection?
A. Material compatibility and efficiency
B. Odor and availability/
C. Cost and duration of disinfection process
D. Duration of disinfection and efficiency

87. Before you used disinfected instrument it is essential that you:
A. Rinse with tap water followed by alcohol
B. Wipe the instrument with sterile water
C. Dry the instrument thoroughly
D. Rinse with sterile water

88. You have a critical heat labile instrument to sterilize and are considering to use high level of disinfectant. What should you do?
A. Cover the soaking vessel to contain the vapour
B. Double the amount of high level of disinfectant
C. Test the potency of the high level of disinfectant
D. Prolong the exposure time according to manufacturer’s direction

89. To achieve sterilization using disinfectants, which of the following is used?
A. Low level disinfectants immersion in 24 hours
B. Intermediate level disinfectants immersion in 12 hours
C. High level disinfectants immersion in 1 hour
D. High level disinfectants immersion in 10 hours

90. Bronchoscope, Thermometer, Endoscope, ET tube, Cytoscope are all BEST sterilized using which of the following?
A. Autoclaving at 121 degree Celsius in 15 minutes
B. Flash sterilizer at 132 degree Celsius in 3 minutes
C. Ethylene Oxide gas aeration for 20 hours
D. 2% Glutaraldehyde immersion for 10 hours

Situation 17: The OR is divided in three zones to control traffic flow and contamination.

91. What OR attires are worn in the restricted area?
A. Scrub suit, OR shoes, head cap
B. Head cap scrub suit, mask, OR shoes
C. Mask, OR shoes, scrub suit
D. Cap, Mask, gloves, shoes

92. Nursing intervention for a patient on low dose IV insulin therapy includes the following EXCEPT:
A. Elevation of serum ketones to monitor ketosis
B. Vital signs including BP
C. Estimate serum potassium
D. Elevation of blood glucose levels

93. The doctor ordered to incorporate 1000 “u” insulin to the remaining on going IV. The strength is 500/ml. How much should you incorporate into the IV solution?
A. 10 ml
B. 2 ml
C. 0.5 ml
D. 5 ml

94. Multiple vial-dose-insulin when in use should be:
A. Kept at room temperature
B. Kept in the refrigerator
C. Kept in narcotic cabinet
D. Store in the freezer

95. Insulin using insulin syringe are given using how many degrees of needle insertion?
A. 45
B. 180
C. 90
D. 15

Situation 18: Maintenance of sterility is an important function a nurse should perform in any OR setting.

96. Which of the following is true with regards to sterility?
A. Sterility is time related items are not considered sterile after a period of 30 days of being not in use.
B. for 9 months sterile items are considered sterile as long as they are covered with sterile muslin cover and stored in a dust proof covers.
C. Sterility is event related, not time related.
D. For 3 weeks, items double covered with muslin are considered sterile as long as they have undergone the sterilization process

97. 2 organizations endorsed that sterility are affected by factors other that the time itself, these are:
A. The PNA and the PRC
B. AORN and JCAHO
C. ORNAP and MCNAP
D. MMDA and DILG

98. All of these factors affect the sterility of the OR equipments, these are the following except:
A. The material used for packaging
B. The handling of the materials as well as its transport
C. Storage
D. The chemical or process used in sterilizing the material

99. When you say sterile, it means:
A. The material is clean.
B. The material as well as the equipments are sterilized and had undergone a rigorous sterilization process
C. There is a black stripe on the paper indicator
D. The material has no microorganism nor spores present that might cause an infection

100. In using liquid sterilizer versus autoclave machine, which of the following is true?
A. Autoclave is better in sterilizing OR supplies verus liquid sterilizer
B. They are both capable of sterilizing the equipments, however, it is necessary to soak supplies in the liquid sterilizer for a longer period of time.
C. Sharps are sterilized using autoclave and not cidex.
D. If liquid sterilizer sterilization process is used, rinsing it before using is not necessary.

Answers

Answers

Situation 1: Leo lives in the squatter area. He goes to nearby school. He helps his mother gather molasses after school. One day, he was absent because of fever, malaise, anorexia and abdominal discomfort.

1. Upon assessment, Leo was diagnosed to have hepatitis A. Which mode of transmission has the infection agent taken?
A. Fecal oral
B. Droplet
C. Airborne
D. Sexual contact

2. Which of the following is concurrent disinfection in the case of Leo?
A. In
B. Sanitary disposal of feces, urine and blood
C. Quarantine of the sick individual
D.

3. Which of the following must be emphasized during mother’s class to Leo’s mother?
A. Administration of immunoglobulin to families
B. Thorough hand washing before and after eating and toileting
C. Use of attenuated vaccines
D. Boiling of food especially meat

4. Disaster control should be undertaken when there are 3 or more hepatitis A cases. Which of these measures is a priority?
A. Eliminate fecal contamination from foods
B. Mass vaccination of uninfected individuals
C. Health promotion and education to families and communities about the disease it’s cause and transmission.
D. Mass administration of immunoglobulin

5. What is the average incubation period of Hepatitis A?
A. 30 days
B. 60 days
C. 50 days
D. 14 days

Situation 2: As a nurse researcher you must have a very good understanding of the common terms of concept used in research.

6. The information that an investigator collects from the subjects or participants in a research study is usually called:
A. Hypothesis
B. Data
C. Variable
D. Concept

7. Which of the following usually refers to the independent variables in doing research?
A. Result
B. Cause
C. Output
D. Effect

8. The recipients of experimental treatment is an experimental design or the individuals to be observed in a non experimental design are called;
A. Setting
B. Subjects
C. Treatment
D. Sample

9. The device or techniques an investigator employs to collect data is called?
A. Sample
B. Instrument
C. Hypothesis
D. Concept

10. The use of another persons ideas or wordings giving appropriate credit results from inaccurate attribution of materials to its sources. Which of the following is referred to when another persons idea is inappropriate credited as one’s own?
A. Plagiarism
B. Quotation
C. Assumption
D. Paraphrase

Situation 3: Mrs. Pichay is admitted to your ward. The MD ordered “Prepare for thoracentesis this pm to remove excess air from the pleural cavity.”

11. Which of the following nursing responsibilities is essential in Mrs. Pichay who will undergo thoracentesis?
A.        Support and reassure client during the procedure
B.        Ensure that informed consent has been signed
C.        Determine if client has allergic reaction to local anesthesia
D.        Ascertain if chest x-rays and other tests have been prescribed and completed

12. Mrs. Pichay who is for thoracentesis is assigned by the nurse to which of the following positions?
A.        Trendelenburg position
B.        Supine position
C.        Dorsal Recumbent position
D.        Orthopneic position

13. During thoracentesis, which of the following nursing intervention will be most crucial?
A.        Place patient in a quiet and cool room
B.        Maintain strict aseptic technique
C.        Advice patient to sit perfectly still during needle insertion until it has been withdrawn from the chest
D.        Apply pressure over the puncture site as soon as the needle is withdrawn

14. To prevent leakage of fluid in the thoracic cavity, how will you position the client after thoracentesis?
A.        Place flat in bed
B.        Turn on the unaffected side
C.        Turn on the affected side
D.        On bed rest

15. Chest x-ray was ordered after thoracentesis. When your client asks what is the reason for another chest x-ray, you will explain:
A.        to rule out pneumothorax
B.        to rule out any possible perforation
C.        to decongest
D.        to rule out any foreign body

Situation 4: A computer analyst, Mr. Ricardo J. Santos, 25 was brought to the hospital for diagnostic workup after he had experienced seizure in his office.

16.Just as nurse was entering the room, the patient who was sitting on his chair begins to have a seizure. Which of the following must the nurse do first?
A. Ease the patient to the floor
B. Lift the patient and put him on the bed
C. Insert a padded tongue depressor between his jaws
D. Restrain patient’s body movement

17. Mr. Santos is scheduled for CT SCAN for the next day, noon time. Which of the following is the correct preparation as instructed by the nurse?
A. Shampoo hair thoroughly to remove oil and dirt
B. No special preparation is needed. Instruct the patient to keep his head still and stead.
C. Give a cleansing enema and give until 8 AM
D. Shave scalp and securely attach electrodes to it

18. Mr. Santos is placed on seizure precaution. Which of the following would be contraindicated?
A. Obtain his oral temperature
B. Encourage to perform his own personal hygiene
C. Allow him to wear his own clothing
D. Encourage him to be out of bed.

19. Usually, how does the patient behave after his seizure has subsided?
A. Most comfortable walking and moving about.
B. Becomes restless and agitated.
C. Sleeps for a period of time
D. Say he is thirsty  and hungry.

20. Before, during and after seizure. The nurse knows that the patient is ALWAYS placed in what position?
A. Low fowler’s
B. Modified trendelenburg
C. Side Lying
D. Supine

Situation 5: Mrs. Damian an immediate post op cholecystectomy and choledocholithotomy patient, complained of severe pain at the wound site.

21. Choledocholithotomy is:
A. The removal of the gallbladder
B. The removal of the stones in the gallbladder
C. The removal of the stones in the common bile duct
D. The removal of the stones in the kidney

22. The simplest pain relieving technique is:
A. Distraction
B. Taking aspirin
C. Deep breathing exercise
D. Positioning

23. Which of the following statement on pain is true?
A. Culture and pain are not associated
B. Pain accomplished acute illness
C. Patient’s reaction to pain varies
D. Pain produces the same reaction such as groaning and moaning

24. In a pain assessment, which of the following condition is a more reliable indicator?
A. Pain rating scale of 1 – 10
B. Facial expression and gestures
C. Physiological responses
D. Patients description of the pain sensation

25. When a client complains of pain, your initial response is:
A. Record the description of pain
B. Verbally acknowledge the pain
C. Refer the complaint to the doctor
D. Change to a more comfortable position

Situation 6: You are assigned at the surgical ward and clients have been complaining of post pain at varying degrees. Pain as you know is very subjective.

26. A one-day post operative abdominal surgery client has been complaining of severe throbbing abdominal pain described as 9 in 1 – 10 pain rating. Your assessment reveals bowel sounds on all quadrants and the dressing is dry and intact. What nursing intervention would you take?
A. Medicate client as prescribed
B. Encourage client to do-imagery
C. Encourage deep breathing exercise
D. Call surgeon stat

27. Pentoxidone 5 mg IV every 8 hours was prescribed for post abdominal pain, which will be your priority nursing action?
A. Check abdominal dressing for possible swelling
B. Explain the proper use of PCA to alleviate anxiety
C. Avoid overdosing to prevent dependence/tolerance
D. Monitor VS, more importantly RR

28. The client complained of abdominal distention and pain. Your nursing intervention that can alleviate pain is:
A. Instruct client to go to sleep and relax
B. Advice the client to close the lips and avoid deep breathing and talking
C. Offer hot and clear soup
D. Turn to sides frequently and avoid too much talking

29. Surgical pain might be minimized b which nursing action in the O.R.
A. Skill of surgical team and lesser manipulation
B. Appropriate preparation for the scheduled procedure
C. Use of modern technology in closing the wound
D. Proper positioning and draping of client.

30. Inadequate anesthesia is said to be one of the common cause of pain both in intra and post-op patients. If general anesthesia is desired, it will involve loss of consciousness. Which of the following are the 2 general types of GA?
A. Epidural and Spinal
B. Subarachnoid block and intravenous
C. Inhalation and Regional
D. Intravenous and inhalation

Situation 7: Nurse’s attitudes toward the pain influence the way they perceive and interact with clients in pain.

31. Nurses should be aware of that older adults are at risk of underrated pain. Nursing assessment and management of pain should address the following beliefs EXCEPT:
A.  Older patients seldom tend to report pain than the younger ones
B. Pain is a sign of weakness
C. Older patients do not believe in analgesics, they are tolerant.
D. Complaining of pain will lead to being labelled a bad patient

32. Nurses should understand that when a client responds favourably to a placebo, it is known as the placebo effect. Placebos do not indicate whether or not a client has:
A. Conscience
B. Real pain
C. Disease
D. Drug tolerance

33. You are the nurse in the pain clinic where you have client who has difficulty specify the location of pain. How can you assist such client?
A. The pain is vague
B. By charting-it hurts all over
C. Identifying the absence and presence of pain
D. Ask the client to point to the painful are by just one finger.

34. What symptom more distressing than pain, should the nurse monitor when giving opioids especially among elderly clients who are in pain?
A. Forgetfulness
B. Constipation
C. Drowsiness
D. Allergic reactions like pruritus

35. Physical dependence occurs in anyone who takes opiods over a period of time. What do you tell a mother of a ‘dependent’ when asked for advice?
A. Start another drug and slowly lessen the opioid dosage
B. Indulge in recreational outdoor activities
C. Isolate opioid dependent to a restful resort
D. Instruct slow tapering of the drug dosage and alleviate physical withdrawal symptoms.

Situation 8: The nurse is performing health education activities for Janevi Segovia, a 30 years old Dentist with Insulin dependent diabetes Mellitus.

36. Janevi is preparing a mixed dose of insulin. The nurse is satisfied with her performance when she:
A. Draw insulin from the vial of clear insulin first
B. Draw insulin from the vial of the intermediate acting insulin first
C. Fill both syringes with the prescribed insulin dosage then shake the bottle vigorously
D. Withdraw the intermediate acting insulin first before withdrawing the short acting insulin first.

37. Janevi complains of nausea, vomiting, diaphoresis and headache. Which of the following nursing intervention are you going to carry first?
A. Withhold the client’s next insulin injection
B. Test the client’s blood glucose level
C. Administer Tylenol as ordered
D. Offer fruit juice, gelatine and chicken bouillon

38. Janevi administered regular insulin at 7 A.M. and the nurse should instruct Jane to avoid exercising at around:
A. 9 to 11 A.M.
B. After 8 hours
C. Between 8 A.M. to 9 A.M.
D. In the afternoon, after taking lunch.

39. Janevi was brought at the emergency room after four month because she fainted in her clinic. The nurse should monitor which of the following test to evaluate the overall therapeutic compliance of a diabetic patient?
A. Glycosylated Hemoglobin
B. Fasting blood glucose
C. Ketone levels
D. Uirne glucose level

40. Upon the assessment of HbA1C of Mrs. Segovia. The nurse has been informed of  a 9 % HbA1C result. In this case, she will teach the patient to:
A. Avoid infection
B. Take adequate food and nutrition
C. Prevent and recognize hypoglycaemia
D. Prevent and recognize hypoglycaemia

41. The nurse is teaching plan of care for Jane with regards to proper foot care. Which of the following should be included in the plan?
A. Soak feet in hot water
B. Avoid using mild soap on the feet
C. Apply a moisturizing lotion to dry feet but not between the toes
D. Always have a podiatrist to cut your toe nails; never cut them yourself

42. Another patient was brought to the emergency room in an unresponsive state and a diagnosis of hyperglycaemic hyperosmolar nonketotic syndrome is made. The nurse immediately prepare to initiate which of the following anticipated physician’s order?
A. Endotracheal intubation
B. 100 units of insulin
C. Intravenous infusion of normal saline
D. Intravenous infusion of sodium bicarbonate

43. Jane eventually developed DKA and is being treated in the emergency room. Which finding would the nurse expect to note as confirming this diagnosis?
A. Comatose state
B. Decreased urine output
C. Increased respiration and increase in pH
D. Elevated blood glucose level and plasma bicarbonate level

44. The nurse teaches Jane to know the difference between hypoglycaemia and ketoacidosis. Jane demonstrates understanding of the teaching by stating that glucose will be taken of which of the following symptoms develops?
A.
BShakiness
C. Blurred vision
D. Foul breath odor

45. Jane has been scheduled to have a FBS taken in the morning. The nurse tells Jane to eat or drink after midnight. Prior to taking the blood specimen, the nurse noticed that Jane is holding a bottle of distilled water. The nurse asked Jane if she drink any, and she said yes. Which of the following is the best nursing action?
A. Administer syrup of ipecac to remove the distilled water from the stomach.
B. Suction the stomach content using NGT prior to specimen collection
C. Advice to physician to reschedule to diagnostic examination next day
D. Continue as usual and have the FBS analysis performed and specimen be taken.

Situation 9: Elderly clients usually produce unusual signs when it comes to different diseases. The ageing process is a complicated process and the nurse should understand that it is an inevitable fact and she must be prepared to care for the growing elderly population.

46. Hypoxia may occur in the older patients because of which of the following
physiologic changes associated with aging.
A. Ineffective airway clearance
B. Decreased alveolar surfaced area
C. Decreased anterior-posterior chest diameter
D. Hyperventilation

47. The older patient is at higher risk for incontinence because of:
A. dilated urethra
B. increased glomerular filtration rate
C. diuretic use
D. decreased bladder capacity

48. Merle, age 86, is complaining of dizziness when she stands up. This may
indicate:
A. dementia
B. a visual problem
C. functional decline
D. drug toxicity

49. Cardiac ischemia in an older patient usually produces:
A. ST-T wave changes
B. Very high creatinine kinase level
C. Chest pain radiating to the left arm
D. Acute confusion              

50. The most dependable sign of infection in the older patient is:
A. change in mental status
B. fever
C. pain
D. decreased breath sounds with crackles

Situation 10 – In the OR, there are safety protocols that should be followed. The OR nurseshould be well versed with all these to safeguard the safety and quality of patient delivery outcome.

51. Which of the following should be given highest priority when receiving patient in the OR?
A. Assess level of consciousness
B. Verify patient identification and informed consent
C. Assess vital signs
D. Check for jewelry, gown, manicure, and dentures

52. Surgeries like I and D (incision and drainage) and debridement are relatively short procedures but considered ‘dirty cases’. When are these procedures best scheduled?
A. Last case
B. In between cases
C. According to availability of anaesthesiologist
D. According to the surgeon’s preference

53. OR nurses should be aware that maintaining the client’s safety is the overall goal of nursing care during the intraoperative phase. As the circulating nurse, you make certain that throughout the procedure…
A. the surgeon greets his client before induction of anesthesia
B. the surgeon and anesthesiologist are in tandem
C. strap made of strong non-abrasive materials are fastened securely
around the joints of the knees and ankles and around the 2 hands around
an arm board.
D. Client is monitored throughout the surgery by the assistant anaesthesiologist

54. Another nursing check that should not be missed before the induction of general
anesthesia is:
A. check for presence underwear
B. check for presence dentures
C. check patient’s ID
D. check baseline vital signs

55. Some lifetime habits and hobbies affect postoperative respiratory function. If your client
smokes 3 packs of cigarettes a day for the past 10 years, you will anticipate increased risk
for:
A. perioperative anxiety and stress
B. delayed coagulation time
C. delayed wound healing
D. postoperative respiratory function

Situation 11: Sterilization is the process of removing ALL living microorganism. To be free of ALL living microorganism is sterility.

56. There are 3 general types of sterilization use in the hospital which one is not included?
A. Steam sterilization
B. Chemical sterilization
C.
D. Sterilization by boiling

57. Autoclave or steam steam under pressure is the most common method of sterilization in the hospital. The nurse knows that the temperature and time is set to the optimum level to destroy not only the microorganism, but also the spores. Which of the following is the ideal setting of the autoclave machine?
A. 10,000 degree Celsius for 1 hour
B. 5,000 degree Celsius for 30 minutes
C. 37 degree Celsius for 15 minutes
D. 121 degree Celsius for 15 minutes

58. It is important that before a nurse prepares the material to be sterilized, A chemical indicator strip should be placed above the package, preferably, Muslin sheet. What is the color of the striped produced after autoclaving?
A. Black
B. Blue
C. Gray
D. Purple

59. Chemical indicators communicate that:
A. The items are sterile
B. That the items had undergone sterilization process but not necessarily sterile
C. The items are disinfected
D. That the items had undergone disinfection process but not necessarily disinfected

60. If a nurse will sterilize a heat and moisture labile instruments, it is according to AORN recommendation to use which of the following method of sterilization?
A. Ethylene oxide gas
B. Autoclaving
C. Flash sterilizer
D. Alcohol immersion

Situation 12 – Nurses hold a variety of roles when providing care to a perioperative patient.
61. Which of the following role would be the responsibility of the scrub nurse?
A. Assess the readiness of the client prior to surgery
B. Ensure that the airway is adequate
C. Account for the number of sponges, needles, supplies, used during the surgical procedure.
D. Evaluate the type of anesthesia appropriate for the surgical client

62. As a perioperative nurse, how can you best meet the safety need of the client after administering preoperative narcotic?
A. Put side rails up and ask the client not to get out of bed
B. Send the client to OR with the family
C. Allow client to get up to go to the comfort room
D. Obtain consent form

63. It is the responsibility of the pre-op nurse to do skin prep for patients undergoing\ surgery. If hair at the operative site is not shaved, what should be done to make suturing easy and lessen chance of incision infection?
A. Draped
B. Pulled
C. Clipped
D. Shampooed

64. It is also the nurse’s function to determine when infection is developing in the surgical incision. The perioperative nurse should observe for what signs of impending infection?
A. Localized heat and redness
B. Serosanguinous exudates and skin blanching
C. Separation of the incision
D. Blood clots and scar tissue are visible

65. Which of the following nursing interventions is done when examining the incision wound and changing the dressing?
A. Observe the dressing and type and odor of drainage if any
B. Get patient’s consent
C. Wash hands
D. Request the client to expose the incision wound

Situation 13: The preoperative nurse collaborates with the client significant others, and healthcare providers.

66. To control environmental hazards in the OR, the nurse collaborates with the following departments EXCEPT:
A. Biomedical division
B. Chaplancy services
C. Infection control committee
D. Pathology department

67. An air crash occurred near the hospital leading to a surge of trauma patient. One of the last patients will need surgical amputation but there are no sterile surgical equipments. In this case, which of the following will the nurse expect?
A. Equipments needed for surgery need not be sterilized if this is an emergency necessitating life saving measures
B. Forwarding the trauma client to the nearest hospital that has available sterile equipment is appropriate
C. The nurse will need to sterilize the item before using it to the client using the regular sterilization setting at 121 degree Celsius in 15 minutes.
D. In such cases, flash sterilizer will be use at 132 degree Celsius in 3 minutes.

68. Tess, the PACU nurse discovered that Malou, who weights 110 lbs prior to surgery, is in severe pain 8 hours after cholecystectomy. Upon checking the chart, Malou found out that she has an order of Demerol 100 mg I.M. prn for pain. Tess should verify the order with:
A. Nurse supervisor
B. Anesthesiologist
C. Surgeon
D. Intern on duty

69. Rosie, 57, who is diabetic is for debridement if incision wound. When the circulating nurse checked the present IV fluid, she found out that there is no insulin incorporated as ordered. What should the circulating nurse do?
A. Double check the doctor’s order and call the attending MD
B. Communicate with the ward nurse to verify if insulin was incorporated or not
C. Communicate with the client to verify if insulin was incorporated
D. Incorporate insulin as ordered

70. The documentation of all nursing activities performed is legally and professionally vital. Which of the following should NOT be included in the patients chart?
A. Presence of prosthetic devices such as dentures, artificial limbs hearing aid, etc.
B. Baseline physical, emotional, and psychosocial data
C. Arguments between nurses and residents regarding treatment
D. Observed untoward signs and symptoms and interventions including contaminant intervening factors.

Situation 14 – Team efforts is best demonstrated in the OR.

71. If you are the nurse in charge for scheduling surgical cases, what important information do you need to ask the surgeon?
A. Who is your internist
B. Who is your assistant and anesthesiologist, and what is your preferred
time and type of surgery?
C. Who are your anesthesiologist, internist, and assistant
D. Who is your anesthesiologist

72. In the OR, the nursing tandem for every surgery is:
A. Instrument technician and circulating nurse
B. Nurse anesthetist, nurse assistant, and instrument technician
C. Scrub nurse and nurse anesthetist
D. Scrub and circulating nurses

73. While team effort is needed in the OR for efficient and quality patient care delivery, we should limit the number of people in the room for infection control. Who comprise this team?
A. Surgeon, anesthesiologist, scrub nurse, radiologist, orderly
B. Surgeon, assistants, scrub nurse, circulating nurse, anesthesiologist
C. Surgeon, assistant surgeon, anesthesiologist, scrub nurse, pathologist
D. Surgeon, assistant surgeon, anesthesiologist, intern, scrub nurse

74. Who usually act as an important part of the OR personnel by getting the wheelchair or stretcher, and pushing/pulling them towards the operating room?
A. Orderly/clerk
B. Nurse Supervisor
C. Circulating Nurse
D. Anesthesiologist

75. The breakdown in teamwork is often times a failure in:
A. Electricity
B. Inadequate supply
C. Leg work
D. Communication

Situation 15: Basic knowledge on Intravenous solutions is necessary for care of clients with problems with fluids and electrolytes.

76. A client involved in a motor vehicle crash presents to the emergency department with severe internal bleeding. The client is severely hypotensive and unresponsive. The nurse anticipates which of the following intravenous solutions will most likely be prescribed to increase intravascular volume, replace immediate blood loss and increase blood pressure?
A. 0.45 % sodium chloride
B. Normal saline solution
C. o.33% sodium chloride
D. Lactated ringer’s solution

77. The physician orders the nurse to prepare an isotonic solution. Which of the following IV solution would the nurse expect the intern to prescribe?
A. 5 % dextrose in water
B. 10 % dextrose in water
C. 0.45 % sodium chloride
D. 0.5 % dextrose in 0.9% sodium chloride

78. The nurse is making initial rounds on the nursing unit to assess the condition or assigned clients. The nurse notes that the client’s IV site is cool, pale and swollen and the solution is not infusing. The nurse concludes that which of the following complications has been experienced by the client?
A. Infection
B. Phlebitis
C. Infiltration
D. Thrombophlebitis

79. A nurse reviews the client’s electrolytes laboratory report and notes that the potassium level is 3.2 mEq/L. Which of the following would the nurse note on the lectrocardiogram as a result of the laboratory value?
A. U waves
B.
C. Elevated T waves
D. Elevated ST segment

80. One patient has a runaway IV of 50 % dextrose. To prevent temporary excess of insulin or transient hyperinsulin reaction what solution you prepare in anticipation of the doctor’s order?
A. Any IV solution available to KVO
B. Isotonic solution
C. Hypertonic solution
D. Hypotonic solution

81. An informed consent is required for:
A. Closed reduction of a fracture
B. Insertion of intravenous catheter
C. Irrigation of the external ear canal
D. Urethral catheterization

82. Which of the following is not true with regards to the informed consent?
A. It should describe different treatment alternatives
B. It should contain a thorough and detailed explanation of the procedure to be done
C. It should describe the client’s diagnosis
D. It should given an explanation of the client’s prognosis

83. You know that the hallmark of nursing accountability is the:
A. Accurate documentation and reporting
B. Admitting your mistakes
C. Filing an incidence report
D. Reporting a medication error

84. A nurse is assigned to care for a group of clients. On review of the client’s medical records the nurse determines that which client is at risk for excess fluid volume?
A. The client taking diuretics
B. The client with renal failure
C. The client with an ileostomy
D. The client who requires gastrointestinal suctioning

85. A nurse is assigned to care for a group of clients. On review of the client’s medical records, the nurse determines that which client is at risk for deficient fluid volume?
A. A client with colostomy
B. A client with congestive heart failure
C. A client with decreased kidney function
D. A client receiving frequent wound irrigation

Situation 16: As a perioperative nurse, you are aware of the correct processing methods for preparing instruments and other devices for patient use to prevent infection.

86. As an OR nurse, what are your foremost considerations for selecting chemical agents for disinfection?
A. Material compatibility and efficiency
B. Odor and availability/
C. Cost and duration of disinfection process
D. Duration of disinfection and efficiency

87. Before you used disinfected instrument it is essential that you:
A. Rinse with tap water followed by alcohol
B. Wipe the instrument with sterile water
C. Dry the instrument thoroughly
D. Rinse with sterile water

88. You have a critical heat labile instrument to sterilize and are considering to use high level of disinfectant. What should you do?
A. Cover the soaking vessel to contain the vapour
B. Double the amount of high level of disinfectant
C. Test the potency of the high level of disinfectant
D. Prolong the exposure time according to manufacturer’s direction

89. To achieve sterilization using disinfectants, which of the following is used?
A. Low level disinfectants immersion in 24 hours
B. Intermediate level disinfectants immersion in 12 hours
C. High level disinfectants immersion in 1 hour
D. High level disinfectants immersion in 10 hours

90. Bronchoscope, Thermometer, Endoscope, ET tube, Cytoscope are all BEST sterilized using which of the following?
A. Autoclaving at 121 degree Celsius in 15 minutes
B. Flash sterilizer at 132 degree Celsius in 3 minutes
C. Ethylene Oxide gas aeration for 20 hours
D. 2% Glutaraldehyde immersion for 10 hours

Situation 17: The OR is divided in three zones to control traffic flow and contamination.

91. What OR attires are worn in the restricted area?
A. Scrub suit, OR shoes, head cap
B. Head cap scrub suit, mask, OR shoes
C. Mask, OR shoes, scrub suit
D. Cap, Mask, gloves, shoes

92. Nursing intervention for a patient on low dose IV insulin therapy includes the following EXCEPT:
A. Elevation of serum ketones to monitor ketosis
B. Vital signs including BP
C. Estimate serum potassium
D. Elevation of blood glucose levels

93. The doctor ordered to incorporate 1000 “u” insulin to the remaining on going IV. The strength is 500/ml. How much should you incorporate into the IV solution?
A. 10 ml
B. 2 ml
C. 0.5 ml
D. 5 ml

94. Multiple vial-dose-insulin when in use should be:
A. Kept at room temperature
B. Kept in the refrigerator
C. Kept in narcotic cabinet
D. Store in the freezer

95. Insulin using insulin syringe are given using how many degrees of needle insertion?
A. 45
B. 180
C. 90
D. 15

Situation 18: Maintenance of sterility is an important function a nurse should perform in any OR setting.

96. Which of the following is true with regards to sterility?
A. Sterility is time related items are not considered sterile after a period of 30 days of being not in use.
B. for 9 months sterile items are considered sterile as long as they are covered with sterile muslin cover and stored in a dust proof covers.
C. Sterility is event related, not time related.
D. For 3 weeks, items double covered with muslin are considered sterile as long as they have undergone the sterilization process

97. 2 organizations endorsed that sterility are affected by factors other that the time itself, these are:
A. The PNA and the PRC
B. AORN and JCAHO
C. ORNAP and MCNAP
D. MMDA and DILG

98. All of these factors affect the sterility of the OR equipments, these are the following except:
A. The material used for packaging
B. The handling of the materials as well as its transport
C. Storage
D.  The chemical or process used in sterilizing the material

99. When you say sterile, it means:
A. The material is clean.
B. The material as well as the equipments are sterilized and had undergone a rigorous sterilization process
C. There is a black stripe on the paper indicator
D. The material has no microorganism nor spores present that might cause an infection

100. In using liquid sterilizer versus autoclave machine, which of the following is true?
A. Autoclave is better in sterilizing OR supplies verus liquid sterilizer
B. They are both capable of sterilizing the equipments, however, it is necessary to soak supplies in the liquid sterilizer for a longer period of time.
C. Sharps are sterilized using autoclave and not cidex.
D. If liquid sterilizer sterilization process is used, rinsing it before using is not necessary.

 

The post Preboard Exam D — Test 3: Medical Surgical Nursing Exam appeared first on Nurseslabs.

How being a Traveling Nurse helped me overcome my own Prejudices

$
0
0

‘Judge not, lest ye be judged’.

Yes, these are fine words to live by and when I became an R.N. back in the late ‘80’s, I strove to not only adhere to this notion of fairness, but live it in my professional life as well. However, it is sometimes harder to put into practice despite what you know is true. Very early in my traveling nursing career, I was working as a TB Clinic nurse, testing Mississippi inmates for TB when one of them become irrationally incensed at my presence, grabbed the needle I was using to administer the test and ended up stabbing me with it instead. Needless to say, after that incident I swore off any nursing duties for prisoners and I spent a good year completely fearful of another needlestick. Fortunately, there was no exposure or transmissions of anything like HIV or Hepatitis B or C, though for an entire year I fretted every time I got my blood drawn to check for it. I tested negative, but it did little to alleviate some preconceived notions that I began to build, namely that prisoners were unworthy and ungrateful of my good deeds. Fast forward twenty-five years, and I found myself tested by my preconceived prejudices, once more.

Being a traveling nurse has been one of the greatest joys of my life, it has afforded me many unique experiences to live in exciting places and to meet many wonderful people. I am completely self-sufficient and satisfied with my career, something many of my close friends will never experience themselves. They constantly worry about job security and retirement whereas I am happy and fancy-free, living a life most people just dream of. However, after my little prison stint there were jobs I refused to take on and planned for the rest of my career to keep convicts and myself, mutually exclusive. As much as I hate to admit, the thought of being around prisoners terrified me so that I refused to work with anything that had to do with criminals or prisons and so it went until I ended up in Sandy, Utah working as an emergency room nurse. It was there that one of my worst fears came true; a man had just been brought in, shot and injured during the commission of a crime. Yes, a criminal, under my care.

I never discussed my personal beliefs with anyone I worked with but my supervisor could tell something was wrong by the look on my face. Here, I had spent my career intentionally avoiding criminals at all cost and yet, it seemed unavoidable that I would find myself facing a prisoner again. As I swallowed my fears, I walked into the room. My patient was exceedingly calm and quiet, which surprised me. I was picturing someone up in arms, blaming the system, a cold and indignant felon who had been once more unfairly treated by a trigger-happy and overzealous police officer, but that was not what I found. He had his head turned towards the wall and all I saw was a disheveled mop of sandy-blond hair, limp and a bit sweaty, no doubt as a result from his run-in with the law.

Sensing my presence, the man turned his head my direction and I was greeted with a pair of blue eyes which to my shock were filled with tears. I say man, but he was more boy than man, no facial hair and of very small build. After seeing me, he wiped his tears away and quickly returned his gaze back to the wall. I continued with my assessments, when he spoke aloud. “I messed up…big this time.” I didn’t answer, I proceeded to read his chart and check his vitals, but I felt as though he needed to talk. “My dad already hates me, now I don’t know what he’ll do. Probably blame my mom again. Last time I got arrested, he beat her, not me.” He looked like he carried the weight of the world upon his thin shoulders. “Stealing is wrong, I know it is, I was just trying to help my mom. She’s sick and can’t pay for her medicines. She’ll probably die while I’m in prison, I’ll bet they won’t let me go to her funeral.” This statement brought another round of tears and I left him huddled under a sheet, watching his body shudder while he cried.

A couple hours later, a very thin lady walked in to the ER with the assistance of a young lady, who I assumed was her daughter. The lady must have been going through rounds of chemo since as her head was covered in a downy fuzz, her skull was veiny and her face was drawn and yellowed, in her nose was an oxygen tube. I didn’t need to ask who she was here to see. A police officer was stationed outside the young man’s door and visitors were not permitted, no exceptions. I asked her what message I could relay to him and though she struggled to speak, finally her voice came out in a breathy whisper, “Just tell him no matter what happens, I forgive him and will always love him.” The two of them left the ER and as I wrote down the message, my own eyes blurred. The young man was right; he never would see his mother again. Why would this one experience change my lifelong bias against criminals? Because only six months previously my brother and I buried our own mother and I cannot begin to imagine not having those last moments to say our final farewells. My heart ached for that young man and his loss. He would carry that grief in his heart forever. And no matter how much time would pass, it would be forever marked by this day. When I walked back into the room I passed on the note and held his hand while he cried.

This is why I became a nurse.

 

 

 

Kathryn Norcutt has been an active member of the health care community for over 20 years. During her time as a nurse, she has helped people from all walks of life and ages. Now, Kathryn leads a much less hectic life and devotes most of her free time to writing for RNnetwork, a site specializing in RNnetwork.

The post How being a Traveling Nurse helped me overcome my own Prejudices appeared first on Nurseslabs.

Documentation & Reporting in Nursing

$
0
0

Documentation is anything written or printed that is relied on as a record of proof for authorized persons. Documentation and reporting in nursing are needed for continuity of care it is also a legal requirement showing the nursing care performed or not performed by a nurse.

Documentation-&-Reporting-in-Nursing

Purposes

  1. Communication
  2. Planning Client Care
  3. Auditing Health Agencies
  4. Research
  5. Education
  6. Reimbursement
  7. Legal Documentation
  8. Health Care Analysis

Documentation Systems

1. Source – Oriented Record

  1. The traditional client record
  2. Each person or department makes notations in a separate section or sections of the client’s chart
  3. It is convenient because care providers from each discipline can easily locate the forms on which to record data and it is easy to trace the information
    • Example: the admissions department has an admission sheet; the physician has a physician’s order sheet, a physician’s history sheet & progress notes
  4. NARRATIVE CHARTING is a traditional part of the source-oriented record

2. Problem – Oriented Medical Record (POMR)

  1. Established by Lawrence Weed
  2. The data are arranged according to the problems the client has rather than the source of the information.

The four (4) basic components:

  1. Database – consists of all information known about the client when the client first enters the health care agency. It includes the nursing assessment, the physician’s history, social & family data
  2. Problem List – derived from the database. Usually kept at the front of the chart & serves as an index to the numbered entries in the progress notes. Problems are listed in the order in which they are identified &    the list is continually updated as new problems are identified & others resolved
  3. Plan of Care – care plans are generated by the person who lists the problems. Physician’s write physician’s orders or medical care plans; nurses write nursing orders or nursing care plans
  4. Progress Notes – chart entry made by all health professionals involved in a client’s care; they all use the same type of sheet for notes. Numbered to correspond to the problems on the problem list and may be lettered for the type of data

Example: SOAP Format or SOAPIE and SOAPIER

S – Subjective data
O – Objective data
A – Assessment
P – Plan
I – Intervention
E – Evaluation
R- Revision

Advantages of POMR:

  • It encourages collaboration
  • Problem list in the front of the chart alerts caregivers to the client’s needs & makes it easier to track the status of each problem.

Disadvantages of POMR:

  • Caregivers differ in their ability to use the required charting format
  • Takes constant vigilance to maintain an up-to-date problem list
  • Somewhat inefficient because assessments & interventions that apply to more than one problem must be repeated.

3. PIE (Problems, Interventions, and Evaluation)

  • Groups information in to three (3) categories
  • This system consists of a client care assessment floe sheet & progress notes
  • FLOW SHEET – uses specific assessment criteria in a particular format, such as human needs or functional health patterns
  • Eliminate the traditional care plan & incorporate an ongoing care plan into the progress notes

4. Focus Charting

a. Intended to make the client & client concerns & strengths the focus of care
b. Three (3) columns for recording are usually used: date & time, focus & progress notes

5. Charting by Exception

  • Documentation system in which only abnormal or significant findings or exceptions to norms are recorded
  • Incorporates three (3) key elements:
    • Flow sheets
    • Standards of nursing care
    • Bedside access to chart forms

6. Computerized Documentation

  • Developed as a way to manage the huge volume of information required in contemporary health care
  • Nurses use computers to store the client’s database, add new data, create & revise care plans & document client progress.

7. Case Management

  • Emphasizes quality, cost-effective care delivered within an established length of stay
  • Uses a multidisciplinary approach to planning & documenting client care, using critical pathways.

Nursing Care Plan (NCP)

Two Types:

1. Traditional Care Plan – written for each client; it has 3 columns: nursing diagnoses, expected outcomes &  nursing interventions.
2. Standardized Care Plan – based on an institution’s standards of practice; thereby helping to provide a high quality of nursing care

KARDEX

  • Widely used, concise method of organizing & recording data about a client, making information quickly accessible to all health professionals. Consists of a series of cards kept in a portable index file or on computer generated forms.

Information may be organized into sections:

  1. Pertinent information about the client
  2. List of medications
  3. List of IVF
  4. List of daily treatments & procedures
  5. List of Diagnostic procedures
  6. Allergies
  7. Specific data on how the client’s physical need is to be met
  8. A problem list, stated goals & list of nursing approaches to meet the goals

Nursing Discharge & Referral Summaries

These are completed when the client is being discharged or transferred to another institution or to a home setting where a visit by a community health nurse is required. Regardless of format, it includes some or all of the following:

  1. Description of client’s physical, mental & emotional state
  2. Resolved health problems
  3. Unresolved continuing health problems
  4. Treatments that can be continued (e.g. wound care, oxygen therapy)
  5. Current medications
  6. Restrictions that relate to activity, diet & bathing
  7. Functional/self-care abilities
  8. Comfort level
  9. Support networks
  10. Client education provided in relation to disease process
  11. Discharge destination
  12. Referral Services (e.g. social worker, home health nurse)

Guidelines for Good Documentation and Reporting

  1. Fact – information about clients and their care must be factual. A record should contain descriptive, objective information about what a nurse sees, hears, feels and smells
  2. Accuracy – information must be accurate so that health team members have confidence in it
  3. Completeness – the information within a record or a report should be complete, containing concise and thorough information about a client’s care. Concise data are easy to understand
  4. Currentness – ongoing decisions about care must be based on currently reported information. At the time of occurrence include the following:
    • a. Vital signs
    • b. Administration of medications and treatments
    • c. Preparation of diagnostic tests or surgery
    • d. Change in status
    • e. Admission, transfer, discharge or death of a client
    • f. Treatment for a sudden change in status
  5. Organization – the nurse communicate in a logical format or order
  6. Confidentiality – a confidential communication is information given by one person to another with trust and confidence that such information will not be disclosed

The post Documentation & Reporting in Nursing appeared first on Nurseslabs.

11 Burn Injury Nursing Care Plans

$
0
0

Definition

A burn is damage to your body’s tissues caused by heat, chemicals, electricity, sunlight or radiation. Scalds from hot liquids and steam, building fires and flammable liquids and gases are the most common causes of burns.

Types of Burns

  • First-degree burns damage only the outer layer of skin
  • Second-degree burns damage the outer layer and the layer underneath
  • Third-degree burns damage or destroy the deepest layer of skin and tissues underneath

Nursing Priorities

  1. Maintain patent airway/respiratory function.
  2. Restore hemodynamic stability/circulating volume.
  3. Alleviate pain.
  4. Prevent complications.
  5. Provide emotional support for patient/significant other (SO).
  6. Provide information about condition, prognosis, and treatment.

Discharge Goals

  1. Homeostasis achieved.
  2. Pain controlled/reduced.
  3. Complications prevented/minimized.
  4. Dealing with current situation realistically.
  5. Condition/prognosis and therapeutic regimen understood.
  6. Plan in place to meet needs after discharge.

Nursing Care Plans

Here are 11 Burn Injury Nursing Care Plans

Impaired Physical Mobility

May be related to

  • Neuromuscular impairment, pain/discomfort, decreased strength and endurance
  • Restrictive therapies, limb immobilization; contractures

Possibly evidenced by

  • Reluctance to move/inability to purposefully move
  • Limited ROM, decreased muscle strength control and/or mass

Desired Outcomes

  • Maintain position of function as evidenced by absence of contractures.
  • Maintain or increase strength and function of affected and/or compensatory body part.
  • Verbalize and demonstrate willingness to participate in activities.
  • Demonstrate techniques/behaviors that enable resumption of activities.
Nursing Interventions Rationale
 Maintain proper body alignment with supports or splints, especially for burns over joints.  Promotes functional positioning of extremities and prevents contractures, which are more likely over joints.
 Note circulation, motion, and sensation of digits frequently.  Edema may compromise circulation to extremities, potentiating tissue necrosis/development of contractures.
 Initiate the rehabilitative phase on admission.  It is easier to enlist participation when patient is aware of the possibilities that exist for recovery.
 Perform ROM exercises consistently, initially passive, then active.  Prevents progressively tightening scar tissue and contractures; enhances maintenance of muscle/joint functioning and reduces loss of calcium from the bone.
 Medicate for pain before activity/exercises.  Reduces muscle/tissue stiffness and tension, enabling patient to be more active and facilitating participation.
 Schedule treatments and care activities to provide periods of uninterrupted rest.  Increases patient’s strength and tolerance for activity.
 Encourage family/SO support and assistance with ROM exercises.  Enables family/SO to be active in patient care and provides more constant/consistent therapy.
 Incorporate ADLs with physical therapy, hydrotherapy, and nursing care.  Combining activities produces improved results by enhancing effects of each.
 Encourage patient participation in all activities as individually able.  Promotes independence, enhances self-esteem, and facilitates recovery process.
 Incorporate ADLs with physical therapy, hydrotherapy, and nursing care.  Combining activities produces improved results by enhancing effects of each.
 Encourage patient participation in all activities as individually able.  Promotes independence, enhances self-esteem, and facilitates recovery process.

Knowledge Deficit

May be related to

  • Lack of exposure/recall
  • Information misinterpretation; unfamiliarity with resources

Possibly evidenced by

  • Questions/request for information, statement of misconception
  • Inaccurate follow-through of instructions, development of preventable complications

Desired Outcomes

  • Verbalize understanding of condition, prognosis, and potential complications.
  • Verbalize understanding of therapeutic needs.
  • Correctly perform necessary procedures and explain reasons for actions.
  • Initiate necessary lifestyle changes and participate in treatment regimen.
Nursing Interventions Rationale
 Review condition, prognosis, and future expectations.  Provides knowledge base from which patient can make informed choices.
 Discuss patient’s expectations of returning home, to work, and to normal activities.  Patient frequently has a difficult and prolonged adjustment after discharge. Problems often occur (e.g., sleep disturbances, nightmares, reliving the accident, difficulty with resumption of social interactions, intimacy/sexual activity, emotional lability) that interfere with successful adjustment to resuming normal life.
 Review and have patient/SO demonstrate proper burn, skin-graft, and wound care techniques. Identify appropriate sources for outpatient care and supplies.  Promotes competent self-care after discharge, enhancing independence.
 Discuss skin care, e.g., use of moisturizers, sunscreens, and anti-itching medications.  Itching, blistering, and sensitivity of healing wounds/graft sites can be expected for an extended time, and injury can occur because of the fragility of the new tissue.
 Explain scarring process and necessity for/proper use of pressure garments when used.  Promotes optimal regrowth of skin, minimizing development of hypertrophic scarring and contractures and facilitating healing process. Note: Consistent use of the pressure garment over a long period can reduce the need for reconstructive surgery to release contractures and remove scars.
 Encourage continuation of prescribed exercise program and scheduled rest periods.  Maintains mobility, reduces complications, and prevents fatigue, facilitating recovery process.
 Identify specific limitations of activity as individually appropriate.  Imposed restrictions depend on severity/location of injury and stage of healing.
 Emphasize importance of sustained intake of high-protein/ high-calorie meals and snacks.  Optimal nutrition enhances tissue regeneration and general feeling of well-being. Note: Patient often needs to increase caloric intake to meet calorie and protein needs for healing.
 Review medications, including purpose, dosage, route, and expected/reportable side effects.  Reiteration allows opportunity for patient to ask questions and be sure understanding is accurate.
Advise patient/SO of potential for exhaustion, boredom, emotional lability, adjustment problems. Provide information about possibility of discussion/interaction with appropriate professional counselors.  Provides perspective to some of the problems patient/SO may encounter, and aids awareness that assistance is available when necessary.
 Identify signs/symptoms requiring medical evaluation, e.g., inflammation, increase or changes in wound drainage, fever/chills; changes in pain characteristics or loss of mobility/function.  Early detection of developing complications (e.g., infection, delayed healing) may prevent progression to more serious/life-threatening situations.
Stress necessity/importance of follow-up care/
rehabilitation.
Long-term support with continual reevaluation and changes in therapy is required to achieve optimal recovery.
Provide phone number for contact person. Provides easy access to treatment team to reinforce teaching, clarify misconceptions, and reduce potential for complications.
Identify community resources, e.g., skin/wound care professionals, crisis centers, recovery groups, mental health, Red Cross, visiting nurse, Ambli-Cab, homemaker service. Facilitates transition to home, provides assistance with meeting individual needs, and supports independence.

Disturbed Body Image

May be related to

  • Situational crisis: traumatic event, dependent patient role; disfigurement, pain

Possibly evidenced by

  • Negative feelings about body/self, fear of rejection/reaction by others
  • Focus on past appearance, abilities; preoccupation with change/loss
  • Change in physical capacity to resume role; change in social involvement

Desired Outcomes

  • Incorporate changes into self-concept without negating self-esteem.
  • Verbalize acceptance of self in situation.
  • Talk with family/SO about situation, changes that have occurred.
  • Develop realistic goals/plans for the future.
Nursing Interventions Rationale
 Assess meaning of loss/change to patient/SO, including future expectations and impact of cultural/religious beliefs.  Traumatic episode results in sudden, unanticipated changes, creating feelings of grief over actual/perceived losses. This necessitates support to work through to optimal resolution.
 Acknowledge and accept expression of feelings of frustration, dependency, anger, grief, and hostility. Note withdrawn behavior and use of denial.  Acceptance of these feelings as a normal response to what has occurred facilitates resolution. It is not helpful or possible to push patient before ready to deal with situation. Denial may be prolonged and be an adaptive mechanism because patient is not ready to cope with personal problems.
 Set limits on maladaptive behavior (e.g., manipulative/ aggressive). Maintain nonjudgmental attitude while giving care, and help patient identify positive behaviors that will aid in recovery.  Patient and SO tend to deal with this crisis in the same way in which they have dealt with problems in the past. Staff may find it difficult and frustrating to handle behavior that is disrupting/not helpful to recuperation but should realize that the behavior is usually directed toward the situation and not the caregiver.
 Be realistic and positive during treatments, in health teaching, and in setting goals within limitations.  Enhances trust and rapport between patient and nurse.
 Encourage patient/SO to view wounds and assist with care as appropriate.  Promotes acceptance of reality of injury and of change in body and image of self as different.
 Provide hope within parameters of individual situation; do not give false reassurance.  Promotes positive attitude and provides opportunity to set goals and plan for future based on reality.
 Assist patient to identify extent of actual change in appearance/body function.  Helps begin process of looking to the future and how life will be different.
 Give positive reinforcement of progress and encourage endeavors toward attainment of rehabilitation goals.  Words of encouragement can support development of positive coping behaviors.
 Show slides or pictures of burn care/other patient outcomes, being selective in what is shown as appropriate to the individual situation. Encourage discussion of feelings about what patient has seen. Allows patient/SO to be realistic in expectations. Also assists in demonstration of importance of/necessity for certain devices and procedures.
 Encourage family interaction with each other and with rehabilitation team.  Maintains/opens lines of communication and provides ongoing support for patient and family.
 Provide support group for SO. Give information about how SO can be helpful to patient.  Promotes ventilation of feelings and allows for more helpful responses to patient.
Role-play social situations of concern to patient. Prepares patient/SO for reactions of others and anticipates ways to deal with them.
Refer to physical/occupational therapy, vocational counselor, and psychiatric counseling, e.g., clinical specialist psychiatric nurse, social services, psychologist, as needed. Helpful in identifying ways/devices to regain and maintain independence. Patient may need further assistance to resolve persistent emotional problems (e.g., posttrauma response).

Fear/Anxiety

May be related to

  • Situational crises: hospitalization/isolation procedures, interpersonal transmission and contagion, memory of the trauma experience, threat of death and/or disfigurement

Possibly evidenced by

  • Expressed concern regarding changes in life, fear of unspecific consequences
  • Apprehension; increased tension
  • Feelings of helplessness, uncertainty, decreased self-assurance
  • Sympathetic stimulation, extraneous movements, restlessness, insomnia

Desired Outcomes

  • Verbalize awareness of feelings and healthy ways to deal with them.
  • Report anxiety/fear reduced to manageable level.
  • Demonstrate problem-solving skills, effective use of resources.

 

Nursing Interventions Rationale
 Provide frequent explanations and information about care procedures. Repeat information as needed/desired.  Knowing what to expect usually reduces fear and anxiety, clarifies misconceptions, and promotes cooperation. Note: Because of the shock of the initial trauma, many people do not recall information provided during that time.
 Demonstrate willingness to listen and talk to patient when free of painful procedures.  Helps patient/SO know that support is available and that healthcare provider is interested in the person, not just care of the burn.
 Involve patient/SO in decision-making process whenever possible. Provide time for questioning and repetition of proposed treatments.  Promotes sense of control and cooperation, decreasing feelings of helplessness/hopelessness.
 Assess mental status, including mood/affect, comprehension of events, and content of thoughts, e.g., illusions or manifestations of terror/panic.  Initially, patient may use denial and repression to reduce and filter information that might be overwhelming. Some patients display calm manner and alert mental status, representing a dissociation from reality, which is also a protective mechanism.
 Investigate changes in mentation and presence of hypervigilance, hallucinations, sleep disturbances (e.g., nightmares), agitation/apathy, disorientation, and labile affect, all of which may vary from moment to moment.  Indicators of extreme anxiety/delirium state in which patient is literally fighting for life. Although cause can be psychologically based, pathological life-threatening causes (e.g., shock, sepsis, hypoxia) must be ruled out.
 Provide constant and consistent orientation.  Helps patient stay in touch with surroundings and reality.
 Encourage patient to talk about the burn circumstances when ready.  Patient may need to tell the story of what happened over and over to make some sense out of a terrifying situation. Adjustment to the impact of the trauma, grief over losses and disfigurement can easily lead to clinical depression, psychosis, and posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD).
 Explain to patient what happened. Provide opportunity for questions and give open/honest answers.  Compassionate statements reflecting the reality of the situation can help patient/SO acknowledge that reality and begin to deal with what has happened.
 Identify previous methods of coping/handling of stressful situations.  Past successful behavior can be used to assist in dealing with the present situation.
 Create a restful environment, use guided imagery and relaxation exercises.  Patients experience severe anxiety associated with burn trauma and treatment. These interventions are soothing and helpful for positive outcomes.
 Assist the family to express their feelings of grief and guilt.  The family may initially be most concerned about patient’s dying and/or feel guilty, believing that in some way they could have prevented the incident.
Be empathetic and nonjudgmental in dealing with patient and family. Family relationships are disrupted; financial, lifestyle/role changes make this a difficult time for those involved with patient, and they may react in many different ways.
Encourage family/SO to visit and discuss family happenings. Remind patient of past and future events. Maintains contact with a familiar reality, creating a sense of attachment and continuity of life.
Involve entire burn team in care from admission to discharge, including social worker and psychiatric resources. Provides a wider support system and promotes continuity of care and coordination of activities.

Impaired Skin Integrity

May be related to

  • Disruption of skin surface with destruction of skin layers (partial-/full-thickness burn) requiring grafting

Possibly evidenced by

  • Absence of viable tissue

Desired Outcomes

  • Wound Healing: Secondary Intention (NOC)
  • Demonstrate tissue regeneration.
  • Achieve timely healing of burned areas.
Nursing Interventions Rationale
 Assess/document size, color, depth of wound, noting necrotic tissue and condition of surrounding skin.  Provides baseline information about need for skin grafting and possible clues about circulation in area to support graft.
 Provide appropriate burn care and infection control measures.  Prepares tissues for grafting and reduces risk of infection/graft failure.
Maintain wound covering as indicated, e.g.:Biosynthetic dressing (Biobrane); 

 

 

 

 

Synthetic dressings, e.g., DuoDerm;

 

 

 

 

Opsite, Acu-Derm.

Nylon fabric/silicon membrane containing collagenous porcine peptides that adheres to wound surface until removed or sloughed off by spontaneous skin re-epithelialization. Useful for eschar-free partial-thickness burns awaiting autografts because it can remain in place 2–3 wk or longer and is permeable to topical antimicrobial agents.
Hydroactive dressing that adheres to the skin to cover small partial-thickness burns and that interacts with wound exudate to form a soft gel that facilitates debridement.
Thin, transparent, elastic, waterproof, occlusive dressing (permeable to moisture and air) that is used to cover clean partial-thickness wounds and clean donor sites.
Reduces swelling/limits risk of graft separation.
 Elevate grafted area if possible/appropriate. Maintain desired position and immobility of area when indicated.  Movement of tissue under graft can dislodge it, interfering with optimal healing.
 Maintain dressings over newly grafted area and/or donor site as indicated, e.g., mesh, petroleum, nonadhesive.  Areas may be covered by translucent, nonreactive surface material (between graft and outer dressing) to eliminate shearing of new epithelium/protect healing tissue. The donor site is usually covered for 4–24 hr, then bulky dressings are removed and fine mesh gauze is left in place.
 Keep skin free from pressure  Promotes circulation and prevents ischemia/necrosis and graft failure.
 Evaluate color of grafted and donor site(s); note presence/absence of healing.  Evaluates effectiveness of circulation and identifies developing complications.
 Wash sites with mild soap, rinse, and lubricate with cream (e.g., Nivea) several times daily after dressings are removed and healing is accomplished.  Newly grafted skin and healed donor sites require special care to maintain flexibility.
 Aspirate blebs under sheet grafts with sterile needle or roll with sterile swab.  Fluid-filled blebs prevent graft adherence to underlying tissue, increasing risk of graft failure.
Prepare for/assist with surgical grafting or biological dressings, e.g.:Homograft (allograft);Heterograft (xenograft, porcine); 

 

 

Cultured epithelial autograft (CEA);

 

 

Artificial skin (Integra).

Skin grafts obtained from living persons or cadavers are used as a temporary covering for extensive burns until person’s own skin is ready for grafting (test graft), to cover excised wounds immediately after escharotomy, or to protect granulation tissue.Skin grafts may be carried out with animal skin for the same purposes as homografts or to cover meshed autografts.
Skin graft obtained from uninjured part of patient’s own skin and prepared in a laboratory; may be full-thickness or partial-thickness. Note: This process takes 20–30 days from harvest to application. The new CEA sheets are 1–6 cell layers thick and thus are very fragile.
Wound covering approved by the Food and Drug Administration (FDA) for full-thickness and deep partial-thickness burns. It provides a permanent, immediate covering that reproduces the skin’s normal functions and stimulates the regeneration of dermal tissue.

Imbalanced Nutrition

May be related to

  • Hypermetabolic state (can be as much as 50%–60% higher than normal proportional to the severity of injury)
  • Protein catabolism
  • Anorexia, restricted oral intake

Possibly evidenced by

  • Decrease in total body weight, loss of muscle mass/subcutaneous fat, and development of negative nitrogen balance

Desired Outcomes

  • Demonstrate nutritional intake adequate to meet metabolic needs as evidenced by stable weight/muscle-mass measurements, positive nitrogen balance, and tissue regeneration.

 

Nursing Interventions Rationale
 Auscultate bowel sounds, noting hypoactive/absent sounds.  Ileus is often associated with postburn period but usually subsides within 36–48 hr, at which time oral feedings can be initiated.
 Maintain strict calorie count. Weigh daily. Reassess percentage of open body surface area/wounds weekly.  Appropriate guides to proper caloric intake include 25 kcal/kg body weight, plus 40 kcal per percentage of TBSA burn in the adult. As burn wound heals, percentage of burned areas is reevaluated to calculate prescribed dietary formulas, and appropriate adjustments are made.
 Monitor muscle mass/subcutaneous fat as indicated.  Indirect calorimetry, if available, may be useful in more accurately estimating body reserves/losses and effectiveness of therapy.
 Provide small, frequent meals and snacks.  Helps prevent gastric distension/discomfort and may enhance intake.
 Encourage patient to view diet as a treatment and to make food/beverage choices high in calories/protein.  Calories and proteins are needed to maintain weight, meet metabolic needs, and promote wound healing.
 Ascertain food likes/dislikes. Encourage SO to bring food from home, as appropriate.  Provides patient/SO sense of control; enhances participation in care and may improve intake.
 Encourage patient to sit up for meals and visit with others.  Sitting helps prevent aspiration and aids in proper digestion of food. Socialization promotes relaxation and may enhance intake.
 Provide oral hygiene before meals.  Clean mouth/clear palate enhances taste and helps promote a good appetite.
 Perform fingerstick glucose, urine testing as indicated.  Monitors for development of hyperglycemia related to hormonal changes/demands or use of hyperalimentation to meet caloric needs.
 Refer to dietitian/nutritional support team.  Useful in establishing individual nutritional needs (based on weight and body surface area of injury) and identifying appropriate routes.
 Provide diet high in calories/protein with trace elements and vitamin supplements.  Calories (3000–5000/day), proteins, and vitamins are needed to meet increased metabolic needs, maintain weight, and encourage tissue regeneration. Note: Oral route is preferable once GI function returns.
Insert/maintain small feeding tube for enteral feedings and supplements if needed. Provides continuous/supplemental feedings when patient is unable to consume total daily calorie requirements orally. Note: Continuous tube feeding during the night increases calorie intake without decreasing appetite and oral intake during the day.
Administer parenteral nutritional solutions containing vitamins and minerals, as indicated. Total parenteral nutrition (TPN) maintains nutritional intake/meets metabolic needs in presence of severe complications or sustained esophageal/gastric injuries that do not permit enteral feedings.
Monitor laboratory studies, e.g., serum albumin/
prealbumin, Cr, transferrin; urine urea nitrogen.
Indicators of nutritional needs and adequacy of diet/therapy.
Administer insulin as indicated. Elevated serum glucose levels may develop because of stress response to injury, high caloric intake, pancreatic fatigue.

Ineffective Tissue Perfusion

Risk factors may include

  • Reduction/interruption of arterial/venous blood flow, e.g., circumferential burns of extremities with resultant edema
  • Hypovolemia

Desired Outcomes

  • Maintain palpable peripheral p
Nursing Interventions Rationale
 Assess color, sensation, movement, peripheral pulses (via Doppler), and capillary refill on extremities with circumferential burns. Compare with findings of unaffected limb.  Edema formation can readily compress blood vessels, thereby impeding circulation and increasing venous stasis/edema. Comparisons with unaffected limbs aid in differentiating localized versus systemic problems (e.g., hypovolemia/decreased cardiac output).
 Elevate affected extremities, as appropriate. Remove jewelry/arm band. Avoid taping around a burned extremity/digit.  Promotes systemic circulation/venous return and may reduce edema or other deleterious effects of constriction of edematous tissues. Prolonged elevation can impair arterial perfusion if blood pressure (BP) falls or tissue pressures rise excessively.
 Obtain BP in unburned extremity when possible. Remove BP cuff after each reading, as indicated.  If BP readings must be obtained on an injured extremity, leaving the cuff in place may increase edema formation/reduce perfusion, and convert partial-thickness burn to a more serious injury.
 Investigate reports of deep/throbbing ache, numbness.  Indicators of decreased perfusion and/or increased pressure within enclosed space, such as may occur with a circumferential burn of an extremity (compartmental syndrome).
 Encourage active ROM exercises of unaffected body parts.  Promotes local and systemic circulation.
 Investigate irregular pulses  Cardiac dysrhythmias can occur as a result of electrolyte shifts, electrical injury, or release of myocardial depressant factor, compromising cardiac output/tissue perfusion.
 Maintain fluid replacement per protocol.  Maximizes circulating volume and tissue perfusion.
 Monitor electrolytes, especially sodium, potassium, and calcium. Administer replacement therapy as indicated.  Losses/shifts of these electrolytes affect cellular membrane potential/excitability, thereby altering myocardial conductivity, potentiating risk of dysrhythmias, and reducing cardiac output and tissue perfusion.
 Avoid use of IM/SC injections.  Altered tissue perfusion and edema formation impair drug absorption. Injections into potential donor sites may render them unusable because of hematoma formation.
 Measure intracompartmental pressures as indicated.  Ischemic myositis may develop because of decreased perfusion.
 Assist with/prepare for escharotomy/fasciotomy, as indicated.  Enhances circulation by relieving constriction caused by rigid, nonviable tissue (eschar) or edema formation.

Acute Pain

May be related to

  • Destruction of skin/tissues; edema formation
  • Manipulation of injured tissues, e.g., wound debridement

Possibly evidenced by

  • Reports of pain
  • Narrowed focus, facial mask of pain
  • Alteration in muscle tone; autonomic responses
  • Distraction/guarding behaviors; anxiety/fear, restlessness

Desired Outcomes

  • Report pain reduced/controlled.
  • Display relaxed facial expressions/body posture.
  • Participate in activities and sleep/rest appropriately.
Nursing Interventions Rationale
 Cover wounds as soon as possible unless open-air exposure burn care method required.  Temperature changes and air movement can cause great pain to exposed nerve endings.
 Elevate burned extremities periodically.  Elevation may be required initially to reduce edema formation; thereafter, changes in position and elevation reduce discomfort and risk of joint contractures.
 Provide bed cradle as indicated.  Elevation of linens off wounds may help reduce pain.
 Wrap digits/extremities in position of function (avoiding flexed position of affected joints) using splints and footboards as necessary.  Position of function reduces deformities/contractures and promotes comfort. Although flexed position of injured joints may feel more comfortable, it can lead to flexion contractures.
 Change position frequently and assist with active and passive ROM as indicated.  Movement and exercise reduce joint stiffness and muscle fatigue, but type of exercise depends on location and extent of injury.
 Maintain comfortable environmental temperature, provide heat lamps, heat-retaining body coverings.  Temperature regulation may be lost with major burns. External heat sources may be necessary to prevent chilling.
 Assess reports of pain, noting location/character and intensity (0–10 scale).  Pain is nearly always present to some degree because of varying severity of tissue involvement/destruction but is usually most severe during dressing changes and debridement. Changes in location, character, intensity of pain may indicate developing complications (e.g., limb ischemia) or herald improvement/return of nerve function/sensation.
 Provide medication and/or place in hydrotherapy (as appropriate) before performing dressing changes and debridement.  Reduces severe physical and emotional distress associated with dressing changes and debridement.
 Encourage expression of feelings about pain.  Verbalization allows outlet for emotions and may enhance coping mechanisms.
 Involve patient in determining schedule for activities, treatments, drug administration.  Enhances patient’s sense of control and strengthens coping mechanisms.
 Explain procedures/provide frequent information as appropriate, especially during wound debridement.  Empathic support can help alleviate pain/promote relaxation. Knowing what to expect provides opportunity for patient to prepare self and enhances sense of control.
Provide basic comfort measures, e.g., massage of uninjured areas, frequent position changes. Promotes relaxation; reduces muscle tension and general fatigue.
Encourage use of stress management techniques, e.g., progressive relaxation, deep breathing, guided imagery, and visualization. Refocuses attention, promotes relaxation, and enhances sense of control, which may reduce pharmacological dependency.
Provide diversional activities appropriate for age/condition. Helps lessen concentration on pain experience and refocus attention.
Promote uninterrupted sleep periods. Sleep deprivation can increase perception of pain/reduce coping abilities.
Administer analgesics (narcotic and nonnarcotic) as indicated, e.g., morphine; fentanyl (Sublimaze, Ultiva); hydrocodone (Vicodin, Hycodan); oxycodone(OxyContin, Percocet). The burned patient may require around-the-clock medication and dose titration. IV method is often used initially to maximize drug effect. Concerns of patient addiction or doubts regarding degree of pain experienced are not valid during emergent/acute phase of care, but narcotics should be decreased as soon as feasible and alternative methods for pain relief initiated.

Risk for Infection

Risk factors may include

  • Inadequate primary defenses: destruction of skin barrier, traumatized tissues
  • Inadequate secondary defenses: decreased Hb, suppressed inflammatory response
  • Environmental exposure, invasive procedures

Desired Outcomes

  • Achieve timely wound healing free of purulent exudate and be afebrile.

 

Nursing Interventions Rationale
 Implement appropriate isolation techniques as indicated  Dependent on type/extent of wounds and the choice of wound treatment (e.g., open versus closed), isolation may range from simple wound/skin to complete or reverse to reduce risk of cross-contamination and exposure to multiple bacterial flora.
 Emphasize/model good handwashing technique for all individuals coming in contact with patient.  Prevents cross-contamination; reduces risk of acquired infection.
 Use gowns, gloves, masks, and strict aseptic technique during direct wound care and provide sterile or freshly laundered bed linens/gowns.  Prevents exposure to infectious organisms.
 Monitor/limit visitors, if necessary. If isolation is used, explain procedure to visitors. Supervise visitor adherence to protocol as indicated.  Prevents cross-contamination from visitors. Concern for risk of infection should be balanced against patient’s need for family support and socialization.
 Shave/clip all hair from around burned areas to include a1-in border (excluding eyebrows). Shave facial hair (men) and shampoo head daily.  Opportunistic infections (e.g., yeast) frequently occur because of depression of the immune system and/or proliferation of normal body flora during systemic antibiotic therapy.
 Examine unburned areas (such as groin, neck creases, mucous membranes) and vaginal discharge routinely.  Eyes may be swollen shut and/or become infected by drainage from surrounding burns. If lids are burned, eye covers may be needed to prevent corneal damage.
 Provide special care for eyes, e.g., use eye covers and tear formulas as appropriate.  Prevents adherence to surface it may be touching and encourages proper healing.Note: Ear cartilage has limited circulation and is prone to pressure necrosis.
 Prevent skin-to-skin surface contact (e.g., wrap each burned finger/toe separately; do not allow burned ear to touch scalp).  Identifies presence of healing (granulation tissue) and provides for early detection of burn-wound infection. Infection in a partial-thickness burn may cause conversion of burn to full-thickness injury. Note: A strong sweet, musty smell at a graft site is indicative of Pseudomonas.
 Examine wounds daily, note/document changes in appearance, odor, or quantity of drainage.  Indicators of sepsis (often occurs with full-thickness burn) requiring prompt evaluation and intervention. Note: Changes in sensorium, bowel habits, and respiratory rate usually precede fever and alteration of laboratory studies.
 Monitor vital signs for fever, increased respiratory rate/depth in association with changes in sensorium, presence of diarrhea, decreased platelet count, and hyperglycemia with glycosuria.  Water softens and aids in removal of dressings and eschar (slough layer of dead skin or tissue). Sources vary as to whether bath or shower is best. Bath has advantage of water providing support for exercising extremities but may promote cross-contamination of wounds. Showering enhances wound inspection and prevents contamination from floating debris.
 Remove dressings and cleanse burned areas in a hydrotherapy/whirlpool tub or in a shower stall with handheld shower head. Maintain temperature of water at100°F (37.8°C). Wash areas with a mild cleansing agent or surgical soap.  Early excision is known to reduce scarring and risk of infection, thereby facilitating healing.
Debride necrotic/loose tissue (including ruptured blisters) with scissors and forceps. Do not disturb intact blisters if they are smaller than 1–2 cm, do not interfere with joint function, and do not appear infected. Promotes healing. Prevents autocontamination. Small, intact blisters help protect skin and increase rate of re-epithelialization unless the burn injury is the result of chemicals (in which case fluid contained in blisters may continue to cause tissue destruction).
Photograph wound initially and at periodic intervals. Provides baseline and documentation of healing process.
Administer topical agents as indicated, e.g.:Silver sulfadiazine (Silvadene);

 

 

 

Mafenide acetate (Sulfamylon);

 

 

 

 

 

Silver nitrate;

 

 

 

 

 

Bacitracin;

 

 

Povidone-iodine (Betadine);

 

 

 

Hydrogels, e.g., Transorb, Burnfree.

The following agents help control bacterial growth and prevent drying of wound, which can cause further tissue destruction.
Broad-spectrum antimicrobial that is relatively painless but has intermediate, somewhat delayed eschar penetration. May cause rash or depression of WBCs.
Antibiotic of choice with confirmed invasive burn-wound infection. Useful against Gram-negative/Gram-positive organisms. Causes burning/pain on application and for 30 min thereafter. Can cause rash, metabolic acidosis, and decreased Paco2.
Effective against Staphylococcus aureus, Escherichia coli, and Pseudomonas aeruginosa, but has poor eschar penetration, is painful, and may cause electrolyte imbalance. Dressings must be constantly saturated. Product stains skin/surfaces black.
Effective against Gram-positive organisms and is generally used for superficial and facial burns.
Broad-spectrum antimicrobial, but is painful on application, may cause metabolic acidosis/increased iodine absorption, and damage fragile tissues.
Useful for partial- and full-thickness burns; filling dead spaces, rehydrating dry wound beds, and promoting autolytic debridement. May be used when infection is present.Systemic antibiotics are given to control general infections identified by culture/sensitivity. Subeschar clysis has been found effective against pathogens in granulated tissues at the line of demarcation between viable/nonviable tissue, reducing risk of sepsis.
Administer other medications as appropriate, e.g.;Subeschar clysis/systemic antibiotics; 

 

 

Tetanus toxoid or clostridial antitoxin, as appropriate.

Tissue destruction/altered defense mechanisms increase risk of developing tetanus or gas gangrene, especially in deep burns such as those caused by electricity.
Place IV/invasive lines in nonburned area. Decreased risk of infection at insertion site with possibility of progression to septicemia.
Obtain routine cultures and sensitivities of wounds/drainage. Allows early recognition and specific treatment of wound infection.

Risk for Deficient Fluid Volume

Risk factors may include

  • Loss of fluid through abnormal routes, e.g., burn wounds
  • Increased need: hypermetabolic state, insufficient intake
  • Hemorrhagic losses

Desired Outcomes

  • Demonstrate improved fluid balance as evidenced by individually adequate urinary output with normal specific gravity, stable vital signs, moist mucous membranes.
Nursing Interventions Rationale
 Monitor vital signs, central venous pressure (CVP). Note capillary refill and strength of peripheral pulses.  Serves as a guide to fluid replacement needs and assesses cardiovascular response. Note: Invasive monitoring is indicated for patients with major burns, smoke inhalation, or preexisting cardiac disease, although there is an associated increased risk of infection, necessitating careful monitoring and care of insertion site.
Monitor urinary output and specific gravity. Observe urine color and Hematest as indicated.  Generally, fluid replacement should be titrated to ensure average urinary output of 30–50 mL/hr (in the adult). Urine can appear red to black (with massive muscle destruction) because of presence of blood and release of myoglobin. If gross myoglobinuria is present, minimum urinary output should be 75–100 mL/hr to reduce risk of tubular damage and renal failure.
 Estimate wound drainage and insensible losses.  Increased capillary permeability, protein shifts, inflammatory process, and evaporative losses greatly affect circulating volume and urinary output, especially during initial 24–72 hr after burn injury.
 Maintain cumulative record of amount and types of fluid intake.  Massive/rapid replacement with different types of fluids and fluctuations in rate of administration require close tabulation to prevent constituent imbalances or fluid overload.
 Weigh daily.  Fluid replacement formulas partly depend on admission weight and subsequent changes. A 15%–20% weight gain can be anticipated in the first 72 hr during fluid replacement, with return to preburn weight approximately 10 days after burn.
 Measure circumference of burned extremities as indicated.  May be helpful in estimating extent of edema/fluid shifts affecting circulating volume and urinary output.
 Investigate changes in mentation.  Deterioration in the level of consciousness may indicate inadequate circulating volume/reduced cerebral perfusion.
 Observe for gastric distension, hematemesis, tarry stools. Hematest nasogastric (NG) drainage and stools periodically.  Stress (Curling’s) ulcer occurs in up to half of all severely burned patients and can occur as early as the first week. Patients with burns more than 20% TBSA are at risk for mucosal bleeding in the gastrointestinal (GI) tract during the acute phase because of decreased splanchnic blood flow and reflex paralytic ileus.
 Insert/maintain indwelling urinary catheter.  Allows for close observation of renal function and prevents urinary retention. Retention of urine with its by-products of tissue-cell destruction can lead to renal dysfunction and infection.
 Insert/maintain large-bore IV catheter(s).  Accommodates rapid infusion of fluids.
 Administer calculated IV replacement of fluids, electrolytes, plasma, albumin.  Fluid resuscitation replaces lost fluids/electrolytes and helps prevent complications, e.g., shock, acute tubular necrosis (ATN). Replacement formulas vary (e.g., Brooke, Evans, Parkland) but are based on extent of injury, amount of urinary output, and weight. Note: Once initial fluid resuscitation has been accomplished, a steady rate of fluid administration is preferred to boluses, which may increase interstitial fluid shifts and cardiopulmonary congestion.
Monitor laboratory studies (e.g., Hb/Hct, electrolytes, random urine sodium). Identifies blood loss/RBC destruction and fluid and electrolyte replacement needs. Urine sodium less than 10 mEq/L suggests inadequate fluid resuscitation. Note: During first 24 hr after burn, hemoconcentration is common because of fluid shifts into the interstitial space.
Administer medications as indicated:Diuretics, e.g., mannitol (Osmitrol);Potassium;

 

 

Antacids, e.g., calcium carbonate (Titralac), magaldrate (Riopan); histamine inhibitors, e.g., cimetidine (Tagamet)/ranitidine (Zantac).

May be indicated to enhance urinary output and clear tubules of debris/prevent necrosis if acute renal failure (ARF) is present.Although hyperkalemia often occurs during first 24–48 hr (tissue destruction), subsequent replacement may be necessary because of large urinary losses.
Antacids may reduce gastric acidity; histamine inhibitors decrease production of hydrochloric acid to reduce risk of gastric irritation/bleeding.
 Add electrolytes to water used for wound debridement, as indicated.  Washing solution that approximates tissue fluids may minimize osmotic fluid shifts.

Risk for Ineffective Airway Clearance

Risk factors may include

  • Tracheobronchial obstruction: mucosal edema and loss of ciliary action (smoke inhalation); circumferential full-thickness burns of the neck, thorax, and chest, with compression of the airway or limited chest excursion
  • Trauma: direct upper-airway injury by flame, steam, hot air, and chemicals/gases
  • Fluid shifts, pulmonary edema, decreased lung compliance

Desired Outcomes

  • Demonstrate clear breath sounds, respiratory rate within normal range, be free of dyspnea/cyanosis.
Nursing Interventions Rationale
 Obtain history of injury. Note presence of preexisting respiratory conditions, history of smoking.  Causative burning agent, duration of exposure, and occurrence in closed or open space predict probability of inhalation injury. Type of material burned (wood, plastic, wool, and so forth) suggests type of toxic gas exposure. Preexisting conditions increase the risk of respiratory complications.
 Assess gag/swallow reflexes; note drooling, inability to swallow, hoarseness, wheezy cough.  Suggestive of inhalation injury.
 Monitor respiratory rate, rhythm, depth; note presence of pallor/cyanosis and carbonaceous or pink-tinged sputum.  Tachypnea, use of accessory muscles, presence of cyanosis, and changes in sputum suggest developing respiratory distress/pulmonary edema and need for medical intervention.
 Auscultate lungs, noting stridor, wheezing/crackles, diminished breath sounds, brassy cough.  Airway obstruction/respiratory distress can occur very quickly or may be delayed, e.g., up to 48 hr after burn.
 Note presence of pallor or cherry-red color of unburned skin.  Suggests presence of hypoxemia or carbon monoxide.
 Investigate changes in behavior/mentation, e.g., restlessness, agitation, confusion.  Although often related to pain, changes in consciousness may reflect developing/worsening hypoxia.
 Monitor 24-hr fluid balance, noting variations/changes.  Fluid shifts or excess fluid replacement increases risk of pulmonary edema. Note:Inhalation injury increases fluid demands as much as 35% or more because of obligatory edema.
 Elevate head of bed. Avoid use of pillow under head, as indicated.  Promotes optimal lung expansion/respiratory function. When head/neck burns are present, a pillow can inhibit respiration, cause necrosis of burned ear cartilage, and promote neck contractures.
 Encourage coughing/deep-breathing exercises and frequent position changes.  Promotes lung expansion, mobilization and drainage of secretions.
 Suction (if necessary) with extreme care, maintaining sterile technique.  Helps maintain clear airway, but should be done cautiously because of mucosal edema and inflammation. Sterile technique reduces risk of infection.
 Promote voice rest, but assess ability to speak and/or swallow oral secretions periodically.  Increasing hoarseness/decreased ability to swallow suggests increasing tracheal edema and may indicate need for prompt intubation.
Administer humidified oxygen via appropriate mode, e.g., face mask. O2 corrects hypoxemia/acidosis. Humidity decreases drying of respiratory tract and reduces viscosity of sputum.
Monitor/graph serial ABGs or pulse oximetry. Baseline is essential for further assessment of respiratory status and as a guide to treatment. Pao2 less than 50, Paco2 greater than 50, and decreasing pH reflect smoke inhalation and developing pneumonia/ARDS.
Review serial chest x-rays. Changes reflecting atelectasis/pulmonary edema may not occur for 2–3 days after burn
Provide/assist with chest physiotherapy and incentive spirometry. Chest physiotherapy drains dependent areas of the lung, and incentive spirometry may be done to improve lung expansion, thereby promoting respiratory function and reducing atelectasis.
Prepare for/assist with intubation or tracheostomy, as indicated Intubation/mechanical support is required when airway edema or circumferential burn injury interferes with respiratory function/oxygenation.

The post 11 Burn Injury Nursing Care Plans appeared first on Nurseslabs.

6 Diabetes Mellitus Nursing Care Plans

$
0
0

Definition

Diabetes is a chronic disease, which occurs when the pancreas does not produce enough insulin, or when the body cannot effectively use the insulin it produces. This leads to an increased concentration of glucose in the blood (hyperglycaemia).

Types

  • Type 1 diabetes (previously known as insulin-dependent or childhood-onset diabetes) is characterized by a lack of insulin production.
  • Type 2 diabetes (formerly called non-insulin-dependent or adult-onset diabetes) is caused by the body’s ineffective use of insulin. It often results from excess body weight and physical inactivity.
  • Gestational diabetes is hyperglycaemia that is first recognized during pregnancy.

Statistics

Diabetes affects 18% of people over the age of 65, and approximately 625,000 new cases of diabetes are diagnosed annually in the general population. Conditions or situations known to exacerbate glucose/insulin imbalance include (1) previously undiagnosed or newly diagnosed type 1 diabetes; (2) food intake in excess of available insulin; (3) adolescence and puberty; (4) exercise in uncontrolled diabetes; and (5) stress associated with illness, infection, trauma, or emotional distress. Type 1 diabetes can be complicated by instability and diabetic ketoacidosis (DKA). DKA is a life-threatening emergency caused by a relative or absolute deficiency of insulin.

Nursing Priorities

  1. Restore fluid/electrolyte and acid-base balance.
  2. Correct/reverse metabolic abnormalities.
  3. Identify/assist with management of underlying cause/disease process.
  4. Prevent complications.
  5. Provide information about disease process/prognosis, self-care, and treatment needs.

Discharge Goals

  1. Homeostasis achieved.
  2. Causative/precipitating factors corrected/controlled.
  3. Complications prevented/minimized.
  4. Disease process/prognosis, self-care needs, and therapeutic regimen understood.
  5. Plan in place to meet needs after discharge.

Diagnostic Studies

  • Serum glucose: Increased 200–1000 mg/dL or more.
  • Serum acetone (ketones): Strongly positive.
  • Fatty acids: Lipids, triglycerides, and cholesterol level elevated.
  • Serum osmolality: Elevated but usually less than 330 mOsm/L.
  • Glucagon: Elevated level is associated with conditions that produce (1) actual hypoglycemia, (2) relative lack of glucose (e.g., trauma, infection), or (3) lack of insulin. Therefore, glucagon may be elevated with severe DKA despite hyperglycemia.
  • Glycosylated hemoglobin (HbA1C): Evaluates glucose control during past 8–12 wk with the previous 2 wk most heavily weighted. Useful in differentiating inadequate control versus incident-related DKA (e.g., current upper respiratory infection [URI]). A result greater than 8% represents an average blood glucose of 200 mg/dL and signals a need for changes in treatment.
  • Serum insulin: May be decreased/absent (type 1) or normal to high (type 2), indicating insulin insufficiency/improper utilization (endogenous/exogenous). Insulin resistance may develop secondary to formation of antibodies.
  • Electrolytes:
  • Sodium: May be normal, elevated, or decreased.
  • Potassium: Normal or falsely elevated (cellular shifts), then markedly decreased.
  • Phosphorus: Frequently decreased.
  • Arterial blood gases (ABGs): Usually reflects low pH and decreased HCO3 (metabolic acidosis) with compensatory respiratory alkalosis.
  • CBC: Hct may be elevated (dehydration); leukocytosis suggest hemoconcentration, response to stress or infection.
  • BUN: May be normal or elevated (dehydration/decreased renal perfusion).
  • Serum amylase: May be elevated, indicating acute pancreatitis as cause of DKA.
  • Thyroid function tests: Increased thyroid activity can increase blood glucose and insulin needs.
  • Urine: Positive for glucose and ketones; specific gravity and osmolality may be elevated.
  • Cultures and sensitivities: Possible UTI, respiratory or wound infections.

Nursing Care Plans

This post contains 6 diabetes mellitus Nursing Care Plan (NCP)

Risk for Infection

Nursing Diagnosis:  Risk for Infection

Risk factors may include:

  • High glucose levels, decreased leukocyte function, alterations in circulation
  • Preexisting respiratory infection, or UTI

Desired Outcomes:

  • Identify interventions to prevent/reduce risk of infection.
  • Demonstrate techniques, lifestyle changes to prevent development of infection.
Nursing Interventions Rationale
Observe for signs of infection and inflammation, e.g., fever, flushed appearance, wound drainage, purulent sputum, cloudy urine.  Patient may be admitted with infection, which could have precipitated the ketoacidotic state, or may develop a nosocomial infection.
Promote good handwashing by staff and patient.  Reduces risk of cross-contamination.
Maintain aseptic technique for IV insertion procedure, administration of medications, and providing maintenance/site care. Rotate IV sites as indicated. High glucose in the blood creates an excellent medium for bacterial growth.
 Provide catheter/perineal care. Teach the female patient to clean from front to back after elimination Minimizes risk of UTI. Comatose patient may be at particular risk if urinary retention occurred before hospitalization. Note: Elderly female diabetic patients are especially prone to urinary tract/vaginal yeast infections.
 Provide conscientious skin care; gently massage bony areas. Keep the skin dry, linens dry and wrinkle-free. Peripheral circulation may be impaired, placing patient at increased risk for skin irritation/breakdown and infection.
 Auscultate breath sounds. Rhonchi indicate accumulation of secretions possibly related to pneumonia/bronchitis (may have precipitated the DKA). Pulmonary congestion/edema (crackles) may result from rapid fluid replacement/HF.
 Place in semi-Fowler’s position. Facilitates lung expansion; reduces risk of aspiration.
 Reposition and encourage coughing/deep breathing if patient is alert and cooperative. Otherwise, suction airway, using sterile technique, as needed.  Aids in ventilating all lung areas and mobilizing secretions. Prevents stasis of secretions with increased risk of infection.
Provide tissues and trash bag in a convenient location for sputum and other secretions. Instruct patient in proper handling of secretions.  Minimizes spread of infection.
 Encourage/assist with oral hygiene.  Reduces risk of oral/gum disease.
Encourage adequate dietary and fluid intake (approximately3000 mL/day if not contraindicated by cardiac or renal dysfunction), including 8 oz of cranberry juice per day as appropriate.  Decreases susceptibility to infection. Increased urinary flow prevents stasis and aids in maintaining urine pH/acidity, reducing bacteria growth and flushing organisms out of system. Note: Use of cranberry juice can help prevent bacteria from adhering to the bladder wall, reducing the risk of recurrent UTI.
Administer antibiotics as appropriate. Early treatment may help prevent sepsis.

Risk for Disturbed Sensory Perception

Nursing Diagnosis: Sensory Perception, risk for disturbed (specify)

Risk factors may include

  • Endogenous chemical alteration: glucose/insulin and/or electrolyte imbalance

Desired Outcomes

  • Maintain usual level of mentation.
  • Recognize and compensate for existing sensory impairments.
Nursing Interventions Rationale
 Monitor vital signs and mental status.  Provides a baseline from which to compare abnormal findings, e.g., fever may affect mentation.
Address patient by name; reorient as needed to place, person, and time. Give short explanations, speaking slowly and enunciating clearly.  Decreases confusion and helps maintain contact with reality.
 Schedule nursing time to provide for uninterrupted rest periods.  Promotes restful sleep, reduces fatigue, and may improve cognition.
Keep patient’s routine as consistent as possible. Encourage participation in activities of daily living (ADLs) as able.  Helps keep patient in touch with reality and maintain orientation to the environment.
 Protect patient from injury (avoid/limit use of restraints as able) when level of consciousness is impaired. Place bed in low position. Pad bed rails and provide soft airway if patient is prone to seizures.  Disoriented patient is prone to injury, especially at night, and precautions need to be taken as indicated. Seizure precautions need to be taken as appropriate to prevent physical injury, aspiration.
 Evaluate visual acuity as indicated.  Retinal edema/detachment, hemorrhage, presence of cataracts or temporary paralysis of extraocular muscles may impair vision, requiring corrective therapy and/or supportive care.
 Investigate reports of hyperesthesia, pain, or sensory loss in the feet/legs. Look for ulcers, reddened areas, pressure points, loss of pedal pulses.  Peripheral neuropathies may result in severe discomfort, lack of/distortion of tactile sensation, potentiating risk of dermal injury and impaired balance.
 Provide bed cradle. Keep hands/feet warm, avoiding exposure to cool drafts/hot water or use of heating pad.  Reduces discomfort and potential for dermal injury.
 Assist with ambulation/position changes.  Promotes patient safety, especially when sense of balance is affected.
 Monitor laboratory values, e.g., blood glucose, serum osmolality, Hb/Hct, BUN/Cr.  Imbalances can impair mentation. Note: If fluid is replaced too quickly, excess water may enter brain cells and cause alteration in the level of consciousness (water intoxication).
 Carry out prescribed regimen for correcting DKA as indicated.  Alteration in thought processes/potential for seizure activity is usually alleviated once hyperosmolar state is corrected.

Powerlessness

Nursing Diagnosis: Powerlessness

May be related to

  • Long-term/progressive illness that is not curable
  • Dependence on others

Possibly evidenced by

  • Reluctance to express true feelings; expressions of having no control/influence over situation
  • Apathy, withdrawal, anger
  • Does not monitor progress, nonparticipation in care/decision making
  • Depression over physical deterioration/complications despite patient cooperation with regimen

Desired Outcomes: 

  • Acknowledge feelings of helplessness.
  • Identify healthy ways to deal with feelings.
  • Assist in planning own care and independently take responsibility for self-care activities.
Nursing Interventions Rationale
 Encourage patient/SO to express feelings about hospitalization and disease in general. Identifies concerns and facilitates problem solving.
Acknowledge normality of feelings.  Recognition that reactions are normal can help patient problem-solve and seek help as needed. Diabetic control is a full-time job that serves as a constant reminder of both presence of disease and threat to patient’s health/life.
 Assess how patient has handled problems in the past. Identify locus of control.  Knowledge of individual’s style helps determine needs for treatment goals. Patient whose locus of control is internal usually looks at ways to gain control over own treatment program. Patient who operates with an external locus of control wants to be cared for by others and may project blame for circumstances onto external factors.
 Provide opportunity for SO to express concerns and discuss ways in which he or she can be helpful to patient.  Enhances sense of being involved and gives SO a chance to problem-solve solutions to help patient prevent recurrence.
 Ascertain expectations/goals of patient and SO.  Unrealistic expectations/pressure from others or self may result in feelings of frustration/loss of control and may impair coping abilities.
 Determine whether a change in relationship with SO has occurred.  Constant energy and thought required for diabetic control often shifts the focus of a relationship. Development of psychological concerns/visceral neuropathies affecting self-concept (especially sexual role function) may add further stress.
 Encourage patient to make decisions related to care, e.g., ambulation, time for activities, and so forth.  Communicates to patient that some control can be exercised over care.
 Support participation in self-care and give positive feedback for efforts.  Promotes feeling of control over situation.

Imbalanced Nutrition Less Than Body Requirements

Nursing Diagnosis: Imbalanced Nutrition Less Than Body Requirements

May be related to:

  • Insulin deficiency (decreased uptake and utilization of glucose by the tissues, resulting in increased protein/fat metabolism)
  • Decreased oral intake: anorexia, nausea, gastric fullness, abdominal pain; altered consciousness
  • Hypermetabolic state: release of stress hormones (e.g., epinephrine, cortisol, and growth hormone), infectious process

Possibly evidenced by:

  • Increased urinary output, dilute urine
  • Reported inadequate food intake, lack of interest in food
  • Recent weight loss; weakness, fatigue, poor muscle tone
  • Diarrhea
  • Increased ketones (end product of fat metabolism)

Desired Outcomes: 

  • Ingest appropriate amounts of calories/nutrients.
  • Display usual energy level.
  • Demonstrate stabilized weight or gain toward usual/desired range with normal laboratory values.
Nursing Interventions Rationale
Weigh daily or as indicated. Assesses adequacy of nutritional intake (absorption and utilization).
Ascertain patient’s dietary program and usual pattern; compare with recent intake. Identifies deficits and deviations from therapeutic needs.
Auscultate bowel sounds. Note reports of abdominal pain/bloating, nausea, vomiting of undigested food. Maintain nothing by mouth (NPO) status as indicated. Hyperglycemia and fluid and electrolyte disturbances can decrease gastric motility/function (distension or ileus), affecting choice of interventions. Note: Long-term difficulties with decreased gastric emptying and poor intestinal motility suggest autonomic neuropathies affecting the GI tract and requiring symptomatic treatment.
Provide liquids containing nutrients and electrolytes as soon as patient can tolerate oral fluids; progress to more solid food as tolerated. Oral route is preferred when patient is alert and bowel function is restored.
Identify food preferences, including ethnic/cultural needs. If patient’s food preferences can be incorporated into the meal plan, cooperation with dietary requirements may be facilitated after discharge.
Include SO in meal planning as indicated. Promotes sense of involvement; provides information for SO to understand nutritional needs of patient. Note:Various methods available or dietary planning include exchange list, point system, glycemic index, or preselected menus.
Observe for signs of hypoglycemia, e.g., changes in level of consciousness, cool/clammy skin, rapid pulse, hunger, irritability, anxiety, headache, lightheadedness, shakiness. Once carbohydrate metabolism resumes (blood glucose level reduced) and as insulin is being given, hypoglycemia can occur. If patient is comatose, hypoglycemia may occur without notable change in level of consciousness (LOC). This potentially life-threatening emergency should be assessed and treated quickly per protocol. Note: Type 1 diabetics of long standing may not display usual signs of hypoglycemia because normal response to low blood sugar may be diminished.
Perform fingerstick glucose testing. Bedside analysis of serum glucose is more accurate (displays current levels) than monitoring urine sugar, which is not sensitive enough to detect fluctuations in serum levels and can be affected by patient’s individual renal threshold or the presence of urinary retention/renal failure. Note: Some studies have found that a urine glucose of 20% may be correlated to a blood glucose of 140–360 mg/dL.
Administer regular insulin by intermittent or continuous IV method, e.g., IV bolus followed by a continuous drip via pump of approximately 5–10 U/hr so that glucose is reduced by 50 mg/dL/hr. Regular insulin has a rapid onset and thus quickly helps move glucose into cells. The IV route is the initial route of choice because absorption from subcutaneous tissues may be erratic. Many believe the continuous method is the optimal way to facilitate transition to carbohydrate metabolism and reduce incidence of hypoglycemia.
Administer glucose solutions, e.g., dextrose and half-normal saline. Glucose solutions may be added after insulin and fluids have brought the blood glucose to approximately 400 mg/dL. As carbohydrate metabolism approaches normal, care must be taken to avoid hypoglycemia.
Provide diet of approximately 60% carbohydrates, 20% proteins, 20% fats in designated number of meals/snacks. Complex carbohydrates (e.g., corn, peas, carrots, broccoli, dried beans, oats, apples) decrease glucose levels/insulin needs, reduce serum cholesterol levels, and promote satiation. Food intake is scheduled according to specific insulin characteristics (e.g., peak effect) and individual patient response. Note:A snack at bedtime (hs) of complex carbohydrates is especially important (if insulin is given in divided doses) to prevent hypoglycemia during sleep and potential Somogyi response. <
Administer other medications as indicated, e.g., metoclopramide (Reglan); tetracycline. May be useful in treating symptoms related to autonomic neuropathies affecting GI tract, thus enhancing oral intake and absorption of nutrients.

Deficient Fluid Volume

Nursing Diagnosis: Deficient Fluid Volume

May be related to

  • Osmotic diuresis (from hyperglycemia)
  • Excessive gastric losses: diarrhea, vomiting
  • Restricted intake: nausea, confusion

Possibly evidenced by:

  • Increased urinary output, dilute urine
  • Weakness; thirst; sudden weight loss
  • Dry skin/mucous membranes, poor skin turgor
  • Hypotension, tachycardia, delayed capillary refill

Desired Outcomes:

  • Demonstrate adequate hydration as evidenced by stable vital signs, palpable peripheral pulses, good skin turgor and capillary refill, individually appropriate urinary output, and electrolyte levels within normal range.
Nursing Interventions Actions
Obtain history from patient/SO related to duration/intensity of symptoms such as vomiting, excessive urination. Assists in estimation of total volume depletion. Symptoms may have been present for varying amounts of time (hours to days). Presence of infectious process results in fever and hypermetabolic state, increasing insensible fluid losses.
Monitor vital signs:
  • Note orthostatic BP changes;
  • Respiratory pattern, e.g., Kussmaul’s respirations, acetone breath;
  • Respiratory rate and quality; use of accessory muscles, periods of apnea, and appearance of cyanosis;
  • Temperature, skin color/moisture.
Hypovolemia may be manifested by hypotension and tachycardia. Estimates of severity of hypovolemia may be made when patient’s systolic BP drops more than 10 mm Hg from a recumbent to a sitting/standing position. Note: Cardiac neuropathy may block reflexes that normally increase heart rate.Lungs remove carbonic acid through respirations, producing a compensatory respiratory alkalosis for ketoacidosis. Acetone breath is due to breakdown of acetoacetic acid and should diminish as ketosis is corrected.Correction of hyperglycemia and acidosis will cause the respiratory rate and pattern to approach normal. In contrast, increased work of breathing; shallow, rapid respirations; and presence of cyanosis may indicate respiratory fatigue and/or that patient is losing ability to compensate for acidosis.Although fever, chills, and diaphoresis are common with infectious process, fever with flushed, dry skin may reflect dehydration.
Assess peripheral pulses, capillary refill, skin turgor, and mucous membranes. Indicators of level of hydration, adequacy of circulating volume.
 Monitor I&O; note urine specific gravity. Provides ongoing estimate of volume replacement needs, kidney function, and effectiveness of therapy.
 Weigh daily. Provides the best assessment of current fluid status and adequacy of fluid replacement.
Maintain fluid intake of at least 2500 mL/day within cardiac tolerance when oral intake is resumed. Maintains hydration/circulating volume.
Promote comfortable environment. Cover patient with light sheets. Avoids overheating, which could promote further fluid loss.
Investigate changes in mentation/sensorium. Changes in mentation can be due to abnormally high or low glucose, electrolyte abnormalities, acidosis, decreased cerebral perfusion, or developing hypoxia. Regardless of the cause, impaired consciousness can predispose patient to aspiration.
Insert/maintain indwelling urinary catheter. Provides for accurate/ongoing measurement of urinary output, especially if autonomic neuropathies result in neurogenic bladder (urinary retention/overflow incontinence). May be removed when patient is stable to reduce risk of infection.

Fatigue

Nursing Diagnosis:  Fatigue

May be related to

  • Decreased metabolic energy production
  • Altered body chemistry: insufficient insulin
  • Increased energy demands: hypermetabolic state/infection

Possibly evidenced by

  • Overwhelming lack of energy, inability to maintain usual routines, decreased performance, accident-prone
  • Impaired ability to concentrate, listlessness, disinterest in surroundings

Desired Outcomes

  • Verbalize increase in energy level.
  • Display improved ability to participate in desired activities.
Nursing Interventions Rationale
 Discuss with patient the need for activity. Plan schedule with patient and identify activities that lead to fatigue.  Education may provide motivation to increase activity level even though patient may feel too weak initially.
Alternate activity with periods of rest/uninterrupted sleep.  Prevents excessive fatigue.
Monitor pulse, respiratory rate, and BP before/after activity.  Indicates physiological levels of tolerance.
 Discuss ways of conserving energy while bathing, transferring, and so on.  Patient will be able to accomplish more with a decreased expenditure of energy.
 Increase patient participation in ADLs as tolerated.  Increases confidence level/self-esteem and tolerance level.

The post 6 Diabetes Mellitus Nursing Care Plans appeared first on Nurseslabs.

8 Fracture Nursing Care Plans

$
0
0

Definition

A fracture (sometimes abbreviated FRX or Fx, Fx, or #) is a discontinuity or break in a bone.

Types of Fracture

Five major types are as follows:

  1. Incomplete: Fracture involves only a portion of the cross-section of the bone. One side breaks; the other usually just bends (greenstick).
  2. Complete: Fracture line involves entire cross-section of the bone, and bone fragments are usually displaced.
  3. Closed: The fracture does not extend through the skin.
  4. Open: Bone fragments extend through the muscle and skin, which is potentially infected.
  5. Pathological: Fracture occurs in diseased bone (such as cancer, osteoporosis), with no or only minimal trauma.

Nursing Priorities

  1. Prevent further bone/tissue injury.
  2. Alleviate pain.
  3. Prevent complications.
  4. Provide information about condition/prognosis and treatment needs.

Discharge Goals

  1. Fracture stabilized.
  2. Pain controlled.
  3. Complications prevented/minimized.
  4. Condition, prognosis, and therapeutic regimen understood.
  5. Plan in place to meet needs after discharge.

Diagnostic Studies for Fracture

  1. X-ray examinations: Determines location and extent of fractures/trauma, may reveal preexisting and yet undiagnosed fracture(s).
  2. Bone scans, tomograms, computed tomography (CT)/magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) scans: Visualizes fractures, bleeding, and soft-tissue damage; differentiates between stress/trauma fractures and bone neoplasms.
  3. Arteriograms: May be done when occult vascular damage is suspected.
  4. Complete blood count (CBC): Hematocrit (Hct) may be increased (hemoconcentration) or decreased (signifying hemorrhage at the fracture site or at distant organs in multiple trauma). Increased white blood cell (WBC) count is a normal stress response after trauma.
  5. Urine creatinine (Cr) clearance: Muscle trauma increases load of Cr for renal clearance.
  6. Coagulation profile: Alterations may occur because of blood loss, multiple transfusions, or liver injury.

Nursing Care Plans

Here are 8 nursing care plans for fracture.

Risk for Trauma

Nursing Diagnosis: Risk for Trauma

Risk factors may include

  • Loss of skeletal integrity (fractures)/movement of bone fragments

Desired Outcomes

  • Maintain stabilization and alignment of fracture(s).
  • Display callus formation/beginning union at fracture site as appropriate.
  • Demonstrate body mechanics that promote stability at fracture site.
Nursing Interventions Rationale
 Maintain bed rest/limb rest as indicated. Provide support of joints above and below fracture site, especially when moving/turning.  Provides stability, reducing possibility of disturbing alignment/muscle spasms, which enhances healing
 Place a bedboard under the mattress or place patient on orthopedic bed.  Soft or sagging mattress may deform a wet (green) plaster cast, crack a dry cast, or interfere with pull of traction.
 Support fracture site with pillows/folded blankets. Maintain neutral position of affected part with sandbags, splints, trochanter roll, footboard.  Prevents unnecessary movement and disruption of alignment. Proper placement of pillows also can prevent pressure deformities in the drying cast.
 Use sufficient personnel for turning. Avoid using abduction bar for turning patient with spica cast.  Hip/body or multiple casts can be extremely heavy and cumbersome. Failure to properly support limbs in casts may cause the cast to break.
 Evaluate splinted extremity for resolution of edema.  Coaptation splint (e.g., Jones-Sugar tong) may be used to provide immobilization of fracture while excessive tissue swelling is present. As edema subsides, readjustment of splint or application of plaster/fiberglass cast may be required for continued alignment of fracture.
 Maintain position/integrity of traction  Traction permits pull on the long axis of the fractured bone and overcomes muscle tension/shortening to facilitate alignment and union. Skeletal traction (pins, wires, tongs) permits use of greater weight for traction pull than can be applied to skin tissues.
 Ascertain that all clamps are functional. Lubricate pulleys and check ropes for fraying. Secure and wrap knots with adhesive tape.  Ensures that traction setup is functioning properly to avoid interruption of fracture approximation.
 Keep ropes unobstructed with weights hanging free; avoid lifting/releasing weights.  Optimal amount of traction weight is maintained. Note:Ensuring free movement of weights during repositioning of patient avoids sudden excess pull on fracture with associated pain and muscle spasm.
 Assist with placement of lifts under bed wheels if indicated. Helps maintain proper patient position and function of traction by providing counterbalance.
 Position patient so that appropriate pull is maintained on the long axis of the bone.  Promotes bone alignment and reduces risk of complications (e.g., delayed healing/nonunion).
 Review restrictions imposed by therapy, e.g., not bending at waist/sitting up with Buck traction or not turning below the waist with Russell traction.  Maintains integrity of pull of traction.
Assess integrity of external fixation device. Hoffman traction provides stabilization and rigid support for fractured bone without use of ropes, pulleys, or weights, thus allowing for greater patient mobility/comfort and facilitating wound care. Loose or excessively tightened clamps/nuts can alter the compression of the frame, causing misalignment.
Review follow-up/serial x-rays. Provides visual evidence of proper alignment or beginning callus formation/healing process to determine level of activity and need for changes in/additional therapy.
Administer alendronate (Fosamax) as indicated. Acts as a specific inhibitor of osteoclast-mediated bone resorption, allowing bone formation to progress at a higher ratio, promoting healing of fractures/decreasing rate of bone turnover in presence of osteoporosis.
Initiate/maintain electrical stimulation if used. May be indicated to promote bone growth in presence of delayed healing/nonunion.

Acute Pain

Nursing Diagnosis: Acute Pain

May be related to

  • Muscle spasms
  • Movement of bone fragments, edema, and injury to the soft tissue
  • Traction/immobility device
  • Stress, anxiety

Possibly evidenced by

  • Reports of pain
  • Distraction; self-focusing/narrowed focus; facial mask of pain
  • Guarding, protective behavior; alteration in muscle tone; autonomic responses

Desired Outcomes

  • Verbalize relief of pain.
  • Display relaxed manner; able to participate in activities, sleep/rest appropriately.
  • Demonstrate use of relaxation skills and diversional activities as indicated for individual situation.
Nursing Interventions Rationale
 Maintain immobilization of affected part by means of bed rest, cast, splint, traction.  Relieves pain and prevents bone displacement/extension of tissue injury.
Elevate and support injured extremity.  Promotes venous return, decreases edema, and may reduce pain.
 Avoid use of plastic sheets/pillows under limbs in cast.  Can increase discomfort by enhancing heat production in the drying cast.
 Elevate bed covers; keep linens off toes.  Maintains body warmth without discomfort due to pressure of bedclothes on affected parts.
 Evaluate/document reports of pain/discomfort, noting location and characteristics, including intensity (0–10 scale), relieving and aggravating factors. Note nonverbal pain cues (changes in vital signs and emotions/behavior). Listen to reports of family member/SO regarding patient’s pain.  Influences choice of/monitors effectiveness of interventions. Many factors, including level of anxiety, may affect perception of/reaction to pain. Note: Absence of pain expression does not necessarily mean lack of pain.
 Encourage patient to discuss problems related to injury.  Helps alleviate anxiety. Patient may feel need to relive the accident experience.
 Explain procedures before beginning them.  Allows patient to prepare mentally for activity and to participate in controlling level of discomfort.
Medicate before care activities. Let patient know it is important to request medication before pain becomes severe.  Promotes muscle relaxation and enhances participation.
 Perform and supervise active/passive ROM exercises.  Maintains strength/mobility of unaffected muscles and facilitates resolution of inflammation in injured tissues.
Provide alternative comfort measures, e.g., massage, back rub, position changes.  Improves general circulation; reduces areas of local pressure and muscle fatigue.
Provide emotional support and encourage use of stress management techniques, e.g., progressive relaxation, deep-breathing exercises, visualization/guided imagery; provide Therapeutic Touch.  Refocuses attention, promotes sense of control, and may enhance coping abilities in the management of the stress of traumatic injury and pain, which is likely to persist for an extended period.
Identify diversional activities appropriate for patient age, physical abilities, and personal preferences. Prevents boredom, reduces muscle tension, and can increase muscle strength; may enhance coping abilities.
Investigate any reports of unusual/sudden pain or deep, progressive, and poorly localized pain unrelieved by analgesics. May signal developing complications; e.g., infection, tissue ischemia, compartmental syndrome.
Apply cold/ice pack first 24–72 hr and as necessary. Reduces edema/hematoma formation, decreases pain sensation. Note: Length of application depends on degree of patient comfort and as long as the skin is carefully protected.
Administer medications as indicated: narcotic and nonnarcotic analgesics, e.g., morphine, meperidine (Demerol), hydrocodone (Vicodin); injectable and oral nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs), e.g., ketorolac (Toradol), ibuprofen (Motrin); and/or muscle relaxants, e.g., cyclobenzaprine (Flexeril), carisoprodol (Soma), diazepam (Valium). Administer analgesics around the clock for 3–5 days. Given to reduce pain and/or muscle spasms. Studies of ketorolac (Toradol) have proved it to be effective in alleviating bone pain, with longer action and fewer side effects than narcotic agents.
Maintain/monitor IV patient-controlled analgesia (PCA) using peripheral, epidural, or intrathecal routes of administration. Maintain safe and effective infusions/equipment. Routinely administered or PCA maintains adequate blood level of analgesia, preventing fluctuations in pain relief with associated muscle tension/spasms.

Risk for Peripheral Neurovascular Dysfunction

Nursing Diagnosis: Risk for Peripheral Neurovascular Dysfunction

Risk factors may include

  • Reduction/interruption of blood flow
  • Direct vascular injury, tissue trauma, excessive edema, thrombus formation
  • Hypovolemia

Desired Outcomes

  • Maintain tissue perfusion as evidenced by palpable pulses, skin warm/dry, normal sensation, usual sensorium, stable vital signs, and adequate urinary output for individual situation.
Nursing Interventions Rationale
 Remove jewelry from affected limb.  May restrict circulation when edema occurs.
Evaluate presence/quality of peripheral pulse distal to injury via palpation/Doppler. Compare with uninjured limb.  Decreased/absent pulse may reflect vascular injury and necessitates immediate medical evaluation of circulatory status. Be aware that occasionally a pulse may be palpated even though circulation is blocked by a soft clot through which pulsations may be felt. In addition, perfusion through larger arteries may continue after increased compartment pressure has collapsed the arteriole/venule circulation in the muscle.
 Assess capillary return, skin color, and warmth distal to the fracture.  Return of color should be rapid (3–5 sec). White, cool skin indicates arterial impairment. Cyanosis suggests venous impairment. Note: Peripheral pulses, capillary refill, skin color, and sensation may be normal even in presence of compartmental syndrome because superficial circulation is usually not compromised
 Maintain elevation of injured extremity(ies) unless contraindicated by confirmed presence of compartmental syndrome.  Promotes venous drainage/decreases edema. Note: In presence of increased compartment pressure, elevation of the extremity actually impedes arterial flow, decreasing perfusion.
 Assess entire length of injured extremity for swelling/edema formation. Measure injured extremity and compare with uninjured extremity. Note appearance/spread of hematoma.  Increasing circumference of injured extremity may suggest general tissue swelling/edema but may reflect hemorrhage. Note: A 1-in increase in an adult thigh can equal approximately 1 unit of sequestered blood.
 Note reports of pain extreme for type of injury or increasing pain on passive movement of extremity, development of paresthesia, muscle tension/tenderness with erythema, and change in pulse quality distal to injury. Do not elevate extremity. Report symptoms to physician at once.  Continued bleeding/edema formation within a muscle enclosed by tight fascia can result in impaired blood flow and ischemic myositis or compartmental syndrome, necessitating emergency interventions to relieve pressure/restore circulation. Note: This condition constitutes a medical emergency and requires immediate intervention.
 Investigate sudden signs of limb ischemia, e.g., decreased skin temperature, pallor, and increased pain. Fracture dislocations of joints (especially the knee) may cause damage to adjacent arteries, with resulting loss of distal blood flow.
 Encourage patient to routinely exercise digits/joints distal to injury. Ambulate as soon as possible.  Enhances circulation and reduces pooling of blood, especially in the lower extremities.
 Investigate tenderness, swelling, pain on dorsiflexion of foot (positive Homans’ sign).  There is an increased potential for thrombophlebitis and pulmonary emboli in patients immobile for several days. Note: The absence of a positive Homans’ sign is not a reliable indicator in many people, especially the elderly because they often have reduced pain sensation.
 Monitor vital signs. Note signs of general pallor/cyanosis, cool skin, changes in mentation.  Inadequate circulating volume compromises systemic tissue perfusion.
 Test stools/gastric aspirant for occult blood. Note continued bleeding at trauma/injection site(s) and oozing from mucous membranes.  Increased incidence of gastric bleeding accompanies fractures/trauma and may be related to stress or occasionally reflects a clotting disorder requiring further evaluation.
Perform neurovascular assessments, noting changes in motor/sensory function. Ask patient to localize pain/ discomfort. Impaired feeling, numbness, tingling, increased/diffuse pain occur when circulation to nerves is inadequate or nerves are damaged.
Test sensation of peroneal nerve by pinch/pinprick in the dorsal web between the first and second toe, and assess ability to dorsiflex toes if indicated. Length and position of peroneal nerve increase risk of its injury in the presence of leg fracture, edema/compartmental syndrome, or malposition of traction apparatus.
Assess tissues around cast edges for rough places/pressure points. Investigate reports of “burning sensation” under cast. These factors may be the cause of or be indicative of tissue pressure/ischemia, leading to breakdown/necrosis.
Monitor position/location of supporting ring of splints or sling. Traction apparatus can cause pressure on vessels/nerves, particularly in the axilla and groin, resulting in ischemia and possible permanent nerve damage.
Apply ice bags around fracture site for short periods of time on an intermittent basis for 24–72 hr. Reduces edema/hematoma formation, which could impair circulation. Note: Length of application of cold therapy is usually 20–30 min at a time.
Monitor hemoglobin (Hb)/hematocrit (Hct), coagulation studies, e.g., prothrombin time (PT) levels. Assists in calculation of blood loss and needs/effectiveness of replacement therapy. Coagulation deficits may occur secondary to major trauma, presence of fat emboli, or anticoagulant therapy.
Administer IV fluids/blood products as needed. Maintains circulating volume, enhancing tissue perfusion.
Split/bivalve cast as needed. May be done on an emergency basis to relieve restriction and improve impaired circulation resulting from compression and edema formation in injured extremity.
Assist with/monitor intracompartmental pressures as appropriate. Elevation of pressure (usually to 30 mm Hg or more) indicates need for prompt evaluation and intervention. Note: This is not a widespread diagnostic tool, so special interventions and training may be required.
Review electromyography (EMG)/nerve conduction velocity (NCV) studies. May be performed to differentiate between true nerve dysfunction/muscle weakness and reduced use due to secondary gain.
Prepare for surgical intervention (e.g., fibulectomy/ fasciotomy) as indicated. Failure to relieve pressure/correct compartmental syndrome within 4–6 hr of onset can result in severe contractures/loss of function and disfigurement of extremity distal to injury or even necessitate amputation.

Risk for Impaired Gas Exchange

Nursing Diagnosis: Gas Exchange, risk for impaired

Risk factors may include

  • Altered blood flow; blood/fat emboli
  • Alveolar/capillary membrane changes: interstitial, pulmonary edema, congestion

Desired Outcomes

  • Maintain adequate respiratory function, as evidenced by absence of dyspnea/cyanosis; respiratory rate and arterial blood gases (ABGs) within patient’s normal range.
Nursing Interventions Rationale
 Monitor respiratory rate and effort. Note stridor, use of accessory muscles, retractions, development of central cyanosis.  Tachypnea, dyspnea, and changes in mentation are early signs of respiratory insufficiency and may be the only indicator of developing pulmonary emboli in the early stage. Remaining signs/symptoms reflect advanced respiratory distress/impending failure.
 Auscultate breath sounds, noting development of unequal, hyperresonant sounds; also note presence of crackles/ rhonchi/wheezes and inspiratory crowing or croupy sounds.  Changes in/presence of adventitious breath sounds reflects developing respiratory complications, e.g., atelectasis, pneumonia, emboli, adult respiratory distress syndrome (ARDS). Inspiratory crowing reflects upper airway edema and is suggestive of fat emboli.
 Handle injured tissues/bones gently, especially during first several days.  This may prevent the development of fat emboli (usually seen in first 12–72 hr), which are closely associated with fractures, especially of the long bones and pelvis.
 Instruct and assist with deep-breathing and coughing exercises. Reposition frequently.  Promotes alveolar ventilation and perfusion. Repositioning promotes drainage of secretions and decreases congestion in dependent lung areas.
 Note increasing restlessness, confusion, lethargy, stupor.  Impaired gas exchange/presence of pulmonary emboli can cause deterioration in patient’s level of consciousness as hypoxemia/acidosis develops.
 Observe sputum for signs of blood  Hemoptysis may occur with pulmonary emboli.
 Inspect skin for petechiae above nipple line; in axilla, spreading to abdomen/trunk; buccal mucosa, hard palate; conjunctival sacs and retina.  This is the most characteristic sign of fat emboli, which may appear within 2–3 days after injury.
 Assist with incentive spirometry.  Increases available O2 for optimal tissue oxygenation.
 Administer supplemental oxygen if indicated.  Decreased Pao2 and increased Paco2 indicate impaired gas exchange/developing failure.
Monitor laboratory studies, e.g.:Serial ABGs;Hb, calcium, erythrocyte sedimentation rate (ESR), serum lipase, fat screen, platelets, as appropriate.  Anemia, hypocalcemia, elevated ESR and lipase levels, fat globules in blood/urine/sputum, and decreased platelet count (thrombocytopenia) are often associated with fat emboli.
Administer medications as indicated:Low-molecular-weight heparin or heparinoids, e.g., enoxaparin (Lovenox), dalteparin (Fragmin), ardeparin (Normiflo);Corticosteroids. Used for prevention of thromboembolic phenomena, including deep vein thrombosis and pulmonary emboli.Steroids have been used with some success to prevent/treat fat embolus.

Impaired Physical Mobility

Nursing Diagnosis: Impaired Physical Mobility

May be related to

  • Neuromuscular skeletal impairment; pain/discomfort; restrictive therapies (limb immobilization)
  • Psychological immobility

Possibly evidenced by

  • Inability to move purposefully within the physical environment, imposed restrictions
  • Reluctance to attempt movement; limited ROM
  • Decreased muscle strength/control

Desired Outcomes

  • Regain/maintain mobility at the highest possible level.
  • Maintain position of function.
  • Increase strength/function of affected and compensatory body parts.
  • Demonstrate techniques that enable resumption of activities.
Nursing Interventions Rationale
 Assess degree of immobility produced by injury/treatment and note patient’s perception of immobility.  Patient may be restricted by self-view/self-perception out of proportion with actual physical limitations, requiring information/interventions to promote progress toward wellness.
 Encourage participation in diversional/recreational activities. Maintain stimulating environment, e.g., radio, TV, newspapers, personal possessions/pictures, clock, calendar, visits from family/friends.  Provides opportunity for release of energy, refocuses attention, enhances patient’s sense of self-control/self-worth, and aids in reducing social isolation.
 Instruct patient in/assist with active/passive ROM exercises of affected and unaffected extremities.  Increases blood flow to muscles and bone to improve muscle tone, maintain joint mobility; prevent contractures/atrophy and calcium resorption from disuse
 Encourage use of isometric exercises starting with the unaffected limb.  Isometrics contract muscles without bending joints or moving limbs and help maintain muscle strength and mass. Note: These exercises are contraindicated while acute bleeding/edema is present.
 Provide footboard, wrist splints, trochanter/hand rolls as appropriate.  Useful in maintaining functional position of extremities, hands/feet, and preventing complications (e.g., contractures/footdrop).
 Place in supine position periodically if possible, when traction is used to stabilize lower limb fractures.  Reduces risk of flexion contracture of hip.
 Instruct in/encourage use of trapeze and “post position” for lower limb fractures.  Facilitates movement during hygiene/skin care and linen changes; reduces discomfort of remaining flat in bed. “Post position” involves placing the uninjured foot flat on the bed with the knee bent while grasping the trapeze and lifting the body off the bed.
 Assist with/encourage self-care activities (e.g., bathing, shaving).  Improves muscle strength and circulation, enhances patient control in situation, and promotes self-directed wellness.
 Provide/assist with mobility by means of wheelchair, walker, crutches, canes as soon as possible. Instruct in safe use of mobility aids.  Early mobility reduces complications of bed rest (e.g., phlebitis) and promotes healing and normalization of organ function. Learning the correct way to use aids is important to maintain optimal mobility and patient safety.
 Monitor blood pressure (BP) with resumption of activity. Note reports of dizziness.  Postural hypotension is a common problem following prolonged bed rest and may require specific interventions (e.g., tilt table with gradual elevation to upright position).
 Reposition periodically and encourage coughing/deep-breathing exercises.  Prevents/reduces incidence of skin and respiratory complications (e.g., decubitus, atelectasis, pneumonia).
Auscultate bowel sounds. Monitor elimination habits and provide for regular bowel routine. Place on bedside commode, if feasible, or use fracture pan. Provide privacy. Bed rest, use of analgesics, and changes in dietary habits can slow peristalsis and produce constipation. Nursing measures that facilitate elimination may prevent/limit complications. Fracture pan limits flexion of hips and lessens pressure on lumbar region/lower extremity cast.
Encourage increased fluid intake to 2000–3000 mL/day (within cardiac tolerance), including acid/ash juices. Keeps the body well hydrated, decreasing risk of urinary infection, stone formation, and constipation
Provide diet high in proteins, carbohydrates, vitamins, and minerals, limiting protein content until after first bowel movement. In the presence of musculoskeletal injuries, nutrients required for healing are rapidly depleted, often resulting in a weight loss of as much as 20/30 lb during skeletal traction. This can have a profound effect on muscle mass, tone, and strength. Note: Protein foods increase contents in small bowel, resulting in gas formation and constipation. Therefore, gastrointestinal (GI) function should be fully restored before protein foods are increased.
Increase the amount of roughage/fiber in the diet. Limit gas-forming foods. Adding bulk to stool helps prevent constipation. Gas-forming foods may cause abdominal distension, especially in presence of decreased intestinal motility.
Consult with physical/occupational therapist and/or rehabilitation specialist. Useful in creating individualized activity/exercise program. Patient may require long-term assistance with movement, strengthening, and weight-bearing activities, as well as use of adjuncts, e.g., walkers, crutches, canes; elevated toilet seats; pickup sticks/reachers; special eating utensils.
Initiate bowel program (stool softeners, enemas, laxatives) as indicated. Done to promote regular bowel evacuation.
Refer to psychiatric clinical nurse specialist/therapist as indicated. Patient/SO may require more intensive treatment to deal with reality of current condition/prognosis, prolonged immobility, perceived loss of control.

Impaired Skin Integrity

Nursing Diagnosis: Skin/Tissue Integrity, impaired: actual/risk for

May be related to

  • Puncture injury; compound fracture; surgical repair; insertion of traction pins, wires, screws
  • Altered sensation, circulation; accumulation of excretions/secretions
  • Physical immobilization

Possibly evidenced by (actual)

  • Reports of itching, pain, numbness, pressure in affected/surrounding area
  • Disruption of skin surface; invasion of body structures; destruction of skin layers/tissues

Desired Outcomes

  • Verbalize relief of discomfort.
  • Demonstrate behaviors/techniques to prevent skin breakdown/facilitate healing as indicated.
  • Achieve timely wound/lesion healing if present.
Nursing Interventions Rationale
 Examine the skin for open wounds, foreign bodies, rashes, bleeding, discoloration, duskiness, blanching.  Provides information regarding skin circulation and problems that may be caused by application and/or restriction of cast/splint or traction apparatus, or edema formation that may require further medical intervention.
 Massage skin and bony prominences. Keep the bed linens dry and free of wrinkles. Place water pads/other padding under elbows/heels as indicated.  Reduces pressure on susceptible areas and risk of abrasions/skin breakdown.
 Reposition frequently. Encourage use of trapeze if possible.  Lessens constant pressure on same areas and minimizes risk of skin breakdown. Use of trapeze may reduce risk of abrasions to elbows/heels.
 Assess position of splint ring of traction device.  Improper positioning may cause skin injury/breakdown.
Plaster cast application and skin care:Cleanse skin with soap and water. Rub gently with alcohol and/or dust with small amount of a zinc or stearate powder;Cut a length of stockinette to cover the area and extend several inches beyond the cast; 

Use palm of hand to apply, hold, or move cast and support on pillows after application;

Trim excess plaster from edges of cast as soon as casting is completed;
Promote cast drying by removing bed linen, exposing to circulating air;
Observe for potential pressure areas, especially at the edges of and under the splint/cast;
Pad (petal) the edges of the cast with waterproof tape;
Cleanse excess plaster from skin while still wet, if possible;
Protect cast and skin in perineal area. Provide frequent perineal care;
Instruct patient/SO to avoid inserting objects inside casts;
Massage the skin around the cast edges with alcohol;
Turn frequently to include the uninvolved side, back, and prone positions (as tolerated) with patient’s feet over the end of the mattress.

 Provides a dry, clean area for cast application. Note:Excess powder may cake when it comes in contact with water/perspiration.Useful for padding bony prominences, finishing cast edges, and protecting the skin.Prevents indentations/flattening over bony prominences and weight-bearing areas (e.g., back of heels), which would cause abrasions/tissue trauma. An improperly shaped or dried cast is irritating to the underlying skin and may lead to circulatory impairment.Uneven plaster is irritating to the skin and may result in abrasions.
Prevents skin breakdown caused by prolonged moisture trapped under cast.
Pressure can cause ulcerations, necrosis, and/or nerve palsies. These problems may be painless when nerve damage is present.
Provides an effective barrier to cast flaking and moisture. Helps prevent breakdown of cast material at edges and reduces skin irritation/excoriation.
Dry plaster may flake into completed cast and cause skin damage.
Prevents tissue breakdown and infection by fecal contamination.
“Scratching an itch” may cause tissue injury.

 

Has a drying effect, which toughens the skin. Creams and lotions are not recommended because excessive oils can seal cast perimeter, not allowing the cast to “breathe.” Powders are not recommended because of potential for excessive accumulation inside the cast.
Minimizes pressure on feet and around cast edges.

 

 

 

Reduces level of contaminants on skin.
“Toughens” the skin for application of skin traction.
Traction tapes encircling a limb may compromise circulation.

 

Traction is inserted in line with the free ends of the tape.
Allows for quick assessment of slippage.

 

Minimizes pressure on these areas.

Skin traction application and skin care:Cleanse the skin with warm, soapy water;Apply tincture of benzoin; 

Apply commercial skin traction tapes (or make some with strips of moleskin/adhesive tape) lengthwise on opposite sides of the affected limb;

 

Extend the tapes beyond the length of the limb;

 

Mark the line where the tapes extend beyond the extremity;

 

Place protective padding under the leg and over bony prominences;

Wrap the limb circumference, including tapes and padding, with elastic bandages, being careful to wrap snugly but not too tightly;

 

Palpate taped tissues daily and document any tenderness or pain;

 

Remove skin traction every 24 hr, per protocol; inspect and give skin care.

 

Skeletal traction/fixation application and skin care:

Bend wire ends or cover ends of wires/pins with rubber or cork protectors or needle caps;

 

Pad slings/frame with sheepskin, foam.

Provide foam mattress, sheepskins, flotation pads, or air mattress as indicated.

 

 

Monovalve, bivalve, or cut a window in the cast, per protocol.

Provides for appropriate traction pull without compromising circulation.If area under tapes is tender, suspect skin irritation, and prepare to remove the bandage system. 

Maintains skin integrity.

 

 

 

Prevents injury to other body parts.

 

 

Prevents excessive pressure on skin and promotes moisture evaporation that reduces risk of excoriation.

 

 

 

 

 

Because of immobilization of body parts, bony prominences other than those affected by the casting may suffer from decreased circulation.

 

Allows the release of pressure and provides access for wound/skin care.

Risk for Infection

Nursing Diagnosis: Risk for Infection

Risk factors may include

  • Inadequate primary defenses: broken skin, traumatized tissues; environmental exposure
  • Invasive procedures, skeletal traction

Desired Outcomes:

  • Achieve timely wound healing, be free of purulent drainage or erythema, and be afebrile.
Nursing Interventions Rationale
 Inspect the skin for preexisting irritation or breaks in continuity.  Pins or wires should not be inserted through skin infections, rashes, or abrasions (may lead to bone infection).
 Assess pin sites/skin areas, noting reports of increased pain/burning sensation or presence of edema, erythema, foul odor, or drainage.  May indicate onset of local infection/tissue necrosis, which can lead to osteomyelitis.
 Provide sterile pin/wound care according to protocol, and exercise meticulous handwashing.  May prevent cross-contamination and possibility of infection.
 Instruct patient not to touch the insertion sites.  Minimizes opportunity for contamination.
 Line perineal cast edges with plastic wrap.  Damp, soiled casts can promote growth of bacteria.
 Observe wounds for formation of bullae, crepitation, bronze discoloration of skin, frothy/fruity-smelling drainage.  Signs suggestive of gas gangrene infection.
 Assess muscle tone, reflexes, and ability to speak.  Muscle rigidity, tonic spasms of jaw muscles, and dysphagia reflect development of tetanus.
 Monitor vital signs. Note presence of chills, fever, malaise, changes in mentation.  Hypotension, confusion may be seen with gas gangrene; tachycardia and chills/fever reflect developing sepsis.
 Investigate abrupt onset of pain/limitation of movement with localized edema/erythema in injured extremity.  May indicate development of osteomyelitis.
 Institute prescribed isolation procedures.  Presence of purulent drainage requires wound/linen precautions to prevent cross-contamination.
Monitor laboratory/diagnostic studies, e.g.:Complete blood count (CBC);ESR; 

Cultures and sensitivity of wound/serum/bone;

 

 

Radioisotope scans.

Anemia may be noted with osteomyelitis; leukocytosis is usually present with infective processes.Elevated in osteomyelitis.Identifies infective organism and effective antimicrobial agent(s). 

Hot spots signify increased areas of vascularity, indicative of osteomyelitis.

Administer medications as indicated, e.g.:IV/topical antibiotics;Tetanus toxoid. Wide-spectrum antibiotics may be used prophylactically or may be geared toward a specific microorganism.Given prophylactically because the possibility of tetanus exists with any open wound. Note: Risk increases when injury/wound(s) occur in “field conditions” (outdoor/rural areas, work environment).
Provide wound/bone irrigations and apply warm/moist soaks as indicated. Local debridement/cleansing of wounds reduces microorganisms and incidence of systemic infection. Continuous antimicrobial drip into bone may be necessary to treat osteomyelitis, especially if blood supply to bone is compromised.
Assist with procedures, e.g., incision/drainage, placement of drains, hyperbaric oxygen therapy. Numerous procedures may be carried out in treatment of local infections, osteomyelitis, gas gangrene.
Prepare for surgery, as indicated. Sequestrectomy (removal of necrotic bone) is necessary to facilitate healing and prevent extension of infectious process.

Knowledge Deficit

Nursing Diagnosis: Knowledge, deficient [Learning Need] regarding condition, prognosis, treatment, self-care, and discharge needs

May be related to

  • Lack of exposure/recall
  • Information misinterpretation/unfamiliarity with information resources

Possibly evidenced by

  • Questions/request for information, statement of misconception
  • Inaccurate follow-through of instructions, development of preventable complications

Desired Outcomes

  • Verbalize understanding of condition, prognosis, and potential complications.
  • Correctly perform necessary procedures and explain reasons for actions.
Nursing Interventions Rationale
 Review pathology, prognosis, and future expectations.  Provides knowledge base from which patient can make informed choices. Note: Internal fixation devices can ultimately compromise the bone’s strength, and intramedullary nails/rods or plates may be removed at a future date.
 Discuss dietary needs.  A low-fat diet with adequate quality protein and rich in calcium promotes healing and general well-being.
 Discuss individual drug regimen as appropriate.  Proper use of pain medication and antiplatelet agents can reduce risk of complications. Long-term use of alendronate (Fosamax) may reduce risk of stress fractures. Note: Fosamax should be taken on an empty stomach with plain water because absorption of drug may be altered by food and some medications (e.g., antacids, calcium supplements).
 Reinforce methods of mobility and ambulation as instructed by physical therapist when indicated.  Most fractures require casts, splints, or braces during the healing process. Further damage and delay in healing could occur secondary to improper use of ambulatory devices.
 Suggest use of a backpack.  Provides place to carry necessary articles and leaves hands free to manipulate crutches; may prevent undue muscle fatigue when one arm is casted.
 List activities patient can perform independently and those that require assistance.  Organizes activities around need and who is available to provide help.
 Identify available community services, e.g., rehabilitation teams, home nursing/homemaker services.  Provides assistance to facilitate self-care and support independence. Promotes optimal self-care and recovery.
 Encourage patient to continue active exercises for the joints above and below the fracture.  Prevents joint stiffness, contractures, and muscle wasting, promoting earlier return to independence in activities of daily living (ADLs).
 Discuss importance of clinical and therapy follow-up appointments.  Fracture healing may take as long as a year for completion, and patient cooperation with the medical regimen facilitates proper union of bone. Physical therapy (PT)/occupational therapy (OT) may be indicated for exercises to maintain/strengthen muscles and improve function. Additional modalities such as low-intensity ultrasound may be used to stimulate healing of lower-forearm or lower-leg fractures.
 Review proper pin/wound care.  Reduces risk of bone/tissue trauma and infection, which can progress to osteomyelitis.
 Recommend cleaning external fixator regularly.  Keeping device free of dust/contaminants reduces risk of infection.
Identify signs/symptoms requiring medical evaluation, e.g., severe pain, fever/chills, foul odors; changes in sensation, swelling, burning, numbness, tingling, skin discoloration, paralysis, white/cool toes or fingertips; warm spots, soft areas, cracks in cast. Prompt intervention may reduce severity of complications such as infection/impaired circulation.Note: Some darkening of the skin (vascular congestion) may occur normally when walking on the casted extremity or using casted arm; however, this should resolve with rest and elevation.
Discuss care of “green” or wet cast. Promotes proper curing to prevent cast deformities and associated misalignment/skin irritation. Note: Placing a “cooling” cast directly on rubber or plastic pillows traps heat and increases drying time.
Suggest the use of a blow-dryer to dry small areas of dampened casts. Cautious use can hasten drying.
Demonstrate use of plastic bags to cover plaster cast during wet weather or while bathing. Clean soiled cast with a slightly dampened cloth and some scouring powder. Protects from moisture, which softens the plaster and weakens the cast. Note: Fiberglass casts are being used more frequently because they are not affected by moisture. In addition, their light weight may enhance patient participation in desired activities.
Emphasize importance of not adjusting clamps/nuts of external fixator. Tampering may alter compression and misalign fracture.
Recommend use of adaptive clothing. Facilitates dressing/grooming activities.
Suggest ways to cover toes, if appropriate, e.g., stockinette or soft socks. Helps maintain warmth/protect from injury.
Instruct patient to continue exercises as permitted; Reduces stiffness and improves strength and function of affected extremity.
Inform patient that the skin under the cast is commonly mottled and covered with scales or crusts of dead skin; It will be several weeks before normal appearance returns.
Wash the skin gently with soap, povidone-iodine (Betadine), or pHisoDerm, and water. Lubricate with a protective emollient; New skin is extremely tender because it has been protected beneath a cast.
Inform patient that muscles may appear flabby and atrophied (less muscle mass). Recommend supporting the joint above and below the affected part and the use of mobility aids, e.g., elastic bandages, splints, braces, crutches, walkers, or canes; Muscle strength will be reduced and new or different aches and pains may occur for awhile secondary to loss of support.
Elevate the extremity as needed. Swelling and edema tend to occur after cast removal.

Other Nursing Diagnoses

  1. Trauma, risk for—loss of skeletal integrity, weakness, balancing difficulties, reduced muscle coordination, lack of safety precautions, history of previous trauma.
  2. Mobility, impaired physical—neuromuscular skeletal impairment; pain/discomfort, restrictive therapies (limb immobilization); psychological immobility.
  3. Self-Care deficit—musculoskeletal impairment, decreased strength/endurance, pain.
  4. Infection, risk for—inadequate primary defenses: broken skin, traumatized tissues; environmental exposure; invasive procedures, skeletal traction.

The post 8 Fracture Nursing Care Plans appeared first on Nurseslabs.

NCLEX Practice Exam 25 (50 Questions)

$
0
0
This 50-item exam contains various questions about Medical-Surgical Nursing that covers topics of Colostomy Care, Diagnostic Tests, and several diseases.

30 Nursing Life Hacks You Probably Didn’t Know About

$
0
0
There are no shortcuts in providing quality nursing care, but here are some nursing life hacks for nurses to make our jobs easier.

4 Dying Child Nursing Care Plans

$
0
0
Meeting the physical, emotional, and psychosocial need of a dying child is important to support the totally dependent child and grieving family in experiencing the best quality of life possible.

Acute Nasopharyngitis

$
0
0
Acute nasopharyngitis is caused by any number of different viruses, usually rhinoviruses, respiratory syncytial virus, adenovirus, influenza virus, or parainfluenza virus.

8 Fracture Nursing Care Plans

$
0
0
Nursing care planning of a patient with a fracture, whether casted or in traction, is based upon prevention of complications during healing. Here are eight (8) nursing care plans for fracture: 

NCLEX Practice Questions For Free

$
0
0
Here's our growing collection of NCLEX Practice Questions you can use for your upcoming licensure exams for FREE! There are over 2100 items in this set alone with a wide range of topics to choose from.
Viewing all 44 articles
Browse latest View live